10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Nov 2024
    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors report an fMRI investigation of the neural mechanisms by which selective attention allows capacity-limited perceptual systems to preferentially represent task-relevant visual stimuli. Specifically, they examine competitive interactions between two simultaneously-presented items from different categories, to reveal how task-directed attention to one of them modulates the activity of brain regions that respond to both. The specific hypothesis is that attention will bias responses to be more like those elicited by the relevant object presented on its own, and further that this modulation will be stronger for more dissimilar stimulus pairs. This pattern was confirmed in univariate analyses that measured the mass response of a priori regions of interest, as well as multivariate analyses that considered the patterns of evoked activity within the same regions. The authors follow these neuroimaging results with a simulation study that favours a "tuning" mechanism of attention (enhanced responses to highly effective stimuli, and suppression for ineffective stimuli) to explain this pattern.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript clearly articulates a core issue in the cognitive neuroscience of attention, namely the need to understand how limited perceptual systems cope with complex environments in the service of the observer's goals. The use of a priori regions of interest (and a control region), and the inclusion of both univariate and multivariate analyses as well as a simple model, are further strengths. The authors carefully derive clear indices of attentional effects (for both univariate and multivariate analyses) which makes explication of their findings easy to follow.

      Weaknesses:

      Direct estimation of baseline responses may have improved the validity of the modelling. The presentation of transparently overlapping items has some methodological advantages, but somewhat limits the ecological validity of connections to real-world visual "clutter".

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article investigated the relationship between different intensities of exercise training and intestinal barrier dysfunction, and further explores the possible mechanisms, including the contribution of stress response, inflammatory response, gut microbiota alterations, and derived metabolites.

      Strengths:

      This article mainly focused on different aspects of the phenotypes and the morphology of intestinal barrier dysfunction induced by exercise training.

      Weaknesses:

      This article lacks the verification of the association of causality among various phenotypes and lacks a comprehensive understanding of the underlying mechanisms of how exercise contributes to intestinal barrier dysfunction.

      (1) For example, the author claimed that heat shock and ischemia are the causes of intestinal epithelial damage caused by exercise, and it is not only evidenced by detecting the expression of a few regulators, such as HSF and HSP70 after exercise; and by Immunohistochemical analysis of intestinal morphology and inflammation.

      (2) Many kinds of intestinal bacteria could produce short-chain fatty acids, such as Faecalibacterium Prausnitzii, did the authors check their abundance in the intestine after exercise training?

      (3) How to define exercise intensity? Was VO2 Max testing used in this study?

      (4) As the strict control, it is recommended to set 4 groups of exercise training groups: daily vigorous exercise training, daily moderate exercise training, daily vigorous exercise training with intermittent rest days, and daily moderate exercise training with intermittent rest days.

      (5) Are there any differences in diet and metabolism between different groups of mice, which may affect the phenotypes, especially the composition and the the diverstiy of gut microbiota?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this study, Sarver and colleagues carried out an exhaustive analysis of the functioning of various components (Complex I/II/IV) of the mitochondrial electron transport chain (ETC) using a real-time cell metabolic analysis technique (commonly referred as Seahorse oxygen consumption rate (OCR) assay). The authors aimed to generate an atlas of ETC function in about 3 dozen tissue types isolated from all major mammalian organ systems. They used a recently published improvised method by which ETC function can be quantified in freshly frozen tissues. This method enabled them to collect data from almost all organ systems from the same mouse and use many biological replicates (10 mice/experiment) required for an unbiased and statistically robust analysis. Moreover, they studied the influence of sex (male and female) and aging (young adult and old age) on ETC function in these organ systems. The main findings of this study are (1) cells in the heart and kidneys have very active ETC complexes compared to other organ systems, (2) the sex of the mice has little influence on the ETC function, and (3) aging undermined the mitochondrial function in most tissue, but surprisingly in some tissue aging promoted the activity of ETC complexes (e.g., Quadriceps, plantaris muscle, and Diaphragm).

      Comments on the second revision:

      My previous concern remains unaddressed in the new revision. As I mentioned earlier, it is crucial for the authors to include a detailed discussion on the limitations of their method, specifically how maximal respiration does not accurately reflect the actual ATP production rate. Additionally, the authors should highlight the fact that data provided in the manuscript should be interpreted with caution.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors used both the commonly used neonatal hyperoxia model as well as cell-type-specific genetic inactivation of Tgfbr2 models to study the basis of BPD. The bulk of the analyses focus on the mesenchymal cells. Results indicate impaired myofibroblast proliferation, resulting in decreased cell number. Inactivation of Etc2 in Pdgfra-lineaged cells, preventing cytokinesis of myofibroblasts, led to alveolar simplification. Together, the findings demonstrate that disrupted myofibroblast proliferation is a key contributor to BPD pathogenesis.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this comprehensive study of BPD models advances our understanding of the disease. The data are of high quality.

      Comments on latest version:

      In the revision, the authors addressed all critiques.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Malaria parasites detoxify free heme molecules released from digested host hemoglobins by biomineralizing them into inert hemozoin. Thus, why malaria parasites retain PfHO, a dead enzyme that loses the capacity of catabolizing heme, is an outstanding question that has puzzled researchers for more than a decade. In the current manuscript, the authors addressed this question by first solving the crystal structure of PfHO and aligning it with structures of other heme oxygenase (HO) proteins. They found that the N-terminal 95 residues of PfHO, which failed to crystalize due to its disordered nature, may serve as signal and transit peptides for PfHO subcellular localization. This was confirmed by subsequent microscopic analysis with episomally expressed PfHO-GFP and a GFP reporter fused to the first 83 residues of PfHO (PfHO N-term-GFP). To investigate the functional importance of PfHO, the authors generated an anhydrotetracycline (aTC) controlled PfHO knockdown strain. Strikingly, the parasites lacking PfHO failed to grow and lost their apicoplast. Finally, by chromatin immunoprecipitation (ChIP), quantitative PCR/RT-PCR and growth assays, the authors showed that both the cognate N-terminus and HO-like domain were required for PfHO function as an apicoplast DNA interacting protein.

      The authors systemically performed multidisciplinary approaches to address this difficult question: what is the function of this enzymatically dead PfHO? I enjoyed reading this manuscript and its thoughtful discussion. This study is not only of clinical importance for antimalarial treatments but also deepens our understanding of protein function evolution.

      The authors proposed that PfHO interacts with apicoplast genome DNA via the electropositive N-terminus. Interestingly, these positively charged residues are not conserved between Plasmodium, Theileria and Babesia. I will be curious to follow the authors' future work to investigate the function of this electropositive N-terminus, possibly by comparative and mutagenesis analysis?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Mohseni and Elhaik have critically examined the widespread use of principal component analysis (PCA) in phylogenetic inferences within the discipline of physical anthropology. The authors present compelling evidence that PCA underperforms compared to machine learning (ML) classifiers. This excellent work not only challenges the reliability of PCA-based taxonomic inferences, but also adds to a growing body of literature questioning the application of PCA in physical anthropology, thereby initiating a fruitful discussion in our field. Moreover, it underscores the crucial need of external validation methods in such studies.

      The authors have addressed nearly all of my comments, and my questions have been fully answered. The revised manuscript represents a significant improvement.

      The new title more effectively conveys the central message emerging from this research; The revised introduction more precisely addresses the methodological challenges currently facing the discipline.<br /> I am equally amazed by the profound susceptibility of the PCA results, as demonstrated by the alterations introduced by the authors, and by the contrasting robustness of the ML classifiers. I trust that this contrast will spark a fruitful discussion about the application of both methods in our field. It should also inspire further research conducted by physical anthropologists to study the role of ML in this discipline.<br /> Lastly, and importantly, I believe the authors should be commended for addressing the broader implications of their work, particularly in relation to public perceptions of science (pp. 20-21).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine CD8 T cell selective pressure in early HCV infection using. They propose that after initial CD8-T mediated loss of virus fitness, in some participants around 3 months after infection, HCV acquires compensatory mutations and improved fitness leading to virus progression.

      Strengths:

      Throughout the paper, the authors apply well-established approaches in studies of acute to chronic HIV infection for studies of HCV infection. This lends rigor the to the authors' work.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The Discussion could be strengthened by a direct discussion of the parallels/differences in results between HIV and HCV infections in terms of T cell selection, entropy, and fitness.

      (2) In the Results, please describe the Barton model functionality and why the fitness landscape model was most applicable for studies of HCV viral diversity.

      (3) Recognize the caveats of the HCV mapping data presented.

      (4) The authors should provide more data or cite publications to support the authors' statement that HCV-specific CD8 T cell responses decline following infection.

      (5) Similarly, as the authors' measurements of HCV T and humoral responses were not exhaustive, the text describing the decline of T cells with the onset of humoral immunity needs caveats or more rigorous discussion with citations (Discussion lines 319-321).

      (6) What role does antigen drive play in these data -for both T can and antibody induction?

      (7) Figure 3 - are the X and Y axes wrongly labelled? The Divergent ranges of population fitness do not make sense.

      (8) Figure S3 - is the green line, average virus fitness?

      (9) Use the term antibody epitopes, not B cell epitopes.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, De La Forest Divonne et al. build a repertory of hemocytes from adult Pacific oysters combining scRNAseq data with cytologic and biochemical analyses. Three categories of hemocytes were described previously in this species (i.e. blast, hyalinocyte, and granulocytes). Based on scRNAseq data, the authors identified 7 hemocyte clusters presenting distinct transcriptional signatures. Using Kegg pathway enrichment and RBGOA, the authors determined the main molecular features of the clusters. In parallel, using cytologic markers, the authors classified 7 populations of hemocytes (i.e. ML, H, BBL, ABL, SGC, BGC, and VC) presenting distinct sizes, nucleus sizes, acidophilic/basophilic, presence of pseudopods, cytoplasm/nucleus ratio and presence of granules. Then, the authors compared the phenotypic features with potential transcriptional signatures seen in the scRNAseq. The hemocytes were separated in a density gradient to enrich for specific subpopulations. The cell composition of each cell fraction was determined using cytologic markers and the cell fractions were analysed by quantitative PCR targeting major cluster markers (two per cluster). With this approach, the authors could assign cluster 7 to VC, cluster 2 to H, and cluster 3 to SGC. The other clusters did not show a clear association with this experimental approach. Using phagocytic assays, ROS, and copper monitoring, the authors showed that ML and SGC are phagocytic, ML produces ROS, and SGC and BGC accumulate copper. Then with the density gradient/qPCR approach, the authors identified the populations expressing anti-microbial peptides (ABL, BBL, and H). At last, the authors used Monocle to predict differentiation trajectories for each subgroup of hemocytes using cluster 4 as the progenitor subpopulation.

      The manuscript provides a comprehensive characterisation of the diversity of circulating immune cells found in Pacific oysters.

      Strengths:

      The combination of the two approaches offers a more integrative view.

      Hemocytes represent a very plastic cell population that has key roles in homeostatic and challenged conditions. Grasping the molecular features of these cells at the single-cell level will help understand their biology.

      This type of study may help elucidate the diversification of immune cells in comparative studies and evolutionary immunology.

      Weaknesses:

      The study should be more cautious about the conclusions, include further analyses, and inscribe the work in a more general framework.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Chemotherapy-induced chronic kidney injury is a significant and growing concern, as it can lead to long-term renal damage and compromised kidney function. The authors have highlighted an important aspect of this issue by evaluating the potential protective effects of OPCs against cisplatin-induced kidney injury. They propose that OPCs may mitigate renal damage by reducing NET formation, which could improve kidney function.

      Strengths:

      The study addressed a significant issue in the field of chemotherapy-induced kidney injury. The use of multiple markers and experimental methods provided a comprehensive exploration of the impact of OPCs on kidney damage. This approach allowed for a nuanced understanding of how OPCs might mitigate renal injury by reducing NET formation and improving kidney function.

      Weaknesses:

      The hypothesis is intriguing and relevant. However, the study encounters challenges, such as incomplete evidence and discrepancies between the text and data. Addressing these issues is crucial to improving the overall study's conclusions. The paper can potentially advance the understanding of therapeutic strategies for chemotherapy-induced kidney injury. Nonetheless, a clearer presentation of the data is necessary for it to have a substantial impact.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Kainov et al investigated the prevalence of mutations in 3'UTR that affect gene expression in cancer to identify noncoding cancer drivers.

      The authors used data from normal controls (1000 genome data) and compared it to cancer data (PCAWG). They found that in cancer 3'UTR mutations had a stronger effect on cleavage than the normal population. These mutations are negatively selected in the normal population and positively selected in cancers. The authors used PCAWG data set to identify such mutations and found that the mutations that lead to a reduction of gene expression are enriched in tumor suppressor genes and those that are increased in gene expression are enriched for oncogenes. 3'UTR mutations that reduce gene expression or occur in TSGs co-occur with non-synonymous mutations. The authors then validate the effect of 3'UTR mutations experimentally using a luciferase reporter assay. These data identify a novel class of noncoding driver genes with mutations in 3'UTR that impact polyadenylation and thus gene expression.

      This is an elegant study with fundamental insight into identifying cancer driver genes. The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by data, but some aspects of data analysis need to be extended.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors addressed most of my comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      It is well known that autophagosomes/autolysosomes move along microtubules. However, because previous studies did not distinguish between autophagosomes and autolysosomes, it remains unknown whether autophagosomes begin to move after fusion with lysosomes or even before fusion. In this manuscript, the authors show, using fusion-deficient cells, that both pre-fusion autophagosomes and lysosomes can move along the MT toward the minus end. By screening motor proteins and Rabs, the authors found that autophagosomal traffic is primarily regulated by the dynein-dynactin system and can be counter-regulated by kinesins. They also show that Rab7-Epg5 and Rab39-ema interactions are important for autophagosome trafficking.

      Strengths:

      This study uses reliable Drosophila genetics and high-quality fluorescence microscopy. The data are properly quantified and statistically analyzed. It is a reasonable hypothesis that gathering pre-fusion autophagosomes and lysosomes in close proximity improves fusion efficiency.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) To distinguish autophagosomes from autolysosomes, the authors used vps16 RNAi cells, which are supposed to be fusion deficient. However, the extent to which fusion is actually inhibited by knockdown of Vps16A is not shown. The co-localization rate of Atg8 and Lamp1 should be shown (as in Figure 8). Then, after identifying pre-fusion autophagosomes and lysosomes, the localization of each should be analyzed. It is also possible that autophagosomes and lysosomes are tethered by factors other than HOPS (even if they are not fused). If this is the case, autophagosomal trafficking would be affected by the movement of lysosomes.

      (2) The authors analyze autolysosomes in Figures 6 and 7. This is based on the assumption that autophagosome-lysosome fusion takes place in cells without vps16A RANi. However, even in the presence of Vps16A, both pre-fusion autophagosomes and autolysosomes should exist. This is also true in Figure 8H, where the fusion of autophagosomes and lysosomes is partially suppressed in knockdown cells of dynein, dynactin, Rab7, and Epg5. If the effect of fusion is to be examined, it is reasonable to distinguish between autophagosomes and autolysosomes and analyze only autolysosomes.

      (3) In this study, only vps16a RNAi cells were used to inhibit autophagosome-lysosome fusion. However, since HOPS has many roles besides autophagosome-lysosome fusion, it would be better to confirm the conclusion by knockdown of other factors (e.g., Stx17 RNAi).

      (4) Figure 8: Rab7 and Epg5 are also known to be directly involved in autophagosome-lysosome tethering/fusion. Even if the fusion rate is reduced in the absence of Rab7 and Epg5, it may not be the result of defective autophagosome movement, but may simply indicate that these molecules are required for fusion itself. How do the authors distinguish between the two possibilities?

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated how partial loss of SynGap1 affects inhibitory neurons derived from the MGE in the auditory cortex, focusing on their synaptic inputs and excitability. While haplo-insufficiently of SynGap1 is known to lead to intellectual disabilities, the underlying mechanisms remain unclear.

      Strengths:

      The questions are novel

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the interesting and novel questions, there are significant issues regarding the experimental design and potential misinterpretations of key findings. Consequently, the manuscript contributes little to our understanding of SynGap1 loss mechanisms.

      Major issues in the second version of the manuscript:<br /> In the review of the first version there were major issues and contradictions with the sEPSC and mEPSC data, and were not resolved after the revision, and the new control experiments rather confirmed the contradiction.<br /> In the original review I stated: "One major concern is the inconsistency and confusion in the intermediate conclusions drawn from the results. For instance, while the sEPSC data indicates decreased amplitude in PV+ and SOM+ cells in cHet animals, the frequency of events remains unchanged. In contrast, the mEPSC data shows no change in amplitudes in PV+ cells, but a significant decrease in event frequency. The authors conclude that the former observation implies decreased excitability. However, traditionally, such observations on mEPSC parameters are considered indicative of presynaptic mechanisms rather than changes of network activity.‎ The subsequent synapse counting experiments align more closely with the traditional conclusions. This issue can be resolved by rephrasing the text. However, it would remain unexplained why the sEPSC frequency shows no significant difference. If the majority of sEPSC events were indeed mediated by spiking (which is blocked by TTX), the average amplitudes and frequency of mEPSCs should be substantially lower than those of sEPSCs. Yet, they fall within a very similar range, suggesting that most sEPSCs may actually be independent of action potentials. But if that was indeed the case, the changes of purported sEPSC and mEPSC results should have been similar."<br /> Contradictions remained after the revision of the manuscript. On one hand, the authors claimed in the revised version that "We found no difference in mEPSC amplitude between the two genotypes (Fig. 1g), indicating that the observed difference in sEPSC amplitude (Figure 1b) could arise from decreased network excitability". On the other hand, later they show "no significative difference in either amplitude or inter-event intervals between sEPSC and mEPSC, suggesting that in acute slices from adult A1, most sEPSCs may actually be AP independent." The latter means that sEPSCs and mEPSCs are the same type of events, which should have the same sensitivity to manipulations.

      Concerns about the quality of the synapse counting experiments were addressed by showing additional images in a different and explaining quantification. However, the admitted restriction of the analysis of excitatory synapses to the somatic region represent a limitation, as they include only a small fraction of the total excitation - even if, the slightly larger amplitudes of their EPSPs are considered.

      New experiments using pari-pulse stimulation provided an answer to issues 3 and 4. Note that the numbering of the Figures in the responses and manuscript are not consistent.

      I agree that low sampling rate of the APs does not change the observed large differences in AP threshold, however, the phase plots are still inconsistent in a sense that there appears to be an offset, as all values are shifted to more depolarized membrane potentials, including threshold, AP peak, AHP peak. This consistent shift may be due to a non-biological differences in the two sets of recordings, and, importantly, it may negate the interpretation of the I/f curves results (Fig. 5e).

      Additional issues:<br /> The first paragraph of the Results mentioned that the recorded cells were identified by immunolabelling and axonal localization. However, neither the Results nor the Methods mention the criteria and levels of measurements of axonal arborization.

      The other issues of the first review were adequately addressed by the Authors and the manuscript improved by these changes.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors analyse droplet size distributions of multiple protein condensates and fit to a scaling ansatz to highlight that they exhibit features of first-order and second-order phase transitions. While the experimental evidence is solid, the text lacks connection and contextualization to the well-understood expectations from the coupling of percolation and phase separation in protein condensates - a phenomenon that is increasingly gaining consensus amongst the community. The evidence supports the percolatoin+phase separation model rather than being close to a true critical point in the liquid-gas phase space. Overall, the work is useful to the community.

      Strengths:<br /> The experimental analysis of distinct protein condensates is very well done and the reported exponents/scaling framework provides a clear framework to help the community help deconvolve signatures of percolation in condensates.

      Weaknesses:

      The principal concern this reviewer has is that the reviewers adopt a framing in this paper to present a discovery of second-order features and connections to criticality - however they ignore/miss the connections to percolation (a well-understood second-order transition that is expected to play a major role in protein condensates). I believe this needs to be addressed and the paper suitably revised to help connect with these expectations.

      - Protein condensates have been increasingly understood to be described as fluids whose assembly is driven by a connection of density (phase separation, first-order) and connectivity (percolation, second-order) transitions. This has been long known in the polymer community (Flory, Stockmayer, Tanaka, Rubinstein, Semenov and others) and recently repopularized in the condensate community (by Pappu and Mittag, in particular, amongst others). The authors make no connections to any of this frameworks - which actually seem to be the essence of what they are describing.

      - Percolation theory, which has been around for more than half-a-century, has clear-cut scaling laws that have essentially similar forms to the ansatz adopted by the authors and the commonalities/differences are not discussed by the authors - this is essential since this provides a physical basis for their ansatz rather than an arbitrary mathematical formulation. In particular, percolation models connect size distribution exponents to factors like dimensionality, valence, etc. and if these connections can be made with this data, that would be very powerful.

      - The connections between spinodal decomposition and second-order phase transitions are very confusing. Spindal decomposition happens when the barriers for first-order phase transitions are zero and systems can phase separate without crossing nucleation barriers. Further, the "criticality" discussed in the paper is confusing since it more likely refers to a percolation threshold and much less likely to a "critical temperature" (Tc -where spinodal and binodals become identical). I would recommend reframing this argument.

      It's unlikely, in this reviewer's opinion, that the authors are actually discussing a "first-order" liquid-gas critical point - because saturation concentrations of these proteins can be much higher with temperature and the critical point would thus likely be at much higher concentrations (and ofc temperature). Further the scaling exponents don't fall in that class naturally. However, if the authors disagree, I would appreciate clear quantitative reasons (including through the scaling exponents in that universality class) and be happy to be convinced to change my mind. As provided, the data does not support this model.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Bennion and colleagues present a careful examination of how an earlier set of memories can either interfere with or facilitate memories formed later. This impressive work is a companion piece to an earlier paper by Antony and colleagues (2022) in which a similar experimental design was used to examine how a later set of memories can either interfere with or facilitate memories formed earlier. This study makes contact with an experimental literature spanning 100 years, which is concerned with the nature of forgetting, and the ways in which memories for particular experiences can interact with other memories. These ideas are fundamental to modern theories of human memory, for example, paired-associates studies like this one are central to the theoretical idea that interference between memories is a much bigger contributor to forgetting than any sort of passive decay.

      Strengths:

      At the heart of the current investigation is a proposal made by Osgood in the 1940s regarding how paired associates are learned and remembered. In these experiments one learns a pair of items, A-B (cue-target), and then later learns another pair that is related in some way, either A'-B (changing the cue, delta-cue), or A-B' (changing the target, delta-target), or A'-B' (changing both, delta-both), where the prime indicates that item has been modified, and may be semantically related to the original item. The authors refer to the critical to-be-remembered pairs as base pairs. Osgood proposed that when the changed item is very different from the original item there will be interference, and when the changed item is similar to the original item there will be facilitation. Osgood proposed a graphical depiction of his theory in which performance was summarized as a surface, with one axis indicating changes to the cue item of a pair and the other indicating changes to the target item, and the surface itself necessary to visualize the consequences of changing both.

      In the decades since Osgood's proposal, there have been many studies examining slivers of the proposal, e.g., just changing targets in one experiment, just changing cues in another experiment. Because any pair of experiments use different methods, this has made it difficult to draw clear conclusions about the effects of particular manipulations.

      The current paper is a potential landmark, in that they manipulate multiple fundamental experimental characteristics using the same general experimental design. Importantly, they manipulate the semantic relatedness of the changed item to the original item, the delay between the study experience and the test, and which aspect of the pair is changed. Furthermore, they include both a positive control condition (where the exact same pair is studied twice), and a negative control condition (where a pair is only studied once, in the same phase as the critical base pairs). This allows them to determine when the prior learning exhibits an interfering effect relative to the negative control condition, and also allows them to determine how close any facilitative effects come to matching the positive control.

      The results are interpreted in terms of a set of existing theories, most prominently the memory-for-change framework, which proposes a mechanism (recursive reminding) potentially responsible for the facilitative effects examined here. One of the central results is the finding that a stronger semantic relationship between a base pair and an earlier pair has a facilitative effect on both the rate of learning of the base pair and the durability of the memory for the base pair. This is consistent with the memory-for-change framework, which proposes that this semantic relationship prompts retrieval of the earlier pair, and the two pairs are integrated into a common memory structure that contains information about which pair was studied in which phase of the experiment. When semantic relatedness is lower, they more often show interference effects, with the idea being that competition between the stored memories makes it more difficult to remember the base pair.

      This work represents a major methodological and empirical advance for our understanding of paired-associates learning, and it sets a laudably high bar for future work seeking to extend this knowledge further. By manipulating so many factors within one set of experiments, it fills a gap in the prior literature regarding the cognitive validity of an 80-year-old proposal by Osgood. The reader can see where the observed results match Osgood's theory and where they are inconclusive. This gives us insight, for example, into the necessity of including a long delay in one's experiment, to observe potential facilitative effects. This point is theoretically interesting, but it is also a boon for future methodological development, in that it establishes the experimental conditions necessary for examining one or another of these facilitation or interference effects more closely.

      The authors were exceptionally responsive to the suggestions of the reviewers, and the revisions have improved the theoretical clarity of the paper. I think the value of this work will grow with time, as memory researchers and theorists use it as a benchmark for new theory development. For example, the data from these experiments will undoubtedly be used to develop and constrain a new generation of computational models of paired-associates learning.

      Weaknesses:

      One minor weakness of the work is that the overarching theoretical framing does not necessarily specify the expected result for each and every one of the many effects examined. For example, with a narrower set of semantic associations being considered (all of which are relatively high associations) and a long delay, varying the semantic relatedness of the target item did not reliably affect the memorability of that pair. However, the same analysis showed a significant effect when the wider set of semantic associations was used. The positive result is consistent with the memory-for-change framework, but the null result isn't clearly informative to the theory. However, research is never done; comparing the results with the two sets of semantic associations is informative from a methodological perspective, in that it establishes the degree to which semantic relatedness must be altered to affect behavioral performance in a paired-associates task.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Somasundaram and colleagues explore the role of transcription factors in retinal ganglion cell (RGC) death and axonal regeneration after a disease relevant insult (mechanical axonal injury). The work significantly extends our knowledge of the role of MAPK and integrated stress response (ISR) in controlling RGC fate after injury. Specifically, the manuscript shows that after axonal injury PERK-activated ISR acts through Atf4 to drive a prodeath transcriptional response in RGCs, in part by crosstalk with the prodeath JUN transcriptional program. Also, and perhaps most interesting, the work shows that PERK-ATF4 pathway activation is pro-regenerative for RGC axons. A major plus of the manuscript is that many new RNA-seq datasets are generated that describe the major prodegenerative and proregenerative gene networks altered after axonal injury. A limitation of the study is that it does not directly compare the effect of inhibiting the PERK-ATF4 pathway with inhibiting JUN and/or JUN-CHOP double deficient animals. It would also be useful, for the cell survival experiments shown in Figure 1, to examine a longer time point than 14 days to understand the long-term consequence of manipulating the PERK-ATF4 pathway.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors are interested in the developmental origin of the neurons of the cerebellar nuclei. They identify a population of neurons with a specific complement of markers originating in a distinct location from where cerebellar nuclear precursor cells have been thought to originate that show distinct developmental properties. The cerebellar nuclei have been well studied in recent years to understand their development through an evolutionary lens, which supports the importance of this study. The discovery of a new germinal zone giving rise to a new population of CN neurons is an exciting finding, and it enriches our understanding of cerebellar development, which has previously been quite straightforward, where cerebellar inhibitory cells arise from the ventricular zone and the excitatory cells arise from the rhombic lip.

      Strengths:

      One of the strengths of the manuscript is that the authors use a wide range of technical approaches, including transgenic mice that allow them to disentangle the influence of distinct developmental organizers such at ATOH.<br /> Their finding of a novel germinal zone and a novel population of CN neurons is important for developmental neuroscientists, cerebellar neuroscientists.

      Weaknesses:

      One important question raised by this work is what do these newly identified cells eventually become in the adult cerebellum. Are they excitatory or inhibitory? Do they correspond to a novel cell type or perhaps one of the cell classes that have been recently identified in the cerebellum (e.g. Fujita et al., eLife, 2020)? Understanding this would significantly bolster the impact of this manuscript.

      The major weakness of the manuscript is that it is written for a very specialized reader who has a strong background in cerebellar development, making it hard to read for eLife's general audience. It's challenging to follow the logic of some of the experiments as well as to contextualize these findings in the field of cerebellar development.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fats and lipids serve many important roles in cancers, including serving as important fuels for energy metabolism in cancer cells by being oxidized in the mitochondria. The process of fatty acid oxidation is initiated by the enzyme carnitine palmitoyltransferase 1A (CPT1A), and the function and targetability of CPT1A in cancer metabolism and biology has been heavily investigated. This includes studies that have found important roles for CPT1A in colorectal cancer growth and metastasis.

      In this study, Chen and colleagues use analysis of patient samples and functional interrogation in animal models to examine the role CPT1A plays in colorectal cancer (CRC). The authors find that CPT1A expression is decreased in CRC compared to paired healthy tissue and that lower expression correlates with decreased patient survival over time, suggesting that CPT1A may suppress tumor progression. To functionally interrogate this hypothesis, the authors both use CRISPR to knockout CPT1A in a CRC cell line that expresses CPT1A, and overexpress CPT1A in a CRC cell line with low expression. In both systems, increased CPT1A expression decreased cell survival and DNA repair in response to radiation in culture. Further, in xenograft models CPT1A decreased tumor growth basally and radiotherapy could further decrease tumor growth in CPT1A expressing tumors. As CRC is often treated with radiotherapy, the authors argue this radiosensitization driven by CPT1A could explain why CPT1A expression correlates with increased patient survival.

      Lastly, Chen and colleagues sought to understand why CPT1A suppresses CRC tumor growth and sensitizes the tumors to radiotherapy in culture. Antioxidant capacity of cells can increase cell survival, so the authors examine antioxidant gene expression and levels in CPT1A expressing and non-expressing cells. CPT1A expression suppresses expression of antioxidant metabolism genes and lowers levels of antioxidants. Antioxidant metabolism genes can be regulated by the FOXM1 transcription factor, and the authors find that CPT1A expression regulates FOXM1 levels and that antioxidant gene expression can be partially rescued in CPT1A expressing CRC cells. This leads the authors to propose the following model: CPT1A expression downregulates FOXM1 (via some yet undescribed mechanism) which then leads to decreased antioxidant capacity in CRC cells and thus suppressing tumor progression and increasing radiosensitivity. This is an interesting model that could explain suppression of CPT1A expression in CRC, but key tenets of the model are untested and speculative.

      Strengths:

      • Analysis of CPT1A in paired CRC tumors and non-tumor tissue using multiple modalities combined with analysis of independent datasets rigorously show that CPT1A is downregulated in CRC tumors at the RNA and protein level.<br /> • The authors use paired cell line model systems where CPT1A is both knocked out and overexpressed in cells lines that endogenously express or repress CPT1A respectively. These complementary model systems increase the rigor of the study.<br /> • The finding that a metabolic enzyme generally thought to support tumor energetics actually is a tumor suppressor in some settings is theoretically quite interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      • The authors propose that CPT1A expression modulates antioxidant capacity in cells by suppressing FOXM1 and that this pathway alters CRC growth and radiotherapy response. However, key aspects of this model are not tested. The authors do not show that FOXM1 contributes to regulation of antioxidant levels in CRC cells and tumors or if FOXM1 suppression is key to inhibition of CRC tumor growth and radiosensitization by CPT1A. Thus, the model the authors propose is speculative and not supported by the existing data.<br /> • The authors propose two mechanisms by which CPT1A expression triggers radiosensitization: decreasing DNA repair capacity (Fig. 3) and decreasing antioxidant capacity (Fig. 5). However, while CPT1A expression does alter these capacities in CRC cells, neither is functionally tested to determine if altered DNA repair or antioxidant capacity (or both) are the reason why CRC cells are more sensitive to radiotherapy or are delayed in causing tumors in vivo. Thus, this aspect of the proposed model is also speculative.<br /> • The authors find that CPT1A affects radiosensitization in cell culture and assess this in vivo. In vivo, CPT1A expression slows tumor growth even in the absence of radiotherapy, and radiotherapy only proportionally decreases tumor growth to the same extent as it does in CPT1A non-expressing CRC tumors. The authors propose from this data that CPT1A expression also sensitizes tumors to radiotherapy in vivo. However, it is unclear that CPT1A expression causes radiosensitization in vivo or if CPT1A expression acts as independent tumor suppressor to which radiotherapy has an additive effect. Additional experiments would be necessary to differentiate between these possibilities.<br /> • The authors propose in Figure 3 that DNA repair capacity is inhibited in CRC cells by CPT1A expression. However, the gH2AX immunoblots performed in Figure 3H-I that measure DNA repair kinetics are not convincing that CPT1A expression impairs DNA repair kinetics. Separate blots are shown for CPT1A expressing and non-expressing cell lines, not allowing for rigorous comparison of gH2AX levels and resolution as CPT1A expression is modulated.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The paper by Chen et al describes the role of neuronal themo-TRPV3 channels in the firing of cortical neurons at a fever temperature range. The authors began by demonstrating that exposure to infrared light increasing ambient temperature causes body temperature to rise to a fever level above 38{degree sign}C. Subsequently, they showed that at the fever temperature of 39{degree sign}C, the spike threshold (ST) increased in both populations (P12-14 and P7-8) of cortical excitatory pyramidal neurons (PNs). However, the spike number only decreased in P7-8 PNs, while it remained stable in P12-14 PNs at 39 degrees centigrade. In addition, the fever temperature also reduced the late peak postsynaptic potential (PSP) in P12-14 PNs. The authors further characterized the firing properties of cortical P12-14 PNs, identifying two types: STAY PNs that retained spiking at 30{degree sign}C, 36{degree sign}C, and 39{degree sign}C, and STOP PNs that stopped spiking upon temperature change. They further extended their analysis and characterization to striatal medium spiny neurons (MSNs) and found that STAY MSNs and PNs shared the same ST temperature sensitivity. Using small molecule tools, they further identified that themo-TRPV3 currents in cortical PNs increased in response to temperature elevation, but not TRPV4 currents. The authors concluded that during fever, neuronal firing stability is largely maintained by sensory STAY PNs and MSNs that express functional TRPV3 channels. Overall, this study is well designed and executed with substantial controls, some interesting findings, and quality of data. Here are some specific comments:

      (1) Could the authors discuss, or is there any evidence of, changes in TRPV3 expression levels in the brain during the postnatal 1-4 week age range in mice?

      (2) Are there any differential differences in TRPV3 expression patterns that could explain the different firing properties in response to fever temperature between the STAY- and STOP neurons?

      (3) TRPV3 and TRPV4 can co-assemble to form heterotetrameric channels with distinct functional properties. Do STOP neurons exhibit any firing behaviors that could be attributed to the variable TRPV3/4 assembly ratio?

      (4) In Figure 7, have the authors observed an increase of TRPV3 currents in MSNs in response to temperature elevation?

      (5) Is there any evidence of a relationship between TRPV3 expression levels in D2+ MSNs and degeneration of dopamine-producing neurons?

      (6) Does fever range temperature alter the expressions of other neuronal Kv channels known to regulate the firing threshold?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this study, Ma et al. aimed to determine previously uncharacterized contributions of tissue autofluorescence, detector afterpulse, and background noise on fluorescence lifetime measurement interpretations. They introduce a computational framework they named "Fluorescence Lifetime Simulation for Biological Applications (FLiSimBA)" to model experimental limitations in Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Microscopy (FLIM) and determine parameters for achieving multiplexed imaging of dynamic biosensors using lifetime and intensity. By quantitatively defining sensor photon effects on signal-to-noise in either fitting or averaging methods of determining lifetime, the authors contradict any claims of FLIM sensor expression insensitivity to fluorescence lifetime and highlight how these artifacts occur differently depending on the analysis method. Finally, the authors quantify how statistically meaningful experiments using multiplexed imaging could be achieved.

      A major strength of the study is the effort to present results in a clear and understandable way given that most researchers do not think about these factors on a day-to-day basis. The model code is available and written in Matlab, which should make it readily accessible, although a version in other common languages such as Python might help with dissemination in the community. One potential weakness is that the model uses parameters that are determined in a specific way by the authors, and it is not clear how vastly other biological tissue and microscope setups may differ from the values used by the authors.

      Overall, the authors achieved their aims of demonstrating how common factors (autofluorescence, background, and sensor expression) will affect lifetime measurements and they present a clear strategy for understanding how sensor expression may confound results if not properly considered. This work should bring to awareness an issue that new users of lifetime biosensors may not be aware of and that experts, while aware, have not quantitatively determined the conditions where these issues arise. This work will also point to future directions for improving experiments using fluorescence lifetime biosensors and the development of new sensors with more favorable properties.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Diarrheal diseases represent an important public health issue. Among the many pathogens that contribute to this problem, Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium is an important one. Due to the rise in antimicrobial resistance and the problems associated with widespread antibiotic use, the discovery and development of new strategies to combat bacterial infections is urgently needed. The microbiome field is constantly providing us with various health-related properties elicited by the commensals that inhabit their mammalian hosts. Harnessing the potential of these commensals for knowledge about host-microbe interactions as well as useful properties with therapeutic implications will likely remain a fruitful field for decades to come. In this manuscript, Wang et al use various methods, encompassing classic microbiology, genomics, chemical biology, and immunology, to identify a potent probiotic strain that protects nematode and murine hosts from S. enterica infection. Additionally, authors identify gut metabolites that are correlated with protection, and show that a single metabolite can recapitulate the effects of probiotic administration.

      Strengths:

      The utilization of varied methods by the authors, together with the impressive amount of data generated, to support the claims and conclusions made in the manuscript is a major strength of the work. Also, the ability to move beyond simple identification of the active probiotic, also identifying compounds that are at least partially responsible for the protective effects, is commendable.

      Weaknesses:

      Although there is a sizeable amount of data reported in the manuscript, there seems to be a chronic issue of lack of details of how some experiments were performed. This is particularly true in the figure legends, which for the most part lack enough details to allow comprehension without constant return to the text. Additionally, 2 figures are missing. Figure 6 is a repetition of Figure 5, and Figure S4 is an identical replicate of Figure S3.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors recorded cerebellar unipolar brush cells (UBCs) in acute brain slices. They confirmed that mossy fiber (MF) inputs generate a continuum of UBC responses. Using systematic and physiological trains of MF electrical stimulation, they demonstrated that MF inputs either increased or decreased UBC firing rates (UBC ON vs. OFF) or induced complex, long-lasting modulation of their discharges. The MF influence on UBC firing was directly associated with a specific combination of metabotropic glutamate receptors, mGluR2/3 (inhibitory) and mGluR1 (excitatory). Ultimately, the amount and ratio of these two receptors controlled the time course of the effect, yielding specific temporal transformations such as phase shifts.

      Overall, the topic is compelling, as it broadens our understanding of temporal processing in the cerebellar cortex. The experiments are well-executed and properly analyzed.

      Strengths:

      (1) A wide range of MF stimulation patterns was explored, including burst duration and frequency dependency, which could serve as a valuable foundation for explicit modeling of temporal transformations in the granule cell layer.

      (2) The pharmacological blockade of mGluR2/3, mGluR1, AMPA, and NMDA receptors helped identify the specific roles of these glutamate receptors.

      (3) The experiments convincingly demonstrate the key role of mGluR1 receptors in temporal information processing by UBCs.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This study is largely descriptive and represents only a modest incremental advance from the previous work (Guo et al., Nat. Commun., 2021).

      (2) The MF activity used to mimic natural stimulation was previously collected in primates, while the recordings were conducted in mice.

      (3) Inhibition was blocked throughout the study, reducing its physiological relevance.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examined whether aberrantly projecting retinal ganglion cells in albino mice innervate a separate population of thalamocortical neurons, as would be predicted for Hebbian learning rules. The authors find support for this hypothesis in correlated light and electron microscopy (CLEM) reconstructions of retinal ganglion cell axons and thalamocortical neurons. In a second line of investigation, the authors ask the same question about retinal ganglion cell innervation of local inhibitory interneurons of the mouse LGN. The authors conclude that these connections are less specific.

      Strengths:

      The authors make good use of CLEM to test a circuit-level hypothesis, and they find an interesting difference in RGC synaptic innervation patterns for thalamocortical neurons vs. local interneurons.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions about the local interneuron innervation are a little more difficult to interpret. One would expect to only capture a small part of the local interneuron dendritic field, as compared to the smaller thalamocortical neurons, right? Doesn't that imply that finding some evidence of promiscuous connectivity means that other dendrites that were not observed probably connect to many different RGCs?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors use ChEC-seq, an MNase based method to map yeast RNA pol II. Part of the reasoning for this study is that earlier biochemical work suggested pol II initiation and termination should involve slow steps at the UAS/promoter and termination regions that are not well visualized by formaldehyde-based ChIP methods. Here the authors find that pol II ChIP and ChEC give complementary patterns. Pol II ChIP signals are strongest in the coding region (where ChIP signal correlates well with transcription (rho = 0.62)). In contrast, pol II ChEC signals are strongest at promoters (rho = 0.52) and terminator regions. Weaker upstream ChEC signals are also observed at the STM class genes where biochemical studies have suggested a form of Pol (and maybe other general factors) is recruited to UAS sites. ChEC of TFIIA and TFIIE give promoter-specific ChEC signals as expected. Extending this work to elongation factors Ctk1 and Spt5 unexpectedly give strong signals near the PIC location and little signals over the coding region. This, and mapping CTD S2 and S5 phosphorylation by ChEC suggests to me that, for some reason, ChEC isn't optimal for detecting components of the elongation complex over coding regions.

      Examples are also presented where perturbations of transcription can be measured by ChEC. Modeling studies are shown where adjustment of kinetic parameters agree well with ChEC data and that these models can be used to estimate which steps in transcription are affected by various perturbations. However, no tests were performed to see if the predictions could be validated by other means. Finally, the role of nuclear pore binding by Gcn4 is explored, although the effects are small and this proposal should be explored more completely in future studies. Overall, the authors show that pol II ChEC is a valuable and complementary method for investigating transcription mechanisms and slow steps at the initiation and termination regions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Yan and colleagues introduce a modification to the previously published PETRI-seq bacterial single cell protocol to include a ribosomal depletion step based on a DNA probe set that selectively hybridizes with ribosome-derived (rRNA) cDNA fragments. They show that their modification of the PETRI-seq protocol increases the fraction of informative non-rRNA reads from ~4-10% to 54-92%. The authors apply their protocol to investigating heterogeneity in a biofilm model of E. coli, and convincingly show how their technology can detect minority subpopulations within a complex community.

      Strengths:

      The method the authors propose is a straightforward and inexpensive modification of an established split-pool single cell RNA-seq protocol that greatly increases its utility, and should be of interest to a wide community working in the field of bacterial single cell RNA-seq.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The main goal of the paper was to identify signals that activate FLP-1 release from AIY neurons in response to H2O2, previously shown by the authors to be an important oxidative stress response in the worm.

      Strengths:

      This study builds upon the authors' previous work (Jia and Sieburth 2021) by further elucidating the gut-derived signaling mechanisms that coordinate the organism-wide antioxidant stress response in C. elegans.

      By detailing how environmental cues like oxidative stress are transduced into gut-derived peptidergic signals, this study represents a valuable advancement in understanding the integrated physiological responses governed by the gut-brain axis.

      This work provides valuable mechanistic insights into the gut-specific regulation of the FLP-2 peptide signal.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors identify intestinal FLP-2 as the endocrine signal important for regulating the secretion of the neuronal antioxidant neuropeptide, FLP-1, there is no effort made to identify how FLP-2 levels regulate FLP-1 secretion or identify whether this regulation is occurring directly through the AIY neuron or indirectly. This is brought up in the discussion, but identifying a target for FLP-2 in this pathway seems like a crucial missing piece of information in characterizing this pathway.

      Comments on revised version:

      In general I think the revision is improved and addresses my comments. It is unfortunate though that the authors did not address my main question (did they test the frpr-18 mutant, and if not, why?). The fact that there are other potentially relevant receptors which bind to some FLP-2 peptides with low affinity is not really a justification not to test the known high-affinity receptor (i.e. FRPR-18).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Choi and co-authors presents "P3 editing", which leverages dual-component guide RNAs (gRNA) to induce protein-protein proximity. They explore three strategies for leveraging prime-editing gRNA (pegRNA) as a dimerization module to create a molecular proximity sensor that drives genome editing, splitting a pegRNA into two parts (sgRNA and petRNA), inserting self-splicing ribozymes within pegRNA, and dividing pegRNA at the crRNA junction. Among these, splitting at the crRNA junction proved the most promising, achieving significant editing efficiency. They further demonstrated the ability to control genome editing via protein-protein interactions and small molecule inducers by designing RNA-based systems that form active gRNA complexes. This approach was also adaptable to other genome editing methods like base editing and ADAR-based RNA editing.

      Strengths:

      The study demonstrates significant advancements in leveraging guide RNA (gRNA) as a dimerization module for genome editing, showcasing its high specificity and versatility. By investigating three distinct strategies-splitting pegRNA into sgRNA and petRNA, inserting self-splicing ribozymes within the pegRNA, and dividing the pegRNA at the repeat junction-the researchers present a comprehensive approach to achieving molecular proximity and reconstituting function. Among these methods, splitting the pegRNA at the repeat junction emerged as the most promising, achieving editing efficiencies up to 76% of the control, highlighting its potential for further development in CRISPR-Cas9 systems. Additionally, the study extends genome editing control by linking protein-protein interactions to RNA-mediated editing, using specific protein-RNA interaction pairs to regulate editing through engineered protein proximity. This innovative approach expands the toolkit for precision genome editing, demonstrating the feasibility of controlling genome editing with enhanced specificity and efficiency.

      Weaknesses:

      The initial experiments with splitting the pegRNA into sgRNA and petRNA showed low editing efficiency, less than 2%. Similarly, inserting self-splicing ribozymes within pegRNA was inefficient, achieving under 2% editing efficiency in all constructs tested, possibly hindered by the prime editing enzyme. The editing efficiency of the crRNA and petracrRNA split at the repeat junction varied, with the most promising configurations only reaching 76% of the control efficiency. The RNA-RNA duplex formation's inefficiency might be due to the lack of additional protein binding, leading to potential degradation outside the Cas9-gRNA complex. Extending the approach to control genome editing via protein-protein interactions introduced complexity, with a significant trade-off between efficiency and specificity, necessitating further optimization. The strategy combining RADARS and P3 editing to control genome editing with specific RNA expression events exhibited high background levels of non-specific editing, indicating the need for improved specificity and reduced leaky expression. Moreover, P3 editing efficiencies are exclusively quantified after transfecting DNA into HEK cells, a strategy that has resulted in past reproducibility concerns for other technologies. Overall, the various methods and combinations require further optimization to enhance efficiency and specificity, especially when integrating multiple synthetic modules.

      Comments on revisions:

      I think the authors have successfully addressed the initial concerns. Their adaption of the main text and discussion makes the limitations of P3 editing much clearer.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study is part of an ongoing effort to clarify the effects of cochlear neural degeneration (CND) on auditory processing in listeners with normal audiograms. This effort is important because ~10% of people who seek help for hearing difficulties have normal audiograms and current hearing healthcare has nothing to offer them.

      The authors identify two shortcomings in previous work that they intend to fix. The first is a lack of cross-species studies that make direct comparisons between animal models in which CND can be confirmed and humans for which CND must be inferred indirectly. The second is the low sensitivity of purely perceptual measures to subtle changes in auditory processing. To fix these shortcomings, the authors measure envelope following responses (EFRs) in gerbils and humans using the same sounds, while also performing histological analysis of the gerbil cochleae, and testing speech perception while measuring pupil size in the humans.

      The study begins with a comprehensive assessment of the hearing status of the human listeners. The only differences found between the young adult (YA) and middle-aged (MA) groups are in thresholds at frequencies > 10 kHz and DPOAE amplitudes at frequencies > 5 kHz. The authors then present the EFR results, first for the humans and then for the gerbils, showing that amplitudes decrease more rapidly with increasing envelope frequency for MA than for YA in both species. The histological analysis of the gerbil cochleae shows that there were, on average, 20% fewer IHC-AN synapses at the 3 kHz place in MA relative to YA, and the number of synapses per IHC was correlated with the EFR amplitude at 1024 Hz.

      The study then returns to the humans to report the results of the speech perception tests and pupillometry. The correct understanding of keywords decreased more rapidly with decreasing SNR in MA than in YA, with a noticeable difference at 0 dB, while pupillary slope (a proxy for listening effort) increased more rapidly with decreasing SNR for MA than for YA, with the largest differences at SNRs between 5 and 15 dB. Finally, the authors report that a linear combination of audiometric threshold, EFR amplitude at 1024 Hz, and a few measures of pupillary slope is predictive of speech perception at 0 dB SNR.

      I only have two questions/concerns about the specific methodologies used:

      (1) Synapse counts were made only at the 3 kHz place on the cochlea. However, the EFR sounds were presented at 85 dB SPL, which means that a rather large section of the cochlea will actually be excited. Do we know how much of the EFR actually reflects AN fibers coming from the 3 kHz place? And are we sure that this is the same for gerbils and humans given the differences in cochlear geometry, head size, etc.?

      (2) Unless I misunderstood, the predictive power of the final model was not tested on held-out data. The standard way to fit and test such a model would be to split the data into two segments, one for training and hyperparameter optimization, and one for testing. But it seems that the only split was for training and hyperparameter optimization.

      While I find the study to be generally well executed, I am left wondering what to make of it all. The purpose of the study with respect to fixing previous methodological shortcomings was clear, but exactly how fixing these shortcomings has allowed us to advance is not. I think we can be more confident than before that EFR amplitude is sensitive to CND, and we now know that measures of listening effort may also be sensitive to CND. But where is this leading us?

      I think what this line of work is eventually aiming for is to develop a clinical tool that can be used to infer someone's CND profile. That seems like a worthwhile goal but getting there will require going beyond exploratory association studies. I think we're ready to start being explicit about what properties a CND inference tool would need to be practically useful. I have no idea whether the associations reported in this study are encouraging or not because I have no idea what level of inferential power is ultimately required.

      That brings me to my final comment: there is an inappropriate emphasis on statistical significance. The sample size was chosen arbitrarily. What if the sample had been half the size? Then few, if any, of the observed effects would have been significant. What if the sample had been twice the size? Then many more of the observed effects would have been significant (particularly for the pupillometry). I hope that future studies will follow a more principled approach in which relevant effect sizes are pre-specified (ideally as the strength of association that would be practically useful) and sample sizes are determined accordingly.

      So, in summary, I think this study is a valuable but limited advance. The results increase my confidence that non-invasive measures can be used to infer underlying CND, but I am unsure how much closer we are to anything that is practically useful.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors test the "OHC-fluid-pump" hypothesis by assaying the rates of kainic acid dispersal both in quiet and in cochleae stimulated by sounds of different levels and spectral content. The main result is that sound (and thus, presumably, OHC contractions and expansions) result in faster transport along the duct. OHC involvement is corroborated using salicylate, which yielded results similar to silence. Especially interesting is the fact that some stimuli (e.g., tones) seem to provide better/faster pumping than others (e.g., noise), ostensibly due to the phase profile of the resulting cochlear traveling-wave response.

      Strengths:

      The experiments appear well controlled and the results are novel and interesting. Some elegant cochlear modeling that includes coupling between the organ of Corti and the surrounding fluid as well as advective flow supports the proposed mechanism.

      The current limitations and future directions of the study, including possible experimental tests, extensions of the modeling work, and practical applications to drug delivery, are thoughtfully discussed.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors provide compelling evidence that OHC motility can usefully pump fluid, their claim (last sentence of the Abstract) that wideband OHC motility (i.e., motility in the "tail" region of the traveling wave) evolved for the purposes of circulating fluid---rather then emerging, say, as a happy by-product of OHC motility that evolved for other reasons---seems too strong.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Thomas et al. set out to study seasonal brain gene expression changes in the Eurasian common shrew. This mammalian species is unusual in that it does not hibernate or migrate but instead stays active all winter while shrinking and then regrowing its brain and other organs. The authors previously examined gene expression changes in two brain regions and the liver. Here, they added data from the hypothalamus, a brain region involved in the regulation of metabolism and homeostasis. The specific goals were to identify genes and gene groups that change expression with the seasons and to identify genes with unusual expression compared to other mammalian species. The reason for this second goal is that genes that change with the season could be due to plastic gene regulation, where the organism simply reacts to environmental change using processes available to all mammals. Such changes are not necessarily indicative of adaptation in the shrew. However, if the same genes are also expression outliers compared to other species that do not show this overwintering strategy, it is more likely that they reflect adaptive changes that contribute to the shrew's unique traits.

      The authors succeeded in implementing their experimental design and identified significant genes in each of their specific goals. There was an overlap between these gene lists. The authors provide extensive discussion of the genes they found.

      The scope of this paper is quite narrow, as it adds gene expression data for only one additional tissue compared to the authors' previous work in a 2023 preprint. The two papers even use the same animals, which had been collected for that earlier work. As a consequence, the current paper is limited in the results it can present. This is somewhat compensated by an expansive interpretation of the results in the discussion section, but I felt that much of this was too speculative. More importantly, there are several limitations to the design, making it hard to draw stronger conclusions from the data. The main contribution of this work lies in the generated data and the formulation of hypotheses to be tested by future work.

      Strengths:

      The unique biological model system under study is fascinating. The data were collected in a technically sound manner, and the analyses were done well. The paper is overall very clear, well-written, and easy to follow. It does a thorough job of exploring patterns and enrichments in the various gene sets that are identified.

      I specifically applaud the authors for doing a functional follow-up experiment on one of the differentially expressed genes (BCL2L1), even if the results did not support the hypothesis. It is important to report experiments like this and it is terrific to see it done here.

      Weaknesses:

      While the paper successfully identifies differentially expressed seasonal genes, the real question is (as explained by the authors) whether these are evolved adaptations in the shrews or whether they reflect plastic changes that also exist in other species. This question was the motivation for the inter-species analyses in the paper, but in my view, these cannot rigorously address this question. Presumably, the data from the other species were not collected in comparable environments as those experienced by the shrews studied here. Instead, they likely (it is not specified, and might not be knowable for the public data) reflect baseline gene expression. To see why this is problematic, consider this analogy: if we were to compare gene expression in the immune system of an individual undergoing an acute infection to other, uninfected individuals, we would see many, strong expression differences. However, it would not be appropriate to claim that the infected individual has unique features - the relevant physiological changes are simply not triggered in the other individuals. The same applies here: it is hard to draw conclusions from seasonal expression data in the shrews to non-seasonal data in the other species, as shrew outlier genes might still reflect physiological changes that weren't active in the other species.

      There is no solution for this design flaw given the public data available to the authors except for creating matched data in the other species, which is of course not feasible. The authors should acknowledge and discuss this shortcoming in the paper.

      Related to the point above: in the section "Evolutionary Divergence in Expression" it is not clear which of the shrew samples were used. Was it all of them, or only those from winter, fall, etc? One might expect different results depending on this. E.g., there could be fewer genes with inferred adaptive change when using only summer samples. The authors should specify which samples were included in these analyses, and, if all samples were used, conduct a robustness analysis to see which of their detected genes survive the exclusion of certain time points.

      In the same section, were there also genes with lower shrew expression? None are mentioned in the text, so did the authors not test for this direction, or did they test and there were no significant hits?

      The Discussion is too long and detailed, given that it can ultimately only speculate about what the various expression changes might mean. Many of the specific points made (e.g. about the blood-brain-barrier being more permissive to sensing metabolic state, about cross-organ communication, the paragraphs on single, specific genes) are a stretch based on the available data. Illustrating this point, the one follow-up experiment the authors did (on BCL2L1) did not give the expected result. I really applaud the authors for having done this experiment, which goes beyond typical studies in this space. At the same time, its result highlights the dangers of reading too much into differential expression analyses.

      There is no test of whether the five genes observed in both analyses (seasonal change and inter-species) exceed the number expected by chance. When two gene sets are drawn at random, some overlap is expected randomly. The expected overlap can be computed by repeated draws of pairs of random sets of the same size as seen in real data and by noting the overlap between the random pairs. If this random distribution often includes sets of five genes, this weakens the conclusions that can be drawn from the genes observed in the real data.

    1. Prof. Smith lives in London and has a brother in Berlin, Dr. Smith. To visit him, balancing time, cost, and carbon emissions is a tough call to make. But there is another problem. Dr. Smith has no brother in London. How can that be?

      for - BEing journey - example - demonstrates system 1 vs system 2 thinking - example - unconscious bias - example - symbolic incompleteness

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper reports an interesting and clever task that allows the joint measurement of both perceptual judgments and confidence (or subjective motion strength) in real/continuous time. The task is used together with a social condition to identify the (incidental, task-irrelevant) impact of another player on decision-making and confidence.

      Strengths:

      The innovation on the task alone is likely to be impactful for the field, extending recent continuous report (CPR) tasks to examine other aspects of perceptual decision-making and allowing more naturalistic readouts. One interesting and novel finding is the observation of dyadic convergence of confidence estimates even when the partner is incidental to the task performance, and that dyads tend to be more risk-seeking (indicating greater confidence) than when playing solo. The paper is well-written and clear.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) One concern with the novel task is whether confidence is disambiguated from a tracking of stimulus strength or coherence. The subjects' task is to track motion direction and use the eccentricity of the joystick to control the arc of a catcher - thus implementing a real-time sensitivity to risk (peri-decision wagering). The variable-width catcher has been used to good effect in other confidence/uncertainty tasks involving learning the spread of targets (the Nassar papers). But in the context of an RDK task, one simple strategy here is to map eccentricity directly to (subjective) motion coherence - such that the joystick position at any moment in time is a vector with motion direction and strength. This would still be an interesting task - but could be solved without invoking metacognition or the need to estimate confidence in one's motion direction decision (the analyses in Supplementary Figure 2 are nice in showing a dissociation from (objective) coherence, such that even within a coherence level, changes in eccentricity scale with direction precision - but this does not get around the potential conflation of confidence with fluctuations in motion energy).

      In other words, in this deflationary framing, what the subjects might be doing is tracking two features of the world - motion strength and direction. This possibility needs to be ruled out if the authors want to claim a mapping between eccentricity and decision confidence (for instance, an ideal observer model of the task that set eccentricity proportional to instantaneous motion strength presumably would also sensibly accrue reward targets, without the need to compute confidence in the direction response). This would be straightforward to simulate and would establish a baseline model against which to compare claims about confidence (eg when evaluating additional social modulations). More generally it casts doubt on claims such as the one on line 210 that eccentricity was "chosen freely via metacognitive assessment of the current perceptual process, [and] can be treated as a proxy measure of subjective perceptual confidence."

      One route to doing this would be to ask whether the eccentricity reports show statistical signatures of confidence that have been established for more classical punctate tasks. Here a key move has been to identify qualitative patterns in the frame of reference of choice accuracy - with confidence scaling positively with stimulus strength for correct decisions, and negatively with stimulus strength for incorrect decisions (the so-called X-pattern, for instance Sanders et al. 2016 Neuron https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27151640/).

      (2) I was surprised not to see more analysis of the continuous report data as a function of (lagged) task variables. Some of this analysis is shown in Figure 2b relative to an (objective) direction change, and also in the cross-correlation plots in Supplementary Figure 1d. But to fully characterise the task behaviour it also seems important to ask how and whether fluctuations in motion energy (assuming that the RDK frames were recorded) during a steady state phase are affecting continuous reporting of direction and eccentricity, prior to asking how social information is incorporated into subjects' behaviour.

      Minor points:

      (1) Lines 295-298, isn't it guaranteed to observe these three behavioural patterns (both participants improving, both getting worse, only one improving while the other gets worse) even in random data?

      (2) Lines 703-707, it wasn't clear what the AUC values referred to here (also in Figure 3) - what are the distributions that are being compared? I think part of the confusion here comes from AUC being mentioned earlier in the paper as a measure of metacognitive sensitivity (correct vs. incorrect trial distributions), whereas my impression here is that here AUC is being used to investigate differences in variables (eg confidence) between experimental conditions.

      (3) Could the findings of the worse solo player benefitting more than the better solo player (Figure 4c) be partly due to a compressive ceiling effect - eg there is less room to move up the psychometric function for the higher-scoring player?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript explores the transcriptional landscape of high-grade serous ovarian cancer (HGSOC) using consensus-independent component analysis (c-ICA) to identify transcriptional components (TCs) associated with patient outcomes. The study analyzes 678 HGSOC transcriptomes, supplemented with 447 transcriptomes from other ovarian cancer types and noncancerous tissues. By identifying 374 TCs, the authors aim to uncover subtle transcriptional patterns that could serve as novel drug targets. Notably, a transcriptional component linked to synaptic signaling was associated with shorter overall survival (OS) in patients, suggesting a potential role for neuronal interactions in the tumor microenvironment. Given notable weaknesses like lack of validation cohort or validation using another platform (other than the 11 samples with ST), the data is considered highly descriptive and preliminary.

      Strengths:

      (1) Innovative Methodology:<br /> The use of c-ICA to dissect bulk transcriptomes into independent components is a novel approach that allows for the identification of subtle transcriptional patterns that may be overshadowed in traditional analyses.

      (2) Comprehensive Data Integration:<br /> The study integrates a large dataset from multiple public repositories, enhancing the robustness of the findings. The inclusion of spatially resolved transcriptomes adds a valuable dimension to the analysis.

      (3) Clinical Relevance:<br /> The identification of a synaptic signaling-related TC associated with poor prognosis highlights a potential new avenue for therapeutic intervention, emphasizing the role of the tumor microenvironment in cancer progression.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Mechanistic Insights:<br /> While the study identifies TCs associated with survival, it provides limited mechanistic insights into how these components influence cancer progression. Further experimental validation is necessary to elucidate the underlying biological processes.

      (2) Generalizability:<br /> The findings are primarily based on transcriptomic data from HGSOC. It remains unclear how these results apply to other subtypes of ovarian cancer or different cancer types.

      (3) Innovative Methodology:<br /> Requires more validation using different platforms (IHC) to validate the performance of this bulk-derived data. Also, the lack of control over data quality is a concern.

      (4) Clinical Application:<br /> Although the study suggests potential drug targets, the translation of these findings into clinical practice is not addressed. Probably given the lack of some QA/QC procedures it'll be hard to translate these results. Future studies should focus on validating these targets in clinical settings.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the present study, Chen et al. investigate the role of Endophilin A1 in regulating GABAergic synapse formation and function. To this end, the authors use constitutive or conditional knockout of Endophilin A1 (EEN1) to assess the consequences on GABAergic synapse composition and function, as well as the outcome for PTZ-induced seizure susceptibility. The authors show that EEN1 KO mice show a higher susceptibility to PTZ-induced seizures, accompanied by a reduction in the GABAergic synaptic scaffolding protein gephyrin as well as specific GABAAR subunits and eIPSCs. The authors then investigate the underlying mechanisms, demonstrating that Endophilin A1 binds directly to gephyrin and GABAAR subunits, and identifying the subdomains of Endophilin A1 that contribute to this effect. Overall, the authors state that their study places Endophilin A1 as a new regulator of GABAergic synapse function.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the topic of this manuscript is very timely, since there has been substantial recent interest in describing the mechanisms governing inhibitory synaptic transmission at GABAergic synapses. The study will therefore be of interest to a wide audience of neuroscientists studying synaptic transmission and its role in disease. The manuscript is well-written and contains a substantial quantity of data.

      Weaknesses:

      A number of questions remain to be answered in order to be able to fully evaluate the quality and conclusions of the study. In particular, a key concern throughout the manuscript regards the way that the number of samples for statistical analysis is defined, which may affect the validity of the data analysed. Addressing this weakness will be essential to providing conclusive results that support the authors' claims.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dendrotweaks provides its users with a solid tool to implement, visualize, tune, validate, understand, and reduce single-neuron models that incorporate complex dendritic arbors with differential distribution of biophysical mechanisms. The visualization of dendritic segments and biophysical mechanisms therein provide users with an intuitive way to understand and appreciate dendritic physiology.

      Strengths:

      (1) The visualization tools are simplified, elegant, and intuitive.

      (2) The ability to build single-neuron models using simple and intuitive interfaces.

      (3) The ability to validate models with different measurements.

      (4) The ability to systematically and progressively reduce morphologically-realistic neuronal models.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Inability to account for neuron-to-neuron variability in structural, biophysical, and physiological properties in the model-building and validation processes.

      (2) Inability to account for the many-to-many mapping between ion channels and physiological outcomes. Reliance on hand-tuning provides a single biased model that does not respect pronounced neuron-to-neuron variability observed in electrophysiological measurements.

      (3) Lack of a demonstration on how to connect reduced models into a network within the toolbox.

      (4) Lack of a set of tutorials, which is common across many "Tools and Resources" papers, that would be helpful in users getting acquainted with the toolbox.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript uses a well-validated behavioral estimation task to investigate the degree to which optimistic belief updating was attenuated during the 2020 global pandemic. Online participants recruited during and outside of the pandemic estimated how likely different negative life events were to happen to them in the future and were given statistics about these events happening. Belief updating (measured as the degree to which estimations changed after viewing the statistics) was less optimistically biased during the pandemic (compared to outside of it). This resulted from reduced updating from "good news" (better than expected information). Computational models were used to try to unpack how statistics were integrated and used to revise beliefs. Two families of models were compared - an RL set of models where "estimation errors" (analogous to prediction errors in classic RL models) predict belief change and a Bayesian set of models where an implied likelihood ratio was calculated (derived from participants estimations of their own risk and estimation of the base rate risk) and used to predict belief change. The authors found evidence that the former set of models accounted for updating better outside of the pandemic, but the latter accounted for updating during the pandemic. In addition, the RL model provides evidence that learning was asymmetrically positively biased outside of the pandemic but symmetric during it (as a result of reduced learning rates from good news estimation errors).

      Strengths:

      Understanding whether biases in learning are fixed modes of information processing or flexible and adapt in response to environmental shocks (like a global pandemic or economic recession) is an important area of research relevant to a wide range of fields, including cognitive psychology, behavioral economics, and computational psychiatry. The study uses a well-validated task, and the authors conduct a power analysis to show that the sample sizes are appropriate. Furthermore, the authors test that their results hold in both a between-group analysis (the focus of the main paper) and a within-group analysis (mainly in the supplemental).

      The finding that optimistic biases are reduced in response to acute stress, perceived threat, and depression has been shown before using this task both in the lab (social stress manipulation), in the real world (firefighters on duty), and clinical groups (patients with depression). However, the work does extend these findings here in important ways:

      (1) Examining the effect of a new real-world adverse event (the pandemic).<br /> (2) The reduction in optimistic updating here arises due to reduced updating from positive information (previously, in the case of environmental threat, this reduction mainly arose from increased sensitivity to negative information).<br /> (3) Leveraging new RL-inspired computational approaches, demonstrating that the bias - and its attenuation - can be captured using trial-by-trial computational modeling with separate learning rates for positive and negative estimation errors.

      Weaknesses:

      Some interpretation and analysis (the computational modeling in particular) could be improved.

      On the interpretation side, while the pandemic was an adverse experience and stressful for many people (including myself), the absence of any measures of stress/threat levels limits the conclusions one can draw. Past work that has used this task to examine belief updating in response to adverse environmental events took physiological (e.g., SCR, cortisol) and/or self-report (questionnaires) measures of mood. In SI Table 1, the authors possibly had some questionnaire measures along these lines, but this might be for the participants tested during the pandemic.

      On the analysis side, it was unclear what the motivation was for the different sets of models tested. Both families of models test asymmetric vs symmetric learning (which is the main question here) and have similar parameters (scaling and asymmetry parameters) to quantify these different aspects of the learning process. Conceptually, the different behavioral patterns one could expect from the two families of models needed to be clarified. Do the "winning" models produce the main behavioral patterns in Figure 1, and are they in some way uniquely able to do so, for instance? How would updating look different for an optimistic RL learner versus an optimistic Bayesian RL learner? Would the asymmetry parameter in the former be correlated with the asymmetry parameter in the latter? Moreover, crucially, would one be able to reliably distinguish the models from one another under the model estimation and selection criteria that the authors have used here (presenting robust model recovery could help to show this)?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      First, the authors confirm the up-regulation of the main genes involved in the three branches of the Unfolded Protein Response (UPR) system in diet-induced obese mice in AT, observations that have been extensively reported before. Not surprisingly, IRE1a inhibition with STF led to an amelioration of the obesity and insulin resistance of the animals. Moreover, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease was also improved by the treatment. More novel are their results in terms of thermogenesis and energy expenditure, where IRE1a seems to act via activation of brown AT. Finally, mice treated with STF exhibited significantly fewer metabolically active and M1-like macrophages in the AT compared to those under vehicle conditions. Overall, the authors conclude that targeting IRE1a has therapeutical potential for treating obesity and insulin resistance.

      The study has some strengths, such as the detailed characterization of the effect of STF in different fat depots and a thorough analysis of macrophage populations. However, the lack of novelty in the findings somewhat limits the study´s impact on the field.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study examined the interaction between two key cortical regions in the mouse brain involved in goal-directed movements, the rostral forelimb area (RFA) - considered a premotor region involved in movement planning, and the caudal forelimb area (CFA) - considered a primary motor region that more directly influences movement execution. The authors ask whether there exists a hierarchical interaction between these regions, as previously hypothesized, and focus on a specific definition of hierarchy - examining whether the neural activity in the premotor region exerts a larger functional influence on the activity in the primary motor area than vice versa. They examine this question using advanced experimental and analytical methods, including localized optogenetic manipulation of neural activity in either region while measuring both the neural activity in the other region and EMG signals from several muscles involved in the reaching movement, as well as simultaneous electrophysiology recordings from both regions in a separate cohort of animals.

      The findings presented show that localized optogenetic manipulation of neural activity in either RFA or CFA resulted in similarly short-latency changes in the muscle output and in firing rate changes in the other region. However, perturbation of RFA led to a larger absolute change in the neural activity of CFA neurons. The authors interpret these findings as evidence for reciprocal, but asymmetrical, influence between the regions, suggesting some degree of hierarchy in which RFA has a greater effect on the neural activity in CFA. They go on to examine whether this asymmetry can also be observed in simultaneously recorded neural activity patterns from both regions. They use multiple advanced analysis methods that either identify latent components at the population level or measure the predictability of firing rates of single neurons in one region using firing rates of single neurons in the other region. Interestingly, the main finding across these analyses seems to be that both regions share highly similar components that capture a high degree of variability of the neural activity patterns in each region. Single units' activity from either region could be predicted to a similar degree from the activity of single units in the other region, without a clear division into a leading area and a lagging area, as one might expect to find in a simple hierarchical interaction. However, the authors find some evidence showing a slight bias towards leading activity in RFA. Using a two-region neural network model that is fit to the summed neural activity recorded in the different experiments and to the summed muscle output, the authors show that a network with constrained (balanced) weights between the regions can still output the observed measured activities and the observed asymmetrical effects of the optogenetic manipulations, by having different within-region local weights. These results put into question whether previous and current findings that demonstrate asymmetry in the output of regions can be interpreted as evidence for asymmetrical (and thus hierarchical) inputs between regions, emphasizing the challenges in studying interactions between any brain regions.

      Strengths:

      The experiments and analyses performed in this study are comprehensive and provide a detailed examination and comparison of neural activity recorded simultaneously using dense electrophysiology probes from two main motor regions that have been the focus of studies examining goal-directed movements. The findings showing reciprocal effects from each region to the other, similar short-latency modulation of muscle output by both regions, and similarity of neural activity patterns without a clear lead/lag interaction, are convincing and add to the growing body of evidence that highlight the complexity of the interactions between multiple regions in the motor system and go against a simple feedforward-like network and dynamics. The neural network model complements these findings and adds an important demonstration that the observed asymmetry can, in theory, also arise from differences in local recurrent connections and not necessarily from different input projections from one region to the other. This sheds an important light on the multiple factors that should be considered when studying the interaction between any two brain regions, with a specific emphasis on the role of local recurrent connections, that should be of interest to the general neuroscience community.

      Weaknesses:

      While the similarity of the activity patterns across regions and lack of a clear leading/lagging interaction are interesting observations that are mostly supported by the findings presented (however, see comment below for lack of clarity in CCA/PLS analyses), the main question posed by the authors - whether there exists an endogenous hierarchical interaction between RFA and CFA - seems to be left largely open. The authors note that there is currently no clear evidence of asymmetrical reciprocal influence between naturally occurring neural activity patterns of the two regions, as previous attempts have used non-natural electrical stimulation, lesions, or pharmacological inactivation. The use of acute optogenetic perturbations does not seem to be vastly different in that aspect, as it is a non-natural stimulation of inhibitory interneurons that abruptly perturbs the ongoing dynamics. Furthermore, the main finding that supports a hierarchical interaction is a difference in the absolute change of firing rates as a result of the optogenetic perturbation, a finding that is based on a small number of animals (N = 3 in each experimental group), and one which may be difficult to interpret. As the authors nicely demonstrate in their neural network model, the two regions may differ in the strength of local within-region inhibitory connections. Could this theoretically also lead to a difference in the effect of the artificial light stimulation of the inhibitory inter-neurons on the local population of excitatory projection neurons, driving an asymmetrical effect on the downstream region? Moreover, the manipulation was performed upon the beginning of the reaching movement, while the premotor region is often hypothesized to exert its main control during movement preparation, and thus possibly show greater modulation during that movement epoch. It is not clear if the observed difference in absolute change is dependent on the chosen time of optogenetic stimulation and if this effect is a general effect that will hold if the stimulation is delivered during different movement epochs, such as during movement preparation.

      Another finding that is not clearly interpretable is in the analysis of the population activity using CCA and PLS. The authors show that shifting the activity of one region compared to the other, in an attempt to find the optimal leading/lagging interaction, does not affect the results of these analyses. Assuming the activities of both regions are better aligned at some unknown ground-truth lead/lag time, I would expect to see a peak somewhere in the range examined, as is nicely shown when running the same analyses on a single region's activity. If the activities are indeed aligned at zero, without a clear leading/lagging interaction, but the results remain similar when shifting the activities of one region compared to the other, the interpretation of these analyses is not clear.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study investigates how ant group demographics influence nest structures and group behaviors of Camponotus fellah ants, a ground-dwelling carpenter ant species (found locally in Israel) that build subterranean nest structures. Using a quasi-2D cell filled with artificial sand, the authors perform two complementary sets of experiments to try to link group behavior and nest structure: first, the authors place a mated queen and several pupae into their cell and observe the structures that emerge both before and after the pupae eclose (i.e., "colony maturation" experiments); second, the authors create small groups (of 5,10, or 15 ants, each including a queen) within a narrow age range (i.e., "fixed demographic" experiments) to explore the dependence of age on construction. Some of the fixed demographic instantiations included a manually induced catastrophic collapse event; the authors then compared emergency repair behavior to natural nest creation. Finally, the authors introduce a modified logistic growth model to describe the time-dependent nest area. The modification introduces parameters that allow for age-dependent behavior, and the authors use their fixed demographic experiments to set these parameters, and then apply the model to interpret the behavior of the colony maturation experiments. The main results of this paper are that for natural nest construction, nest areas, and morphologies depend on the age demographics of ants in the experiments: younger ants create larger nests and angled tunnels, while older ants tend to dig less and build predominantly vertical tunnels; in contrast, emergency response seems to elicit digging in ants of all ages to repair the nest.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors introduce a novel algorithm for the automatic identification of long-range axonal projections. This is an important problem as modern high-throughput imaging techniques can produce large amounts of raw data, but identifying neuronal morphologies and connectivities requires large amounts of manual work. The algorithm works by first identifying points in three-dimensional space corresponding to parts of labelled neural projections, these are then used to identify short sections of axons using an optimisation algorithm and the prior knowledge that axonal diameters are relatively constant. Finally, a statistical model that assumes axons tend to be smooth is used to connect the sections together into complete and distinct neural trees. The authors demonstrate that their algorithm is far superior to existing techniques, especially when dense labelling of the tissue means that neighbouring neurites interfere with the reconstruction. Despite this improvement, however, the accuracy of reconstruction remains below 90%, so manual proofreading is still necessary to produce accurate reconstructions of axons.

      Strengths:

      The new algorithm combines local and global information to make a significant improvement on the state-of-the-art for automatic axonal reconstruction. The method could be applied more broadly and might have applications to reconstructions of electron microscopy data, where similar issues of high-throughput imaging and relatively slow or inaccurate reconstruction remain.

      Weaknesses:

      There are three weaknesses in the algorithm and manuscript.

      (1) The best reconstruction accuracy is below 90%, which does not fully solve the problem of needing manual proofreading.

      (2) The 'minimum information flow tree' model the authors use to construct connected axonal trees has the potential to bias data collection. In particular, the assumption that axons should always be as smooth as possible is not always correct. This is a good rule-of-thumb for reconstructions, but real axons in many systems can take quite sharp turns and this is also seen in the data presented in the paper (Figure 1C). I would like to see explicit acknowledgement of this bias in the current manuscript and ideally a relaxation of this rule in any later versions of the algorithm.

      (3) The writing of the manuscript is not always as clear as it could be. The manuscript would benefit from careful copy editing for language, and the Methods section in particular should be expanded to more clearly explain what each algorithm is doing. The pseudo-code of the Supplemental Information could be brought into the Methods if possible as these algorithms are so fundamental to the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. addressed the question of whether hyperaltruistic preference is modulated by decision context, and tested how oxytocin (OXT) may modulate this process. Using an adapted version of a previously well-established moral decision-making task, healthy human participants in this study undergo decisions that gain more (or lose less, termed as context) meanwhile inducing more painful shocks to either themselves or another person (recipient). The alternative choice is always less gain (or more loss) meanwhile less pain. Through a series of regression analyses, the authors reported that hyperaltruistic preference can only be found in the gain context but not in the loss context, however, OXT reestablished the hyperaltruistic preference in the loss context similar to that in the gain context.

      Strengths:

      This is a solid study that directly adapted a previously well-established task and the analytical pipeline to assess hyperaltruistic preference in separate decision contexts. Context-dependent decisions have gained more and more attention in literature in recent years, hence this study is timely. It also links individual traits (via questionnaires) with task performance, to test potential individual differences. The OXT study is done with great methodological rigor, including pre-registration. Both studies have proper power analysis to determine the sample size.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the strengths, multiple analytical decisions have to be explained, justified, or clarified. Also, there is scope to enhance the clarity and coherence of the writing - as it stands, readers will have to go back and forth to search for information. Last, it would be helpful to add line numbers in the manuscript during the revision, as this will help all reviewers to locate the parts we are talking about.

      (1) Introduction:<br /> The introduction is somewhat unmotivated, with key terms/concepts left unexplained until relatively late in the manuscript. One of the main focuses in this work is "hyperaltruistic", but how is this defined? It seems that the authors take the meaning of "willing to pay more to reduce other's pain than their own pain", but is this what the task is measuring? Did participants ever need to PAY something to reduce the other's pain? Note that some previous studies indeed allow participants to pay something to reduce other's pain. And what makes it "HYPER-altruistic" rather than simply "altruistic"? Plus, in the intro, the authors mentioned that the "boundary conditions" remain unexplored, but this idea is never touched again. What do boundary conditions mean here in this task? How do the results/data help with finding out the boundary conditions? Can this be discussed within wider literature in the Discussion section? Last, what motivated the authors to examine the decision context? It comes somewhat out of the blue that the opening paragraph states that "We set out to [...] decision context", but why? Are there other important factors? Why decision context is more important than studying those others?

      (2) Experimental Design:<br /> (2a) The experiment per se is largely solid, as it followed a previously well-established protocol. But I am curious about how the participants got instructed? Did the experimenter ever mention the word "help" or "harm" to the participants? It would be helpful to include the exact instructions in the SI.

      (2b) Relatedly, the experimental details were not quite comprehensive in the main text. Indeed, the Methods come after the main text, but to be able to guide readers to understand what was going on, it would be very helpful if the authors could include some necessary experimental details at the beginning of the Results section.

      (3) Statistical Analysis<br /> (3a) One of the main analyses uses the harm aversion model (Eq1) and the results section keeps referring to one of the key parameters of it (ie, k). However, it is difficult to understand the text without going to the Methods section below. Hence it would be very helpful to repeat the equation also in the main text. A similar idea goes to the delta_m and delta_s terms - it will be very helpful to give a clear meaning of them, as nearly all analyses rely on knowing what they mean.

      (3b) There is one additional parameter gamma (choice consistency) in the model. Did the authors also examine the task-related difference of gamma? This might be important as some studies have shown that the other-oriented choice consistency may differ in different prosocial contexts.

      (3c) I am not fully convinced that the authors included two types of models: the harm aversion model and the logistic regression models. Indeed, the models look similar, and the authors have acknowledged that. But I wonder if there is a way to combine them? For example:<br /> Choice ~ delta_V * context * recipient (*Oxt_v._placebo)<br /> The calculation of delta_V follows Equation 1.<br /> Or the conceptual question is, if the authors were interested in the specific and independent contribution of dalta_m and dalta_s to behavior, as their logistic model did, why did the authors examine the harm aversion first, where a parameter k is controlling for the trade-off? One way to find it out is to properly run different models and run model comparisons. In the end, it would be beneficial to only focus on the "winning" model to draw inferences.

      (3d) The interpretation of the main OXT results needs to be more cautious. According to the operationalization, "hyperaltruistic" is the reduction of pain of others (higher % of choosing the less painful option) relative to the self. But relative to the placebo (as baseline), OXT did not increase the % of choosing the less painful option for others, rather, it decreased the % of choosing the less painful option for themselves. In other words, the degree of reducing other's pain is the same under OXT and placebo, but the degree of benefiting self-interest is reduced under OXT. I think this needs to be unpacked, and some of the wording needs to be changed. I am not very familiar with the OXT literature, but I believe it is very important to differentiate whether OXT is doing something on self-oriented actions vs other-oriented actions. Relatedly, for results such as that in Figure 5A, it would be helpful to not only look at the difference but also the actual magnitude of the sensitivity to the shocks, for self and others, under OXT and placebo.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The paper by Auer et. makes several contributions:

      (1) The study developed a novel approach to map the microstructural organization of the human amygdala by applying radiomics and dimensionality reduction techniques to high-resolution histological data from the BigBrain dataset.

      (2) The method identified two main axes of microstructural variation in the amygdala, which could be translated to in vivo 7 Tesla MRI data in individual subjects.

      (3) Functional connectivity analysis using resting-state fMRI suggests that microstructurally defined amygdala subregions had distinct patterns of functional connectivity to cortical networks, particularly the limbic, frontoparietal, and default mode networks.

      (4) Meta-analytic decoding was used to suggest that the superior amygdala subregion's connectivity is associated with autobiographical memory, while the inferior subregion was linked to emotional face processing.

      (5) Overall, the data-driven, multimodal approach provides an account of amygdala microstructure and possibly function that can be applied at the individual subject level, potentially advancing research on amygdala organization.

      Although these are meritorious contributions there are some concerns that I will summarize below.

      (1) The paper makes little-to-no contact with the monkey literature regarding the anatomy of amygdala subregions, their functionality, and their patterns of anatomical connectivity. This is surprising because such literature on non-human primates is a very important starting point for understanding the human amygdala. I recommend taking a careful look at the work by Helen Barbas, among others. There are too many papers to cite but a notable example is: Ghashghaei, H. T., Hilgetag, C. C., & Barbas, H. (2007). Sequence of information processing for emotions based on the anatomic dialogue between prefrontal cortex and amygdala. Neuroimage, 34(3), 905-923. The work of Amaral is also highly relevant. Furthermore, the authors subscribe to a model with LB, CM, and SF sectors. How does the SF sector relate to monkey anatomy?

      (2) The authors use meta-analytical decoding via NeuroSynth. If the authors like those results of course they should keep them but the quality of coordinate reporting in the literature is insufficient to conclude much in the context of amygdala subregion function in my opinion. I believe the results reported are at most "somewhat suggestive".

      (3) Another significant concern has to do with the results in Figure 3. The red and yellow clusters identified are quite distinct but the differences in functional connectivity are very modest. Figure 3C reveals very similar functional connectivity with the networks investigated. This is very surprising, and the authors should include a careful comparison with related findings in the literature. Overall, there is limited comparison between the observed results and those obtained via other methods. On a more pessimistic note, the results of Figure 3 seem to question the validity of the general approach.

      (4) Some statements in the Discussion feel unwarranted. For example, "significant dissociation in functional connectivity to prefrontal structures that support self-referential, reward-related, and socio-affective processes." This feels way beyond what can be stated based on the analyses performed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Fakhar et al. use a game-theoretical framework to model interregional communication in the brain. They perform virtual lesioning using MSA to obtain a representation of the influence each node exerts on every other node, and then compare the optimal influence profiles of nodes across different communication models. Their results indicate that cortical regions within the brain's "rich club" are most influential.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the manuscript is well-written. Illustrative examples help to give the reader intuition for the approach and its implementation in this context. The analyses appear to be rigorously performed and appropriate null models are included.

      Weaknesses:

      The use of game theory to model brain dynamics relies on the assumption that brain regions are similar to agents optimizing their influence, and implies competition between regions. The model can be neatly formalized, but is there biological evidence that the brain optimizes signaling in this way? This could be explored further. Specifically, it would be beneficial if the authors could clarify what the agents (brain regions) are optimizing for at the level of neurobiology - is there evidence for a relationship between regional influence and metabolic demands? Identifying a neurobiological correlate at the same scale at which the authors are modeling neural dynamics would be most compelling.

      It is not entirely clear what Figure 6 is meant to contribute to the paper's main findings on communication. The transition to describing this Figure in line 317 is rather abrupt. The authors could more explicitly link these results to earlier analyses to make the rationale for this figure clearer. What motivated the authors' investigation into the persistence of the signal influence across steps?

      The authors used resting-state fMRI data to generate functional connectivity matrices, which they used to inform their model of neural dynamics. If I understand correctly, their functional connectivity matrices represent correlations in neural activity across an entire fMRI scan computed for each individual and then averaged across individuals. This approach seems limited in its ability to capture neural dynamics across time. Modeling time series data or using a sliding window FC approach to capture changes across time might make more sense as a means of informing neural dynamics.

      The authors evaluated their model using three different structural connectomes: one inferred from diffusion spectrum imaging in humans, one inferred from anterograde tract tracing in mice, and one inferred from retrograde tract-tracing in macaque. While the human connectome is presumably an undirected network, the mouse and macaque connectomes are directed. What bearing does experimentally inferred knowledge of directionality have on the derivation of optimal influence and its interpretation?

      It would be useful if the authors could assess the performance of the model for other datasets. Does the model reflect changes during task engagement or in disease states in which relative nodal influence would be expected to change? The model assumes optimality, but this assumption might be violated in disease states.

      The MSA approach is highly computationally intensive, which the authors touch on in the Discussion section. Would it be feasible to extend this approach to task or disease conditions, which might necessitate modeling multiple states or time points, or could adaptations be made that would make this possible?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Winkler et al. present brain activity patterns related to complex motor behaviour by combining whole-head magnetoencephalography (MEG) with subthalamic local field potential (LFP) recordings from people with Parkinson's disease. The motor task involved repetitive circular movements with stops or reversals associated with either predictable or unpredictable cues. Beta and gamma frequency oscillations are described, and the authors found complex interactions between recording sites and task conditions. For example, they observed stronger modulation of connectivity in unpredictable conditions. Moreover, STN power varied across patients during reversals, which differed from stopping movements. The authors conclude that cortex-STN beta modulation is sensitive to movement context, with potential relevance for movement redirection.

      Strengths:

      This study employs a unique methodology, leveraging the rare opportunity to simultaneously record both invasive and non-invasive brain activity to explore oscillatory networks.

      Weaknesses:

      It is difficult to interpret the role of the STN in the context of reversals because no consistent activity pattern emerged.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Mendoza-Romero et al. investigate the effects of maternal high-fat diet (MHFD) on microglia and AgRP synaptic terminals in the hypothalamus of postnatal mice during lactation. The study employs 3D microglial morphology reconstruction and genetically targeted axonal labeling, offering a detailed examination of microglial changes and their implications for AgRP terminal density and body weight regulation, focusing on the PVN and ARC nuclei. The authors also use pharmacological (e.g., PLX5622) elimination of microglia to test the sufficiency of microglia to shape PVN AgRP+ synapses.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-written paper with a thorough introduction and discussion.

      The impact of microglia on hypothalamic synaptic pruning is poorly characterized, so the findings herein are especially interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A cartoon paradigm of the HFD treatment window would be a helpful addition to Figure 1. Relatedly, the authors might consider qualifying MHFD as 'lactational MHFD.' Readers might miss the fact that the exposure window starts at birth.

      (2) More details on the modeling pipeline are needed either in Figure 1 or text. Of the ~50 microglia that were counted (based on Figure 1J), were all 50 quantified for the morphological assessments? Were equal numbers used for the control and MHFD groups? Were the 3D models adjusted manually for accuracy? How much background was detected by IMARIS that was discarded? Was the user blind to the treatment group while using the pipeline? Were the microglia clustered or equally spread across the PVN?

      (3) Suggest toning back some of the language. For example: "...consistent with enhanced activity and surveillance of their immediate microenvironment" (Line 195) could be "...perhaps consistent with...". Likewise, "profound" (Lines 194, 377) might be an overstatement.

      (4) Representative images for AgRP+ cells (quantified in Figure 2J) are missing. Why not a co-label of Iba1+/AgRP+ as per Figure 1, 3? Also, what was quantified in Figure 2J - soma? Total immunoreactivity?

      (5) For the PLX experiment:<br /> a) "...we depleted microglia during the lactation period" (Line 234). This statement suggests microglia decreased from the first injection at P4 and throughout lactation, which is inaccurate. PLX5622 effects take time, upwards of a week. Thus, if PLX5622 injections started at P4, it could be P11 before the decrease in microglia numbers is stable. Moreover, by the time microglia are entirely knocked down, the pups might be supplementing some chow for milk, making it unclear how much PLX5622 they were receiving from the dam, which could also impact the rate at which microglia repopulation commences in the fetal brain. Quantifying microglia across the P4-P21 treatment window would be helpful, especially at P16, since the PVN AgRP microglia phenotypes were demonstrated and roughly when pups might start eating some chow.

      b) I am surprised that ~70% of the microglia are present at P21. Does this number reflect that microglia are returning as the pups no longer receive PLX5622 from milk from the dam? Does it reflect the poor elimination of microglia in the first place?

      (6) Was microglia morphology examined for all microglia across the PVN? It is possible that a focus on PVNmpd microglia would reveal a stronger phenotype? In Figure 4H, J, AgRP+ terminals are counted in PVN subregions - PVNmpd and PVNpml, with PVNmpd showing a decrease of ~300 AgRP+ terminals in MHFD/Veh (rescued in MHFD/PLX5622). In Figure 1K, AgRP+ terminals across what appears to be the entire PVN decrease by ~300, suggesting that PVNmpd is driving this phenotype. If true, then do microglia within the PVNmpd display this morphology phenotype?

      (7) What chow did the pups receive as they started to consume solid food? Is this only a MHFD challenge, or could the pups be consuming HFD chow that fell into the cage?

      (8) Figure 5: Does internalized AgRP+ co-localize with CD68+ lysosomes? How was 'internalized' determined?

      (9) Different sample sizes are used across experiments (e.g., Figure 4 NCD n=5, MHFD n=4). Does this impact statistical significance?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Hu et al. investigated the role of olfactory ErbB4 in regulating olfactory information processing. The authors demonstrated that ErbB4 deletion impairs odor discrimination, sensitivity, habituation, and dishabituation by using an impressive combination of techniques from morphological to electrophysiology (both slice and in vivo) and from viral injection to cell-type-specific mutation to behavioral analysis. The findings underscore the crucial role of ErbB4 in olfactory PV neurons in modulating mitral cell function and odor perception.

      Strengths:

      This study contains a pretty comprehensive set of experiments.

      Major concerns:

      (1) Line 151 page 7, "PV-Erbb4+/+ mice (generated by crossing PV-Cre mice (Wen et al., 2010) with loxP flanked Erbb4 mice". Does this mean mice carrying PV-Cre and ErbB4 floxed allele? Or with the WT allele? This is confusing. Figures 2B and 2C, ErbB4 expression was evident in many cells that were not positive for PV. What are the identities of those cells? Are they important?

      (2) In Figure 4, the authors performed tetrode recordings in awake head-fixed animals. Although individual neuron spikes could be obtained by spike-sorting, this is not a "single-unit" experiment due to the nature of this approach.

      What is the odor used in Figure 4? How did the authors clean up the odor to limit the stimulation within 2 seconds? In what layer were the tetrodes placed? What is the putative cell type presented in Figure 4C? If Figure 4C is a representative neuron recorded, the odor-induced suppression of spike activity seems to be impaired in PV-ErbB4-/- animals. However, Figure 4D shows that suppressed neurons were similar between the two types of animals. Such comparisons among individual mice are difficult for in vivo electrophysiological experiments because the recorded cell type and placement of electrodes would be different. The authors should apply ErbB4 inhibitors to the same animals and compare the effects before and after. This would ensure the recoding of the same population of neurons.

      (3) At a glance in the heatmap in Figure 4D, excited neurons were reduced in PV-ErbB4-/- mice, but not inhibited neurons. This was different from Figure 4L. The authors need to have a criteria or threshold to show how they categorized each population.

      (4) Figure 4D, 4F and 4J seemed to be inconsistent. In Figure 4D before odor, there was no clear increase in the spontaneous activity in PV-ErbB4-/- mice; in Figure 4F-4G and 4J-4K, clearly, there was a high spontaneous activity in PV-ErbB4-/- mice.

      (5) What are the neurons recorded in Figure 6E-6F? If they were MCs, loss of ErbB4 in PV neurons should not alter their intrinsic electrical properties. Rather GABAergic inputs could be altered. Indeed, the authors presented a reduction of GABAergic inputs from PV neurons to MCs.

      (6) Figure 8E-8H, a better experiment would be specifically expressing ErbB4 or PV neurons. In Figure 8F and Figure 8I, was it the excitability after the current injection? Why not perform the spontaneous activity recording?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors investigate whether during free exploration of an environment with an internal structure of corridors and occasionally fluid-rewarded alleys, rat CA1 place cells generate multiple firing fields in repeating patterns, allowing the investigators to analyze whether firing field positional properties like alley orientation, and non-positional properties like heading, field-rate modulation and other properties are similar or different within and across single place cell place fields. They adopt a standard cognitive map analysis framework, conceiving each cell as an individual map element and characterizing each cell's individual activity independently of the activity of other cells, such that the main unit of analysis is a place field averaged across recording times of many minutes. Despite framing the work as an investigation of a fundamentally-subjective episodic memory system sensitive to hidden cognitive and attentional variables, the experiment and analyses are conceived as if the cells respond to positional and non-positional features of experience as static "inputs" that the investigators infer. These "inputs" are conceptualized as effectively stationary and steady, and they are not manipulated. The authors find that there are many "repeated" firing fields, that they tend to have similar orientation more than expected by chance, and that each field's rate is modulated distinctly by heading direction and other factors, leading them to conclude that each field's nonpositional inputs are "individually addressable." The authors do not consider alternative possibilities for which there are strong indications in the contemporary literature like 1) CA1 activity could be internally generated; 2) that there could be hidden cognitive variables that influence CA1 activity episodically and in non-stationary ways rather than consistently; 3) that CA1 cells exhibit mixed tuning to a variety of environmental and navigational variables; 4) that CA1 activity is better interpreted from the point-of-view of a neural ensemble or a neural manifold of conjoint neural activity that represents multiple information variables, or 5) that stable neural representations of information need not depend on stable stimulus-response properties of individual cells. In fact, the analyses provide evidence consistent with each of these alternatives, but they are not considered. There is a case to be made that the authors are allowed to ignore these alternatives because they properly engage the dogmatic point of view, in which case there is little to adjust in the manuscript, which is both well-conceived and well-executed in the classic (but not contemporary) norms of place cell investigations.

      My comments are focused on improving the manuscript without insisting that the authors adopt alternative (contemporary) points of view, but requiring them to clarify their point of view and explain that there are alternatives.

      (1) The authors define what they mean by "positional" and "non-positional" "inputs" later in the manuscript. Since the experimental apparatus and task have been designed to isolate these "inputs" the authors should in the initial description of the environment and task explain what the task does and does not allow them to analyze. Instead, they have repeatedly asserted that the environment is a hybrid of an open-field and a linear track environment. This may be the case, but so what? The authors need to better explain, up front, why that matters and what they will be able to investigate as a result. As written, this all seems to me rather vague and post hoc.

      (2) The abstract states "Previous work implies a distinction between positional inputs to the hippocampus that provide information about an animal's location and non-positional inputs which provide information about the content of experience." While I understand what the authors mean, I want to point out that it is not straightforward to identify the "positional inputs" and the "non-positional inputs." What are they, how can they be measured? Is it not also possible that hippocampus generates "positional" information rather than receiving it, that is in fact the longstanding view of the cognitive map framework that the authors have adopted, and yet they frame the essential issue as one of differential receipt of positional and non-positional inputs. This seems to me imprecise and hard to defend but demonstrates the authors' opinion in framing this work. In my view a more objective and accurate statement might be "Previous work implies a distinction between hippocampal (positional) activity representing information about an animal's location and (non-positional) activity which represents information about the content of experience." This opinion about "inputs" is found throughout the manuscript over 50 times, starting with the title. While in my view this is not an objective treatment of the experimental design or data (positional and non-positional inputs are never identified or manipulated, they are merely inferred), I accept that the authors can say whatever they want so long as they make it clear to the reader that theirs is an opinion or assumption rather than a measurement. The manuscript is written as if the different inputs are identified and valid, rather than inferred.

      (3) The abstract states "even though the animal's behavior was not constrained to 1-D trajectories" whereas page 13 states "but their trajectories were constrained to orthogonal directions by the city-maze architecture" and page 23 states "but their trajectories were constrained to a rectilinear grid." While I understand what the authors mean, the first statement appears to contradict the others. There are additional examples that I do not identify here. In any case, I would like to have seen examples of the animals' trajectories through the maze. A figure showing the raw trajectories and another after the unwanted behaviors have been filtered out should be given, allowing the reader to understand how much the animals tended to travel through the alleys, how much they turned and lingered within them, etc.

      (4) The abstract ends with "These results demonstrate that the positional inputs that drive a cell to fire in similar locations across the maze can be behaviorally and temporally dissociated from the nonpositional inputs that alter the firing rates of the cell within its place fields, thereby increasing the flexibility of the system to encode episodic variables within a spatiotemporal framework provided by place cells." I don't see the evidence for the "thereby ..." claim. The authors are free to speculate and discuss but they should say they are speculating and/or discussing a possibility, rather than assert as if they have demonstrated a fact.

      (5) The Introduction begins with "All behavior is embedded within a spatial and temporal framework." By this statement, I believe the authors mean to assert, or at least they cause a reader to understand that there is a spatial and temporal framework that is separate from the behaving subject. They will use this point of view to design their experiment around the utility of a city- maze. Since the authors appeal to cognitive map theory so much, I point out that O'Keefe and Nadel write in The Hippocampus as a Cognitive Map that "Space was a way of perceiving, not a thing to be perceived." Sentence number 2 of the book states "We shall argue that the hippocampus is the core of a neural memory system providing an objective spatial framework within which the items and events of an organism's experience are located and interrelated." Consistent with Kant and O'Keefe and Nadel, the present authors might more accurately state "All behavior is embedded within a subjective spatial and temporal framework." but then they will have to explain why they conceive of there being "positional inputs" to which they are measuring CA1 responses. This framing seems to me problematic and not logically self-consistent.

      (6) On page 2 the authors assert "Neurons within the hippocampus respond to a wide array of sensory and otherwise nonspatial cues..." then they go on to list sensory features and "non-positional" features of experience to which CA1 cells respond. It seems to me they leave out a class of features of experience that might be considered "subjective spatial frames" that have been investigated by Gothard and Redish when they were in the McNaughton and Barnes lab, as well the Fenton and Muller labs, amongst others. All of these papers describe non-stationary, multi-stable place cell phenomena that are tied to subjective variables, which have the potential to undermine the premise of the present work's analyses and so they should be considered. I list a sample but certainly not all the work that might be considered.

      Gothard KM, Skaggs WE, Moore KM, McNaughton BL (1996) Binding of hippocampal CA1 neural activity to multiple reference frames in a landmark-based navigation task. J Neurosci 16:823-835.

      Gothard KM, Skaggs WE, McNaughton BL (1996) Dynamics of mismatch correction in the hippocampal ensemble code for space: interaction between path integration and environmental cues. J Neurosci 16:8027-8040.

      Gothard KM, Hoffman KL, Battaglia FP, McNaughton BL (2001) Dentate gyrus and ca1 ensemble activity during spatial reference frame shifts in the presence and absence of visual input. J Neurosci 21:7284-7292.

      Redish AD, Rosenzweig ES, Bohanick JD, McNaughton BL, Barnes CA (2000) Dynamics of hippocampal ensemble activity realignment: time versus space. J Neurosci 20:9298-9309.

      Rosenzweig ES, Redish AD, McNaughton BL, Barnes CA (2003) Hippocampal map realignment and spatial learning. Nat Neurosci 6:609-615.

      Jackson J, Redish AD (2007) Network dynamics of hippocampal cell-assemblies resemble multiple spatial maps within single tasks. Hippocampus 17:1209-1229

      Lenck-Santini PP, Fenton AA, Muller RU (2008) Discharge properties of hippocampal neurons during performance of a jump avoidance task. J Neurosci 28:6773-6786.

      Fenton AA, Lytton WW, Barry JM, Lenck-Santini PP, Zinyuk LE, Kubik S, Bures J, Poucet B, Muller RU, Olypher AV (2010) Attention-like modulation of hippocampus place cell discharge. J Neurosci 30:4613-4625.

      Kelemen E, Fenton AA (2013) Key features of human episodic recollection in the cross-episode retrieval of rat hippocampus representations of space. PLoS Biol 11:e1001607.

      (7) The Introduction asserts that "rate remapping" is a hypothesis. Rate remapping is a phenomenon, something that is observed. The interpretation of the observation as being the substrate of episodic memory is certainly a hypothesis that in my opinion has not been tested and is not being tested in the present work. After making the above statement, the authors go on to describe that firing rates differ across "repeated" firing fields, which seems to be a form of rate remapping, and predicted by the relevant hypothesis that different episodes of experience at the same locations are represented by different firing rates. This is very speculative and there are many other explanations.

      (8) The Introduction ends with the statement "Here, we show that repeating fields of the same neuron do not always display the same nonpositional rate modulation, demonstrating that nonpositional cues are dissociable from, and more flexible than, the positional inputs onto place cells in a given environment." Apart from my concern about using the "input" terminology I which to point out that there is very little novel in this statement. It has been described many times before that on linear tracks CA1 firing fields are directionally modulated such that the field rates for traversals in one direction are different compared to field traversals in the opposite direction. Jackson and Redish (2007) cited above show this to be due to reference frame or map switching. That and other work allow one to state that "Others show that repeating fields of the same neuron do not always display the same nonpositional rate modulation, demonstrating that nonpositional cues are dissociable from, and more flexible than, the positional inputs onto place cells in a given environment." Either the present authors should acknowledge that they are demonstrating what others have already demonstrated, or they should more precisely describe what about their contribution is unique.

      (9) Page 6 Methods - Data Filtering and Pre-processing. How did the authors handle theta cells and others that fired more or less everywhere but with spatial modulation?

      (10) Page 9 Methods - Why was the session-wide activity used to normalize the firing rates for the activity vector input to the random forest classifier? The authors state "The normalized firing rate was computed as discussed above with the change that the session-wide activity in the alley was used." It seems to me better to have used the session-averaged firing rate map because the activity would be normalized by the expected positional firing. I imagine "The classifier used the population vector of firing rates as the input." is incorrect and the authors mean to state "The classifier used the population vector of normalized firing rates as the input."

      (11) What does "spatially-gated" mean? The use of such jargon should be explained, or better avoided.

      (12) Page 12: Since fields tend to have similar orientations, but not repeat at all geometrically similar locations, did they tend to be clustered? Was there a proximity feature to their distribution?

      (13) Page 18 states "Thus, although there was a slight trend for repeating field ..." The authors are reporting a significant effect not a "slight trend." They do something similar in reporting Figure 5's result. Despite significant effects, they seem to think the findings are not large enough so state that repeating-field directionality is not conserved. It is fine to explain that a significant effect was small (for example give the effect size, which would have been welcome throughout) but as in these cases and others, the authors should be more objective in their reporting of the outcomes. Either a statistical test was or was not significant. It is not "a little" or "a lot" significant.

      (14) Page 18: What do the authors mean by "topology?" Might they mean "topography?"

      (15) Figure 6 shows field instability and multi-stability (termed temporal dynamics) as described on page 22. The recording sessions were 60 min. Is this impression simply due to long recording sessions? If 10 or 15 minutes of data were analyzed (which is more the norm), would similar instability be observed/detectable?

      (16) I found the Discussion very confusing. On the one hand, there is an assertion that because the location of firing fields is stable there is a "positional code." How would that actually work? Any neural system has to signal by firing rates or firing coincidences across groups of cells (that are affected by changes in rate) so if there is firing field firing rate instability the authors should explain how position can be accurately decoded on a behaviorally-meaningful time scale. In fact, they should demonstrate such decoding explicitly. Just because there is modulation and instability, it is a rather long leap to assert that this is how episodic experience/memory is encoded (as stated at the end of the abstract and elsewhere for example on page 24: "The present data utilize repeating fields to suggest that, within an environment, the positional inputs are relatively rigid, whereas the nonpositional inputs are more flexible, allowing different repeating fields to show different directional preferences. In other words, fields are individually addressable with respect to the nonpositional inputs they receive; they do not inherit their nonpositional tuning as a global property of the cell." What does it mean that a field is "individually addressable?" How is that achieved by neurons? If the authors want to make such assertions they should explain and demonstrate how their assertions can be valid, given the data and findings. At least they should explain what they are assuming.<br /> The main findings seem related to the published finding that in large environments place cells have multiple firing fields, with distinct rates in each field, quite similar to what is here described in the city maze. In my opinion, positional representations can only plausibly work in such cases by using the conjoint population activity moment to moment, which necessarily marginalizes the value of individual firing fields, yet the present work focuses the discussion (and analyses) on interpretations of single firing fields (which they assert are individually addressable multiple times). I don't know what that means exactly and the authors should explain why maintaining the standard single-field perspective is appropriate and how position can be represented in such a system, given the data. In fact, I would have thought that the present findings would cause the authors to reject as invalid the framework they have adopted.

      (17) This is a further example, on page 25 which asserts that "Directionality is affected by an animal's experience through the field (Navratilova et al., 2012), so it is possible the difference in experience between sampling fields on the same versus different corridors affects the directional tuning properties between them." I do not understand how "the difference in experience between sampling fields on the same versus different corridors affects the directional tuning properties between them." If I follow the logic then the so-called directionality would depend on experience and so only emerge after a certain time for experience, or else the firing during one traversal would need to be modulated by information about future traversals, which I suppose the authors would agree does not make sense.

      (18) I found it at times confusing to follow the arguments because the terms "route" and "trajectory" and also "direction" and "heading" were used sometimes interchangeably and sometimes in ways that appear distinct.

      (19) Page 25 states "One explanation for these data is that fields sampled along contiguous routes, without interruptions from heading change or reward delivery, are more likely to share their directionality." The authors should consider alternative explanations like reference frame shifts as mentioned in comment 6 above. These alternatives can be rejected based on data, but they should be considered because they seem to offer more parsimonious explanations for the observations than what the authors have offered. For example, what can explain the bimodality reported in Fig. 5G?

      (20) The authors assert on page 15 that "In the present study, turns at the ends of corridors, along with reward deliveries, may be salient task boundaries at which point theta sequences are terminated. Fields active within the same theta sequence (typically same corridor fields) may be functionally coupled, while fields active on opposite sides of a theta sequence termination (different corridor fields) may be uncoupled and their tuning uncorrelated." The authors should check this. They recorded the LFPs. Why speculate when they can evaluate the speculation?

      (21) The authors assert on page 26 "It is important to note that because a Pearson correlation was used, it is possible the fields are related in time with a phase shift, and we did not have the statistical power to test this possibility adequately." I either do not understand this statement or it is untrue. Please clarify.

      (22) The authors continue on page 26, asserting "Thus, although it is clear that the place fields of repeating cells do not change their firing rates in synchrony, as if the cell had a global excitability change that made all its fields wax and wane together, it nonetheless remains an open question as to whether the subfields of repeating cells engage in certain types of competitive interactions or other network dynamics that couple changes in their firing rates in more complex ways." This statement implies that it might even be possible for firing fields in distinct and distant locations to be modulated together. Could the authors please explain how that is possible? A firing field is an observation that requires averaging over minutes and behavioral sampling across minutes. How might one cell be modulated to fire at a low rate during one minute and then at another minute later be modulated to fire at a high rate everywhere in the environment? Perhaps I am again not understanding the assertion - please clarify.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper describes the covalent interactions of small molecule inhibitors of carbonic anhydrase IX, utilizing a pre-cursor molecule capable of undergoing beta-elimination to form the vinyl sulfone and covalent warhead.

      Strengths:

      The use of a novel covalent pre-cursor molecule that undergoes beta-elimination to form the vinyl sulfone in situ. Sufficient structure-activity relationships across a number of leaving groups, as well as binding moieties that impact binding and dissociation constants.

      Weaknesses:

      No major weaknesses noted. Suggested corrections were addressed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Previous studies have used a randomly induced label to estimate the number of hematopoietic precursors that contribute to hematopoiesis. In particular, the McKinney-Freeman lab established a measurable range of precursors of 50-2500 cells using random induction of one of the 4 fluorescent proteins (FPs) of a Confetti reporter in the fetal liver to show that hundreds of precursors establish lifelong hematopoiesis. In the presented work, Liu and colleagues aim to extend the measurable range of precursor numbers previously established and enable measurement in a variety of contexts beyond embryonic development. To this end, the authors investigated whether the random induction of a given Confetti FP follows the principles of binomial distribution such that the variance inversely correlates with the precursor number. The authors validated their hypothesis and identified sampling conditions to minimize experimental error using a simplified in vitro system. They use tamoxifen-inducible Scl-CreER, active in hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells (HSPCs), to induce Confetti labeling and investigate whether they could extend their model to cell numbers below 50 with in vivo transplantation of high versus low numbers of Confetti total bone marrow (BM) cells. The data generated are generally robust. While the lower and upper limits of the model may show some small error or have not yet been completely validated experimentally, it extends the measurable range of precursor from 15 - 10^5 cells. The authors then apply their model to estimate the number of hematopoietic precursors that contribute to hematopoiesis in a variety of contexts including adult steady state, fetal liver, following myeloablation, and a genetic model of Fanconi anemia.

      Their data highlight the importance of estimating precursor numbers and not just donor frequency in transplantation settings and show that native hematopoiesis is highly polyclonal. Their data also confirm previous findings from Ganuza et al, 2022 that demonstrate no major expansion of precursors between E11.5 - E14.5. Finally, their work reveals intact Fancc-/-precursor numbers following transplantation, suggesting that the observed reduced chimerism is due to defects in cell proliferation.

      The conclusions are generally sound and based on high-quality data. As the authors note, future studies should validate the model using alternative Cre-drivers to exclude any potential functional difference between labelled and non-labelled cells. Although this system does not permit tracing of individual clones, the modeling presented allows measurements of clonal activity covering nearly the entire HSPC population (as recently estimated by Cosgrove et al, 2021) and can be applied to a wide range of in vivo contexts with relative ease.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study serves as a proof of concept for KMO inhibition as a new non-hormonal treatment for endometriosis. The authors investigated KMO expression in human endometrial and endometriosis lesion tissues, confirmed that KNS898 effectively inhibits KMO and alleviates manifestations of endometriosis in mice - reduced endometriosis lesions and improved hyperalgesia and cage behaviour.

      Strengths:

      (1) Inhibition of KMO may present as a promising first-in-class non-hormonal therapeutic agent for patients suffering from endometriosis and the side-effects of hormonal treatments.<br /> (2) The expression of KMO in endometrial tissues was demonstrated in both human (multiple patients per AFS stage of disease) and mice tissues.<br /> (3) Measurement of multiple substrates/analytes of the KMO regulatory pathway was performed and demonstrated strong correlation to each other in response to KMO inhibition.<br /> (4) The aims of study (as proof-of-concept) were achieved in the study and the results support their conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      If any dysregulation in the KMO/tryptophan metabolic activity, expression and/or pathway in endometriosis can be shown, this will strengthen the rationale for the use of KMO inhibitor in the disease.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Orlovski and his colleagues revealed an interesting phenomenon that SAP54-overexpressing leaf exposure to leafhopper males is required for the attraction of followed females. By transcriptomic analysis, they demonstrated that SAP54 effectively suppresses biotic stress response pathways in leaves exposed to the males. Furthermore, they clarified how SAP54, by targeting SVP, heightens leaf vulnerability to leafhopper males, thus facilitating female attraction and subsequent plant colonization by the insects.

      Strengths:

      The phenomenon of this study is interesting and exciting.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      By employing human primary microvascular endothelial cells, along with live confocal imaging, proteomics, and chemical validation studies, the authors reveal a novel cellular mechanism underlying mycolactone's effects in Buruli ulcer lesions. This finding provides important insights into the specific mechanisms of skin pathogenesis.

      Strengths:

      The techniques employed are state-of-the-art.

      Weaknesses:

      The study lacks genetic validation of the findings.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The investigators undertook detailed characterization of a previously proposed membrane targeting sequence (MTS), a short N-terminal peptide, of the bactofilin BacA in Caulobacter crescentus. Using light microscopy, single molecule tracking, liposome binding assays, and molecular dynamics simulations, they provide data to suggest that this sequence indeed does function in membrane targeting and further conclude that membrane targeting is required for polymerization. While the membrane association data are reasonably convincing, there are no direct assays to assess polymerization and some assays used lack proper controls as detailed below. Since the MTS isn't required for bactofilin polymerization in other bacterial homologues, showing that membrane binding facilitates polymerization would be a significant advance for the field.

      Major concerns

      (1) This work claims that the N-termina MTS domain of BacA is required for polymerization, but they do not provide sufficient evidence that the ∆2-8 mutant or any of the other MTS variants actually do not polymerize (or form higher order structures). Bactofilins are known to form filaments, bundles of filaments, and lattice sheets in vitro and bundles of filaments have been observed in cells. Whether puncta or diffuse labeling represents different polymerized states or filaments vs. monomers has not been established. Microscopy shows mis-localization away from the stalk, but resolution is limited. Further experiments using higher resolution microscopy and TEM of purified protein would prove that the MTS is required for polymerization.<br /> (2) Liposome binding data would be strengthened with TEM images to show BacA binding to liposomes. From this experiment, gross polymerization structures of MTS variants could also be characterized.<br /> (3) The use of the BacA F130R mutant throughout the study to probe the effect of polymerization on membrane binding is concerning as there is no evidence showing that this variant cannot polymerize. Looking through the papers the authors referenced, there was no evidence of an identical mutation in BacA that was shown to be depolymerized or any discussion in this study of how the F130R mutation might to analogous to polymerization-deficient variants in other bactofilins mentioned in these references.<br /> (4) Microscopy shows that a BacA variant lacking the native MTS regains the ability to form puncta, albeit mis-localized, in the cell when fused to a heterologous MTS from MreB. While this swap suggests a link between puncta formation and membrane binding the relationship between puncta and polymerization has not been established (see comment 1).<br /> (5) The authors provide no primary data for single molecule tracking. There is no tracking mapped onto microscopy images to show membrane localization or lack of localization in MTS deletion/variants. A known soluble protein (e.g. unfused mVenus) and a known membrane bound protein would serve as valuable controls to interpret the data presented. It also is unclear why the authors chose to report molecular dynamics as mean squared displacement rather than mean squared displacement per unit time, and the number of localizations is not indicated. Extrapolating from the graph in figure 4 D for example, it looks like WT BacA-mVenus would have a mobility of 0.5 (0.02/0.04) micrometers squared per second which is approaching diffusive behavior. Further justification/details of their analysis method is needed. It's also not clear how one should interpret the finding that several of the double point mutants show higher displacement than deleting the entire MTS. These experiments as they stand don't account for any other cause of molecular behavior change and assume that a decrease in movement is synonymous with membrane binding.<br /> (6) The experiments that map the interaction surface between the N-terminal unstructured region of PbpC and a specific part of the BacA bactofilin domain seem distinct from the main focus of the paper and the data somewhat preliminary. While the PbpC side has been probed by orthogonal approaches (mutation with localization in cells and affinity in vitro), the BacA region side has only been suggested by the deuterium exchange experiment and needs some kind of validation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper tests the hypothesis that neuronal adaptation to spatial frequency affects the estimation of spatial population receptive field sizes as commonly measured using the pRF paradigm in fMRI. To this end, the authors modify a standard pRF setup by presenting either low or high SF (near full field) adaptation stimuli prior to the start of each run and interleaved between each pRF bar stimulus. The hypothesis states that adaptation to a specific spatial frequency (SF) should affect only a specific subset of neurons in a population (measured with an fMRI voxel), leaving the other neurons in the population intact, resulting in a shift in the tuning of the voxel in the opposite direction of the adapted stimulus (so high SF adaptation > larger pRF size and vice versa). The paper shows that this 'repelling' effect is robustly detectable psychophysically and is evident in pRF size estimates after adaptation in line with the hypothesized direction, thereby demonstrating a link between SF tuning and pRF size measurements in the human visual cortex.

      Strengths:

      The paper introduces a new experimental design to study the effect of adaptation on spatial tuning in the cortex, nicely combining the neuroimaging analysis with a separate psychophysical assessment.

      The paper includes careful analyses and transparent reporting of single-subject effects, and several important control analyses that exclude alternative explanations based on perceived contrast or signal-to-noise differences in fMRI.

      The paper contains very clear explanations and visualizations, and a carefully worded Discussion that helpfully contextualizes the results, elucidating prior findings on the effect of spatial frequency adaptation on size illusion perception.

      Weaknesses:

      The fMRI experiments consist of a relatively small sample size (n=8), of which not all consistently show the predicted pattern in all ROIs. For example, one subject shows a strong effect in the pRF size estimates in the opposite direction in V1. It's not clear if this subject is also in the psychophysical experiment and if there is perhaps a behavioral correlate of this deviant pattern. The addition of a behavioral task in the scanner testing the effect of adaptation could perhaps have helped clarify this (although arguably it's difficult to do psychophysics in the scanner). Although the effects are clearly robust at the group level here, a larger sample size could clarify how common such deviant patterns are, and potentially allow for the assessment of individual differences in adaption effects on spatial tuning as measured with fMRI, and their perceptual implications.

      The psychophysical experiment in which the perceptual effects are shown included a neutral condition, which allowed for establishing a baseline for each subject and the discovery of an asymmetry in the effects with stronger perceptual effects after high SF adaptation compared to low SF. This neutral condition was lacking in fMRI, and thus - as acknowledged - this asymmetry could not be tested at the neural level, also precluding the possibility of comparing the obtained pRF estimates to the typical ranges found using standard pRF mapping procedures (without adaptation), or to compare the SNR using in the adaptation pRF paradigm with that of a regular paradigm, etc.

      The results indicate quite some variability in the magnitude of the shift in pRF size across eccentricities and ROIs (Figure 5B). It would be interesting to know more about the sources of this variability, and if there are other effects of adaptation on the estimated retinotopic maps other than on pRF size (there is one short supplementary section on the effects on eccentricity tuning, but not polar angle).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study addresses the issue of rapid skill learning and whether individual sequence elements (here: finger presses) are differentially represented in human MEG data. The authors use a decoding approach to classify individual finger elements, and accomplish an accuracy of around 94%. A relevant finding is that the neural representations of individual finger elements dynamically change over the course of learning. This would be highly relevant for any attempts to develop better brain machine interfaces - one now can decode individual elements within a sequence with high precision, but these representations are not static but develop over the course of learning.

      Strengths:

      The work follows a large body of work from the same group on the behavioural and neural foundations of sequence learning. The behavioural task is well established and neatly designed to allow for tracking learning and how individual sequence elements contribute. The inclusion of short offline rest periods between learning epochs has been influential because it has revealed that a lot, if not most of the gains in behaviour (ie speed of finger movements) occur in these so-called micro-offline rest periods.

      The authors use a range of new decoding techniques, and exhaustively interrogate their data in different ways, using different decoding approaches. Regardless of the approach, impressively high decoding accuracies are observed, but when using a hybrid approach that combines the MEG data in different ways, the authors observe decoding accuracies of individual sequence elements from the MEG data of up to 94%.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a few concerns which the authors may well be able to resolve. These are not weaknesses as such, but factors that would be helpful to address as these concern potential contributions to the results that one would like to rule out.

      Regarding the decoding results shown in Figure 2 etc, a concern is that within individual frequency bands, the highest accuracy seems to be within frequencies that match the rate of keypresses. This is a general concern when relating movement to brain activity, so is not specific to decoding as done here. As far as reported, there was no specific restraint to the arm or shoulder, and even then it is conceivable that small head movements would correlate highly with the vigor of individual finger movements. This concern is supported by the highest contribution in decoding accuracy being in middle frontal regions - midline structures that would be specifically sensitive to movement artefacts and don't seem to come to mind as key structures for very simple sequential keypress tasks such as this - and the overall pattern is remarkably symmetrical (despite being a unimanual finger task) and spatially broad. This issue may well be matching the time course of learning, as the vigor and speed of finger presses will also influence the degree to which the arm/shoulder and head move.

      This is not to say that useful information is contained within either of the frequencies or broadband data. But it raises the question of whether a lot is dominated by movement "artefacts" and one may get a more specific answer if removing any such contributions.

      A somewhat related point is this: when combining voxel and parcel space, a concern is whether a degree of circularity may have contributed to the improved accuracy of the combined data, because it seems to use the same MEG signals twice - the voxels most contributing are also those contributing most to a parcel being identified as relevant, as parcels reflect the average of voxels within a boundary. In this context, I struggled to understand the explanation given, ie that the improved accuracy of the hybrid model may be due to "lower spatially resolved whole-brain and higher spatially resolved regional activity patterns". Firstly, there will be a relatively high degree of spatial contiguity among voxels because of the nature of the signal measured, ie nearby individual voxels are unlikely to be independent. Secondly, the voxel data gives a somewhat misleading sense of precision; the inversion can be set up to give an estimate for each voxel, but there will not just be dependence among adjacent voxels, but also substantial variation in the sensitivity and confidence with which activity can be projected to different parts of the brain. Midline and deeper structures come to mind, where the inversion will be more problematic than for regions along the dorsal convexity of the brain, and a concern is that in those midline structures, the highest decoding accuracy is seen.

      Some of these concerns could be addressed by recording head movement (with enough precision) to regress out these contributions. The authors state that head movement was monitored with 3 fiducials, and their timecourses ought to provide a way to deal with this issue. The ICA procedure may not have sufficiently dealt with removing movement-related problems, but one could eg relate individual components that were identified to the keypresses as another means for checking. An alternative could be to focus on frequency ranges above the movement frequencies. The accuracy for those still seems impressive, and may provide a slightly more biologically plausible assessment.

      One question concerns the interpretation of the results shown in Figure 4. They imply that during the course of learning, entirely different brain networks underpin the behaviour. Not only that, but they also include regions that would seem rather unexpected to be key nodes for learning and expressing relatively simple finger sequences, such as here. What then is the biological plausibility of these results? The authors seem to circumnavigate this issue by moving into a distance metric that captures the (neural network) changes over the course of learning, but the discussion seems detached from which regions are actually involved; or they offer a rather broad discussion of the anatomical regions identified here, eg in the context of LFOs, where they merely refer to "frontoparietal regions".

      If I understand correctly, the offline neural representation analysis is in essence the comparison of the last keypress vs the first keypress of the next sequence. In that sense, the activity during offline rest periods is actually not considered. This makes the nomenclature somewhat confusing. While it matches the behavioural analysis, having only key presses one can't do it in any other way, but here the authors actually do have recordings of brain activity during offline rest. So at the very least calling it offline neural representation is misleading to this reviewer because what is compared is activity during the last and during the next keypress, not activity during offline periods. But it also seems a missed opportunity - the authors argue that most of the relevant learning occurs during offline rest periods, yet there is no attempt to actually test whether activity during this period can be useful for the questions at hand here.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mollá-Albaladejo et al. investigate the neurons downstream of GR64f and Gr66a, called G2Ns. They identify downstream neurons using trans-Tango labeling with RFP and then perform bulk RNA-seq on the RFP-sorted cells. Gene expression is up- or downregulated between the cell populations and between fed and starved states. They specifically identify Leukocinin as a neuropeptide that is upregulated in starved Gr66a cells. Leucokinin cells, identified by a GAL4 line indeed show higher expression when starved, especially in the SEZ. Furthermore, Leucokinin cells colocalize with the trans-Tango signal from downstream neurons of both GRs. This connection is confirmed with GRASP. According to EM data, Leucokinin cells in the SEZ receive a lot of input and connect to many downstream neurons. In behavior experiments performed with flies lacking Leucokinin neurons, flies show reduced responsiveness to sugar and bitter mixtures when starved. The authors suggest that Leucokinin neurons integrate bitter and sugar tastes and that their output is modified by a hunger state.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a multitude of tools to identify SELK neurons downstream of taste sensory neurons and as starvation-sensitive cells. This study provides an example of how combining genetic labeling, RNA-seq, and EM analysis can be combined to investigate neural circuits.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors do not show a functional connection between sensory neurons and SELK neurons. Additionally, data from RNA seq, anatomical studies, and EM analysis are sometimes contradictory in terms of connectivity. GRASP signal is not foolproof that cells are synaptically connected.

      The authors describe a behavioral phenotype when flies are starved, however, they do not use a specific driver for the described cell type, thus they should also tone down their claims.

      Generally, the authors do not provide a big advancement to the field and some of the results are contradictory with previous publications.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This paper describes "Ais", a new software tool for machine-learning based segmentation and particle picking of electron tomograms. The software can visualise tomograms as slices and allows manual annotation for the training of a provided set of various types of neural networks. New networks can be added, provided they adhere to a python file with an (undescribed) format. Once networks have been trained on manually annotated tomograms, they can be used to segment new tomograms within the same software. The authors also set up an online repository to which users can upload their models, so they might be re-used by others with similar needs. By logically combining the results from different types of segmentations, they further improve the detection of distinct features. The authors demonstrate the usefulness of their software on various data sets. Thus, the software appears to be a valuable tool for the cryo-ET community that will lower the boundaries of using a variety of machine-learning methods to help interpret tomograms.

    1. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study describes an understudied migration pattern of dynamic non-breeding range using data from an Arctic raptor. Using data from GPS tags, the study describes the known pattern of fast migration during autumn and spring, and an undescribed pattern of slow migration, at much slower pace, throughout the over-wintering season.

      Strengths:

      The study presents a comprehensive analysis of the annual cycle of an interesting and undescribed migration system. The conceptual advancement is original and the data is rich and persuading. The Discussion part of the manuscript is well written.

      Weaknesses:

      Other sections of the manuscript need some more polish, both in terms of the terminology, the language and the logic of the presentation of the subject. The title is not good. During most of the text, the authors do not properly follow a certain terminology regarding migration, over-wintering, non-breeding range, and this is very confusing. So, consistency of the text is warranted. A bigger issue is the selection of latitudes (or the actual reason for movement) during the over-wintering period. The study claims that this relates to snow cover but fails to properly demonstrate it. It is likely that the birds move because of changes in snow cover rather than because of the level of snow cover. This is a testable prediction. A possible explanation is that there is a cost for moving further south and thus the birds are reluctant of moving unless they are forced to do it by the high snow cover. Another, similar and testable prediction is that the birds aim at selecting latitudes where snow cover is partial and move slowly during the winter to areas that are only partially covered by the snow with the progression of the winter. A modified, non-linear, snow cover analysis using GAMM could uncover such patterns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In an era of increasing antibiotic resistance, there is a pressing need for the development of novel sustainable therapies to tackle problematic pathogens. In this study, the authors hypothesize that pyoverdines - metal-chelating compounds produced by fluorescent pseudomonads - can act as antibacterials by locking away iron, thereby arresting pathogen growth. Using biochemical, growth and virulence assays on 12 opportunistic pathogens strains, the authors demonstrate that pyoverdines induce iron starvation, but this affect was highly context dependent. This same effect has been demonstrated for plant pathogens, but not for human opportunistic pathogens exposed to natural siderophores. Only those pathogens lacking (1) a matching receptor to take up pyoverdine-bound iron and/or (2) the ability to produce strong iron chelators themselves experienced strong growth arrest. This would suggest that pyoverdines might not be effective against all pathogens, thereby potentially limiting the utility of pyoverdines as global antibacterials.

      Strengths:

      The work addresses an important and timely question - can pyoverdines be used as an alternative strategy to deal with opportunistic pathogens? In general, the work is well conducted with rigorous biochemical, growth and virulence assays. In line, the work is clearly written, and the findings are supported by high-quality figures.

      Weaknesses:

      I do not think there are any 'weaknesses' as such. The authors have taken all suggestions on board and this has greatly improved the quality and robustness of the work

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      This study presents a strategy to efficiently isolate PcrV-specific BCRs from human donors with cystic fibrosis who have/had Pseudomonas aeruginosa (PA) infection. Isolation of mAbs that provide protection against PA may be a key to developing a new strategy to treat PA infection as the PA has intrinsic and acquired resistance to most antibiotic drug classes. Hale et al. developed fluorescently labeled antigen-hook and isolated mAbs with anti-PA activity. Overall, the authors' conclusion is supported by solid data analysis presented in the paper. Four of five recombinantly expressed PcrV-specific mAbs exhibited anti-PA activity in a murine pneumonia challenge model as potent as the V2L2MD mAb (equivalent to gremubamab). However, therapeutic potency for these isolated mAbs is uncertain as the gremubamab has failed in Phase 2 trials. Clarification of this point would greatly benefit this paper.

      Strengths:

      (1) High efficiency of isolating antigen-specific BCRs using an antigenic hook.

      (2) The authors' conclusion is supported by data.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors state that the goal of this study was to generate novel protective mAbs for therapeutic use (P12; Para. 2), it is unclear whether PcrV-specific mAbs isolated in this study have therapeutic potential better than the gremubamab, which has failed in Phase 2 trials. Four of five PcrV-specific mAbs isolated in this study reduced bacterial burdens in mice as potent as, but not superior to, gremubamab-equivalent mAb. Clarification of this concern by revising the text or providing experimental results that show better potential than gremubamab would greatly benefit this paper.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In their paper, Kang et al. investigate rigidity sensing in amoeboid cells, showing that, despite their lack of proper focal adhesions, amoeboid migration of single cells is impacted by substrate rigidity. In fact, many different amoeboid cell types can durotax, meaning that they preferentially move towards the stiffer side of a rigidity gradient.

      The authors observed that NMIIA is required for durotaxis and, buiding on this observation, they generated a model to explain how durotaxis could be achieved in the absence of strong adhesions. According to the model, substrate stiffness alters the diffusion rate of NMAII, with softer substrates allowing for faster diffusion. This allows for NMAII accumulation at the back, which, in turn, results in durotaxis.

      The evidence provided for durotaxis of non adherent (or low-adhering) cells is strong. I am particularly impressed by the fact that amoeboid cells can durotax even when not confined. I wish to congratulate the authors for the excellent work, which will fuel discussion in the field of cell adhesion and migration.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In their paper, Kang et al. investigate rigidity sensing in amoeboid cells, showing that, despite their lack of proper focal adhesions, amoeboid migration of single cells is impacted by substrate rigidity. In fact, many different amoeboid cell types can durotax, meaning that they preferentially move towards the stiffer side of a rigidity gradient.

      The authors observed that NMIIA is required for durotaxis and, buiding on this observation, they generated a model to explain how durotaxis could be achieved in the absence of strong adhesions. According to the model, substrate stiffness alters the diffusion rate of NMAII, with softer substrates allowing for faster diffusion. This allows for NMAII accumulation at the back, which, in turn, results in durotaxis.

      The evidence provided for durotaxis of non adherent (or low-adhering) cells is strong. I am particularly impressed by the fact that amoeboid cells can durotax even when not confined. I wish to congratulate the authors for the excellent work, which will fuel discussion in the field of cell adhesion and migration.

    1. Joint Public review:

      Summary

      This manuscript offers significant insights into the impact of maternal obesity on oocyte methylation and its transgenerational effects. Chao and colleagues demonstrated the potential mechanisms behind the DNA methylation changes. The major observations of the work include transgenerational DNA methylation changes in offspring of maternal obesity and metabolites such as methionine and melatonin which correlated with the epigenetic changes. Exogenous melatonin treatment could reverse the effects of obesity. The authors further hypothesized that the linkage may be mediated by the cAMP/PKA/CREB pathway to regulate the expression of DNMTs. This work has done lots of breeding and DNA Methylation analysis across multiple generations, which provides solid data for future research. The results of this work may benefit from deeper data analysis to make more causal analyses and conclusions more concrete.

      Strengths

      The study employs comprehensive methodologies, including transgenerational breeding experiments, whole genome bisulfite sequencing, and metabolomics analysis, and provides the convincing data.

      Weaknesses

      The results of this work are correlational, which may require further analysis to establish more concrete conclusions on causal relationships.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work by Wang et al., the authors use single-molecule super-resolution microscopy together with biochemical assays to quantify the organization of Nipah virus fusion protein F (NiV-F) on cell and viral membranes. They find that these proteins form nanoscale clusters which favors membrane fusion activation, and that the physical parameters of these clusters are unaffected by protein expression level and endosomal cleavage. Furthermore, they find that the cluster organization is affected by mutations in the trimer interface on the NiV-F ectodomain and the putative oligomerization motif on the transmembrane domain, and that the clusters are stabilized by interactions among NiV-F, the AP2-complex, and the clathrin coat assembly. This work improves our understanding of the NiV fusion machinery, which may also have implications for our understanding of the function of other viruses.

      Strengths:

      The conclusions of this paper are well-supported by the presented data. This study sheds light on the activation mechanisms underlying the NiV fusion machinery.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors make a new contribution with careful computational validation/exploration of their method on synthetic and real-world datasets. Overall, I find their results significant and their presentation compelling.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide extensive computational validation of their approach to synthetic and real-world datasets of increasing complexity.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors should provide a comparison of their approach to other state-of-the-art neural network-based methods. Without this, it is difficult to tell which aspects of their approach (novel coupling metric, or network architecture) are most important for their results.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Menon et al describes a set of simulations of alpha-Synuclein (aSYN) and analyses of these and previous simulations in the presence of a small molecule.

      Comments on latest version:

      I have read the authors' response to my comments as well as to the other reviewers. Summarizing briefly, I don't think they provide substantial answer to the questions/comments by me or reviewer 3, and generally do not quantify the results/effects data. I still remain unconvinced about the analyses and conclusions. Rather than rewriting another set of comments, I think it will be more useful for all (authors and readers) simply to be able to see the entire set of reviews and responses together with the paper.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      UGGTs are involved in the prevention of premature degradation for misfolded glycoproteins, by utilizing UGGT1-KO cells and a number of different ERAD substrates. They proposed a concept by which the fate of glycoproteins can be determined by a tug-of-war between UGGTs and EDEMs.

      Strengths:

      The authors provided a wealth of data to indicate that UGGT1 competes with EDEMs, which promotes the glycoprotein degradation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting study on the role of FGF signaling in the induction of primitive streak-like cells (PS-LC) in human 2D-gastruloids. The authors use a previously characterized standard culture that generates a ring of PS-LCs (TBXT+) and correlate this with pERK staining. A requirement for FGF signaling in TBXT induction is demonstrated via pharmacological inhibition of MEK and FGFR activity. A second set of culture conditions (with no exogenous FGFs) suggests that endogenous FGFs are required for pERK and TBXT induction. The authors then characterize, via scRNA-seq, various components of the FGF pathway (genes for ligands, receptors, ERK regulators, and HSPG regulation). They go on to characterize the pFGFR1, receptor isoforms, and polarized localization of this receptor. Finally, they perform FGF4 inhibition and use a cell line with a limited FGF17 inactivation (heterozygous null) and show that loss of these FGFs reduces PS-LC and derivative cell types.

      Strengths:

      (1) As the authors point out, the role of FGF signaling in gastrulation is less well understood than other signaling pathways. Hence this is a valuable contribution to that field.

      (2) The FGF4 and FGF17 loss-of-function experiments in Figure 5 are very intriguing. This is especially so given the intriguing observation that these FGFs appear to be dominating in this model of human gastrulation, in contrast to what FGFs dominate in mice, chicks, and frogs.

      (3) In general this paper is valuable as a further development of the Human gastruloid system and the role of FGF signaling in the induction of PS-CLs. The wide net that the authors cast in characterizing the FGF ligand gene, receptor isoforms, and downstream components provides a foundation for future work. As the authors write near the beginning of the Discussion "Many questions remain."

      Weaknesses:

      (1) FGFs are cell survival factors in various aspects of development. The authors fail to address cell death due to loss of FGF signaling in their experiments. For example, in Figure 1E (which requires statistical analysis) and 1G (the bottom FGFRi row), there appears to be a significant amount of cell loss. Is this due to cell death? The authors should address the question of whether the role of FGF/ERK signaling is to keep the cells alive.

      (2) Regarding the sparse cells in 1G, is there a reduction in cell number only with FGFRi and not MEKi? Is this reproducible? Gattiglio et al (Development, 2023, PMID: 37530863) present data supporting a "community effect" in the FGF-induced mesoderm differentiation of mouse embryonic stem cells. Could a community effect be at play in this human system (especially given the images in the bottom row of 1G)? If the authors don't address this experimentally they should at least address the ideas in Gattoglio et al.

      (3) Do the FGF4 and FGF17 LOF experiments in Figure 5 affect cell numbers like FGFRi in Figure 1? Why examine PS-LC induction only in FGF17 heterozygous cells and not homozygous FGF17 nulls?

      (4) The idea that FGF8 plays a dominant role during gastrulation of other species but not humans is so intriguing it warrants deeper testing. The authors dismiss FGF8 because its mRNA "...levels always remained low." (line 363) as well as the data published in Zhai et al (PMID: 36517595) and Tyser et al (PMID: 34789876). But there are cases in mouse development where a gene was expressed at levels so low, that it might be dismissed, and yet LOF experiments revealed it played a role or even was required in a developmental process. The authors should consider FGF8 inhibition or inactivation to explore its potential role, despite its low levels of expression.

      (5) Redundancy is a common feature in FGF genetics. What is the effect of inhibiting FGF4 in FGF17 LOF cells?

      (6) I suggest stating that the authors take more caution in describing FGF gradients. For example, in one Results heading they write "Endogenous FGF4 and FGF17 gradients underly the ERK activity pattern.", implying an FGF protein gradient. However, they only present data for FGF mRNA , not protein. This issue would be clarified if they used proper nomenclature for gene, mRNA (italics), and protein (no italics) throughout the paper.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Walton et al. set out to isolate new phages targeting the opportunistic pathogen Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Using a double ∆fliF ∆pilA mutant strain, they were able to isolate 4 new phages, CLEW-1. -3, -6, and -10, which were unable to infect the parental PAO1F Wt strain. Further experiments showed that the 4 phages were only able to infect a ∆fliF strain, indicating a role of the MS-protein in the flagellum complex. Through further mutational analysis of the flagellum apparatus, the authors were able to identify the involvement of c-di-GMP in phage infection. Depletion of c-di-GMP levels by an inducible phosphodiesterase renders the bacteria resistant to phage infection, while elevation of c-di-GMP through the Wsp system made the cells sensitive to infection by CLEW-1. Using TnSeq, the authors were able to not only reaffirm the involvement of c-di-GMP in phage infection but also able to identify the exopolysaccharide PSL as a downstream target for CLEW-1. C-di-GMP is a known regulator of PSL biosynthesis. The authors show that CLEW-1 binds directly to PSL on the cell surface and that deletion of the pslC gene resulted in complete phage resistance. The authors also provide evidence that the phage-PSL interaction happens during the biofilm mode of growth and that the addition of the CLEW-1 phage specifically resulted in a significant loss of biofilm biomass. Lastly, the authors set out to test if CLEW-1 could be used to resolve a biofilm infection using a mouse keratitis model. Unfortunately, while the authors noted a reduction in bacterial load assessed by GFP fluorescence, the keratitis did not resolve under the tested parameters.

      Strengths:

      The experiments carried out in this manuscript are thoughtful and rational and sufficient explanation is provided for why the authors chose each specific set of experiments. The data presented strongly supports their conclusions and they give present compelling explanations for any deviation. The authors have not only developed a new technique for screening for phages targeting P. aeruginosa, but also highlight the importance of looking for phages during the biofilm mode of growth, as opposed to the more standard techniques involving planktonic cultures.

      Weaknesses:

      While the paper is strong, I do feel that further discussions could have gone into the decision to focus on CLEW-1 for the majority of the paper. The paper also doesn't provide any detailed information on the genetic composition of the phages. It is unclear if the phages isolated are temperate or virulent. Many temperate phages enter the lytic cycle in response to QS signalling, and while the data as it is doesn't suggest that is the case, perhaps the paper would be strengthened by further elimination of this possibility. At the very least it might be worth mentioning in the discussion section.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Abdelmageed et al. investigate age-related changes in the subcellular localization of DNA polymerase kappa (POLK) in the brains of mice. POLK has been actively investigated for its role in translesion DNA synthesis and involvement in other DNA repair pathways in proliferating cells, very little is known about POLK in a tissue-specific context, let alone in post-mitotic cells. The authors investigated POLK subcellular distribution in the brains of young, middle-aged, and old mice via immunoblotting of fractioned tissue extracts and immunofluorescence (IF). Immunoblotting revealed a progressive decrease in the abundance of nuclear POLK, while cytoplasmic POLK levels concomitantly increased. Similar findings were present when IF was performed on brain sections. Further, IF studies of the cingulate cortex (Cg1), the motor cortex (M1, M2), and the somatosensory (S1) cortical regions all showed an age-related decline in nuclear POLK. Nuclear speckles of POLK decrease in each region, meanwhile, the number of cytoplasmic POLK granules decreases in all four regions, but granule size is increasing. The authors report similar findings for REV1, another Y-family DNA polymerase.

      The authors then investigate the colocalization of POLK with other DNA damage response (DDR) proteins in either pyramidal neurons or inhibitory interneurons. At 18 months of age, DNA damage marker gH2AX demonstrated colocalization with nuclear POLK, while strong colocalization of POLK and 8-oxo-dG was present in geriatric mice. The authors find that cytoplasmic POLK granules colocalize with stress granule marker G3BP1, suggesting that the accumulated POLK ends up in the lysosome.

      Brain regions were further stained to identify POLK patterns in NeuN+ neurons, GABAergic neurons, and other non-neuronal cell types present in the cortex. Microglia associated with pyramidal neurons or inhibitory interneurons were found to have a higher abundance of cytoplasmic POLK. The authors also report that POLK localization can be regulated by neuronal activity induced by Kainic acid treatment. Lastly, the authors suggest that POLK could serve as an aging clock for brain tissue, but POLK deserves further characterization and correlation to functional changes before being considered as a biomarker.

      Strengths:

      Investigation of TLS polymerases in specific tissues and in post-mitotic cells is largely understudied. The potential changes in sub-cellular localization of POLK and potentially other TLS polymerases open up many questions about DNA repair and damage tolerance in the brain and how it can change with age.

      Weaknesses:

      The work is quite novel and interesting, and the authors do suggest some potentially interesting roles for POLK in the brain, but these are in and of themselves a bit speculative. The majority of the findings of this paper draw upon findings from POLK antibody and its presumed specificity for POLK. However, this antibody has not been fully validated and needs further work. Further validation experiments using Polk-deficient or knocked-down cells to investigate antibody specificity for both immunoblotting and immunofluorescence should be performed. More mechanistic investigation is needed before POLK could be considered as a brain aging clock.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study examined the effects of uncertainty over states (i.e., stimuli) and uncertainty over rewards (i.e., reward probability) on human learning and decision-making in a simple reinforcement learning task. The authors proposed two hypotheses: (1) high uncertainty over states reduces the learning rate, and (2) visual salience drives decision-making. A Bayesian learner is proposed to support the first hypothesis and several regression analyses confirm this finding. Furthermore, the analysis of salience bias also supports the second hypothesis.

      Strengths:

      (1) The experiment is simple and solid.

      (2) The experimental design is clever and consistent with several well-established paradigms.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) One of my main concerns is that the first conclusion "high uncertainty over states reduces learning rate" is not new and has been shown recently in Yoo et al. (2023). In that study, a slower learning rate was found when stimuli were perceptually similar. It seems to me that the only difference here is that simple Gabor patches are used instead of e.g., green vegetable images in that study. The conclusion is exactly the same.

      (2) The second hypothesis should be more explicit. Instead of claiming "A drives B", can you show specific predictions for the direction of this influence? For example, given the same expected value, do human learners prefer to choose a high-contrast stimulus? and why?

      (3) The analyses of salience bias support the second hypothesis. However, If I understand it correctly, there is no salience parameter (i.e., absolute contrast of each stimulus) in the decision process, according to Eqs. 4,5, and 6 in the Methods. In other words, the Bayesian learner should not exhibit a salience bias. The question then became, why do human learners have such a bias? What are the underlying mechanisms of the salience bias?

      (4) If high perceptual uncertainty reduces the learning rate, why does the normative agent, which takes perceptual uncertainty into account, learn faster than the categorical agent, which has no perceptual uncertainty at all? Did I miss something?

      (5) The learning algorithm is different from the standard Q-learning modeling approach. Better to include more explanation of why this type of learning algorithm is Bayesian optimal?

      (6) Similar to the above, Bayesian modeling here only confirms that high perceptual uncertainty reduces the learning rate in an optimal Bayesian learner. Two questions remain elusive: (a) whether human learners are close to the Bayesian learner (i.e., near optimal). It seems that (a) is unlikely given several suboptimal heuristics (e.g., confirmation bias) found in humans. Then the question is (b) how optimal learning and suboptimal heuristics are combined in the human learning process. One of the major disadvantages of this study is that no new model is proposed to fit trial-by-trial human choices. I believe that building formal process models is the key to improving this study.

      (7) The writing should be substantially improved. The main concern here is that the authors used several seemingly related but ambiguous words to represent the same concept. For example, "perceptual uncertainty" in Figures 1 & 2 indicate the contrast differences between two patches. But page 5 line 9 includes "belief-state uncertainty". Are they the same concept? Moreover, on page 18 line 17, if I understand it correctly, "perceptual uncertainty" here indicates sensory noise not contrast differences. Please carefully check all terminologies and use a single and concrete one to represent a concept throughout the paper.

      (8) Similarly, is the "task state" on page 17 the same as the "perceptual state" in Figure 1&2?

      (9) The Methods section could also be improved. For example, I am not sure how Eq. 5 is derived. Also, page 18 line 16 states that "in our simulations, we manipulated...'. I did not find any information about the simulation. How was the simulation performed? Did I miss something?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work shows that resistance profiles to a variety of drugs are variable between different mycobacterial species and are not correlated with growth rate or intrabacterial compound concentration (at least for linezolid, bedaquiline, and Rifampicin). Note that intrabacterial compound concentration does not distinguish between cytosolic and periplasmic/cell wall-associated drugs. The susceptibility profiles for a wide range of mycobacteria tested under the same conditions against 15 commonly used antimycobacterial drugs provide the first recorded cross-species comparison which will be a valuable resource for the scientific community. To understand the reasons for the high Rifampicin resistance seen in many mycobacteria, the authors confirm the presence of the arr gene known to encode a Rif ribosyltransferase involved in Rif resistance in M. smegmatis in the resistant mycobacteria after confirming the absence of on-target mutations in the RpoB RRDR. Metabolomic analyses confirm the presence of ribosylated Rif in some of the naturally resistant mycobacteria which may not be entirely surprising but an important confirmation. Presumably M. branderi is highly resistant despite lacking the arr homolog due to the rpoB S45N mutation. M. flavescens has an MIC similar to that of M. smegmatis, despite having both Arr-1 and Arr-X. Various Arr-1 and Arr-X proteins are expressed and characterized for catalytic activity which shows that Arr-X is a faster enzyme,, especially with respect to more hydrophobic rifamycins. M. flavescens has similar MIC values to Rifapentine and Rifabutin to M. smegmatis. Thus, the Arr-1 versus Arr-X comparison does not provide a complete explanation for the underlying reasons driving natural Rif resistance in mycobacteria. Downregulation of Arr-X expression in M. conceptionense confers increased sensitivity to Rifabutin confirming its role as a rifamycin-inactivating enzyme.

      Overall, the comparison of cross-species susceptibility profiles is novel; the demonstration that MIC is not correlated with intracellular drug concentration is important but not sufficiently interrogated, the demonstration that Arr-X is also a Rif ADP-ribosyltransferase is a good confirmation and shows that it is more efficient than Arr-1 on hydrophobic rifamycins is interesting but maybe not entirely surprising. The manuscript seems to have two parts that are related, but the rifamycin modification aspect of the work is not strongly linked to the first part since it interrogates the modification of one drug but not the common cause of natural resistance for other drugs.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors aimed to show that SF1 and QKI compete for the intron branch point sequence ACUAA and provide evidence that QKI represses inclusion when bound to it.

      Major strengths of this manuscript include:<br /> (1) Identification of the ACUAA-like motif in exons regulated by QKI and SF1.<br /> (2) The use of the splicing reporter and mutant analysis to show that upstream and downstream ACUAAC elements in intron 10 of RAI are required for repressing splicing.<br /> (3) The use of proteomic to identify proteins in C2C12 nuclear extract that binds to the wild type and mutant sequence.<br /> (4) The yeast studies showing that ectopic lethality when Qki5 expression was induced, due to increased mis-splicing of transcripts that contain the ACUAA element.

      The authors conclusively show that the ACUAA sequence is bound by QKI and provide strong evidence that this leads to differences in exons inclusion and exclusion. In animal cells, and especially in human, branchpoint sequences are degenerate but seem to be recognized by specific splicing factors. Although a subset of splicing factors shows tissue-specific expression patterns most don't, suggesting that yet-to-be-identified mechanisms regulate splicing. This work suggests that an alternate mechanism could be related to the binding affinity of specific RNA binding factors for branchpoint sequences coupled with the level of these different splicing factors in a given cell.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Shigella flexneri is a bacterial pathogen that is an important globally significant cause of diarrhea. Shigella pathogenesis remains poorly understood. In their manuscript, Saavedra-Sanchez et al report their discovery that a secreted E3 ligase effector of Shigella, called IpaH1.4, mediates the degradation of a host E3 ligase called RNF213. RNF213 was previously described to mediate ubiquitylation of intracellular bacteria, an initial step in their targeting of xenophagosomes. Thus, Shigella IpaH1.4 appears to be an important factor in permitting evasion of RNF213-mediated host defense.

      Strengths:

      The work is focused, convincing, well-performed, and important. The manuscript is well-written.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study highlights the role of role of telomeres in modulating IL-1 signaling and tumor immunity. The authors demonstrate a strong correlation between telomere length and IL-1 signaling by analyzing TNBC patient samples and tumor-derived organoids. Mechanistic insights revealed that non-telomeric TRF2 binding at the IL-1R1. The observed effects on NF-kB signaling and subsequent alterations in cytokine expression contribute significantly to our understanding of the complex interplay between telomeres and the tumor microenvironment. Furthermore, the study reports that the length of telomeres and IL-1R1 expression is associated with TAM enrichment. However, the manuscript lacks in-depth mechanistic insights into how telomere length affects IL-1R1 expression Overall, this work broadens our understanding of telomere biology.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary/Strengths:

      This manuscript describes a stimulating contribution to the field of human motor control. The complexity of control and learning is studied with a new task offering a myriad of possible coordination patterns. Findings are original and exemplify how baseline relationships determine learning.

      Weaknesses:

      A new task is presented: it is a thoughtful one, but because it is a new one, the manuscript section is filled with relatively new terms and acronyms that are not necessarily easy to rapidly understand.

      First, some more thoughts may be devoted to the take-home message. In the title, I am not sure manipulating a stick with both hands is a key piece of information. Also, the authors appear to insist on the term 'implicit', and I wonder if it is a big deal in this manuscript and if all the necessary evidence appears in this study that control and adaptation are exclusively implicit. As there is no clear comparison between gradual and abrupt sessions, the authors may consider removing at least from the title and abstract the words 'implicit' and 'implicitly'. Most importantly, the authors may consider modifying the last sentence of the abstract to clearly provide the most substantial theoretical advance from this study.

      It seems that a substantial finding is the 'constraint' imposed by baseline control laws on sensorimotor adaptation. This seems to echo and extend previous work of Wu, Smith et al. (Nat Neurosci, 2014): their findings, which were not necessarily always replicated, suggested that the more participants were variable in baseline, the better they adapted to a systematic perturbation. The authors may study whether residual errors are smaller or adaptation is faster for individuals with larger motor variability in baseline. Unfortunately, the authors do not present the classic time course of sensorimotor adaptation in any experiment. The adaptation is not described as typically done: the authors should thus show the changes in tip movement direction and stick-tilt angle across trials, and highlight any significant difference between baseline, early adaptation, and late adaptation, for instance. I also wonder why the authors did not include a few no-perturbation trials after the exposure phase to study after-effects in the study design: it looks like a missed opportunity here. Overall, I think that showing the time course of adaptation is necessary for the present study to provide a more comprehensive understanding of that new task, and to re-explore the role of motor variability during baseline for sensorimotor adaptation.

      The distance between hands was fixed at 15 cm with the Kinarm instead of a mechanical constraint. I wonder how much this distance varied and more importantly whether from that analysis or a force analysis, the authors could determine whether one hand led the other one in the adaptation.

      I understand the distinction between task- and end-effector irrelevant perturbation, and at the same time results show that the nervous system reacts to both types of perturbation, indicating that they both seem relevant or important. In line 32, the errors mentioned at the end of the sentence suggest that adaptation is in fact maladaptive. I think the authors may extend the Discussion on why adaptation was found in the experiments with end-effector irrelevant and especially how an internal (forward) model or a pair of internal (forward) models may be used to predict both the visual and the somatosensory consequences of the motor commands.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors long term goals are to understand the utility of precisely phased cortex stimulation regimes on recovery of function after spinal cord injury (SCI). In prior work the authors explored effects of contralesion cortex stimulation. Here, they explore ipsilesion cortex stimulation in which the ipsilesion corticospinal fibers that cross at the pyramidal decussation are spared. The authors explore the effects of such stimulation in intact rats and rats with a hemisection lesion at thoracic level ipsilateral to the stimulated cortex. The appropriately phased microstimulation enhances contralateral flexion and ipsilateral extension, presumably through lumbar spinal cord crossed extension interneuron systems. This microstimulation improves weight bearing in the ipsilesion hindlimb soon after injury, before any normal recovery of function would be seen. The contralateral homologous cortex can be lesioned in intact rats without impacting the microstimulation effect on flexion and extension during gait. In two rats ipsilateral flexion responses are noted, but these are not clearly demonstrated to be independent of the contralateral homologous cortex remaining intact.

      Strengths:

      This paper adds to prior data on cortical microstimulation by the authors' laboratory in interesting ways. First, the strong effects of the spared crossed fibers from ipsi-lesional cortex in parts of the ipsi-lesion leg's step cycle and weight support function are solidly demonstrated. This raises the interesting possibility that stimulating contra-lesion cortex as reported previously may execute some of its effects through callosal coordination with the ipsi-lesion cortex tested here. This is also now discussed by the authors and may represent a significant aspect of these data. The authors demonstrate solidly that ablation of the contra-lesional cortex does not impede the effects reported here. I believe this has not been shown for the contra-lesional cortex microstimulation effects reported earlier, but I may be wrong.<br /> Effects and neuroprosthetic control of these effects are explored well in the ipsi-lesion cortex tests here.

      Weaknesses:

      Some data is based on only a few rats. For example (N=2) for ipsilateral flexion effects of microstimulation. N=3 for homologous cortex ablation, and only ipsi extension is tested it seems. However, these data clearly point the way and replication is likely.

      Likely Impacts:

      This data adds in significant ways to prior work by the authors, and an understanding of how phased stimulation in cortical neuroprosthetics may aid in recovery of function after SCI, especially if a few ambiguities in writing and interpretation are fully resolved.

    1. Reviewer #1 - Public Review

      Summary:

      Jin, Briggs, and colleagues use light sheet imaging to reconstruct the islet three-dimensional Ca2+ network. The authors find that early/late responding (leader) cells are dynamic over time, and located at the islet periphery. By contrast, highly connected or hub cells are stable and located toward the islet center. Suggesting that the two subpopulations are differentially regulated by fuel input, glucokinase activation only influences leader cell phenotype, whereas hubs remain stable.

      Strengths:

      The studies are novel in providing the first three-dimensional snapshot of the beta cell functional network, as well as determining the localization of some of the different subpopulations identified to date. The studies also provide some consensus as to the origin, stability, and role of such subpopulations in islet function.

      Weaknesses:

      Experiments with metabolic enzyme activators do not take into account the influence of cell viability on the observed Ca2+ network data. Limitations of the imaging approach used need to be recognized and evaluated/discussed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors comprehensively present data from single cell RNA sequencing and spatial transcriptomics experiments of the juvenile male and female mouse vomeronasal organ, with a particular emphasis on the neuronal populations found in this sensory tissue. The use of these two methods effectively maps the locations of relevant cell types in the vomeronasal organ at a level of depth beyond what is currently known. Targeted analysis of the neurons in the vomeronasal organ produced several important findings, notably the common co-expression of multiple vomeronasal type 1 receptors (V1Rs), vomeronasal type 2 receptors (V2Rs), and both V1R+V2Rs by individual neurons, as well as the presence of a small but noteworthy population of neurons expressing olfactory receptors (ORs) and associated signal transduction molecules. Additionally, the authors identify transcriptional patterns associated with neuronal development/maturation, producing lists of genes that can be used and/or further investigated by the field. Finally, the authors report the presence of coordinated combinatorial expression of transcription factors and axon guidance molecules associated with multiple neuronal types, providing the framework for future studies aimed at understanding how these patterns relate to the complex glomerular organization in the accessory olfactory bulb. Several of these conclusions have been reached by previous studies, partially limiting the overall impact of the current work. However, when combined, these results provide important insights into the cellular diversity in the vomeronasal organ that are likely to support multiple future studies of the vomeronasal system.

      Strengths:

      The comprehensive analysis of the data provides a wealth of information for future research into vomeronasal organ function. The targeted analysis of neuronal gene transcription demonstrates the co-expression of multiple receptors by individual neurons, and confirms the presence of a population of OR-expressing neurons in the vomeronasal organ. Although many of these findings have been noted by others, the depth of analysis here validates and extends prior findings in an effective manner. The use of spatial transcriptomics to identify the locations of specific cell types is especially useful and produces a template for the field's continued research into the various cell types present in this complex sensory tissue. Overall, the manuscript's biggest strength is found in the richness of the data presented, which will not only support future work in the broader field of vomeronasal system function but also provide insights into others studying complex sensory tissues.

      Weaknesses:

      The inherent weaknesses of single cell RNA sequencing studies based on the 10x Genomics platforms (need to dissociate tissues, limited depth of sequencing, etc.) is acknowledged. However, the authors document their extensive attempts to avoid making false positive conclusions through the use of software tools designed for this purpose. Because of its complexity, there are some portions of the manuscript where the data are difficult to interpret as presented, but this is a relatively minor weakness. The data resulting from the use of the Resolve Biosciences spatial transcriptomics platform are somewhat difficult to interpret because the methods are proprietary and presented in an opaque manner. That said, the resulting data provide useful links between transcriptional identities and cellular locations, which is not possible without the use of such tools.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The fungal cell wall is a very important structure for the physiology of a fungus but also for the interaction of pathogenic fungi with the host. Although a lot of knowledge on the fungal cell wall has been gained, there is lack of understanding of the meaning of ß-1,6-glucan in the cell wall. In the current manuscript, the authors studied in particular this carbohydrate in the important human-pathogenic fungus Candida albicans. The authors provide a comprehensive characterization of cell wall constituents under different environmental and physiological conditions, in particular of ß-1,6-glucan. Also, β-1,6-glucan biosynthesis was found to be likely a compensatory reaction when mannan elongation was defective. The absence of β-1,6-glucan resulted in a significantly sick growth phenotype and complete cell wall reorganization. The manuscript contains a detailed analysis of the genetic and biochemical basis of ß-1,6-glucan biosynthesis which is apparently in many aspects similar to yeast. Finally, the authors provide some initial studies on immune modulatory effects of ß-1,6-glucan.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work presents CTFFIND5, a new version of the software for determination of the Contrast Transfer Function (CTF) that models the distortions introduced by the microscope in cryoEM images. CTFFIND5 can take acquisition geometry and sample thickness into consideration to improve CTF estimation.

      To estimate tilt (tilt angle and tilt axis), the input image is split into tiles and correlation coefficients are computed between their power spectra and a local CTF model that includes the defocus variation according to a tilted plane. As a final step, by applying a rescaling factor to the power spectra of the tiles, an average tilt-corrected power spectrum is obtained used for diagnostic purposes and estimate the goodness of fit. This global procedure and the rescaling factor resemble those used in Bsoft, Warp, etc, with determination of the tilt parameters being a feature specific of CTFFIND5 (and formerly CTFTILT). The performance of the algorithm is evaluated with tilted 2D crystals and tilt-series, demonstrating accurate tilt estimation in general.

      CTFFIND5 represents the first CTF determination tool that considers the thickness-related modulation envelope of the CTF firstly described by McMullan et al. (2015) and experimentally confirmed by Tichelaar et al. (2020). To this end, CTFFIND5 uses a new CTF model that takes the sample thickness into account. CTFFIND5 thus provides more accurate CTF estimation and, furthermore, gives an estimation of the sample thickness, which may be a valuable resource to judge the potential for high resolution. To evaluate the accuracy of thickness estimation in CTFFIND5, the authors use the Lambert-Beer law on energy-filtered data and also tomographic data, thus demonstrating that the estimates are reasonable for images with exposure around 30 e/A2. While consideration of sample thickness in CTF determination sounds ideally suited for cryoET, practical application under the standard acquisition protocols in cryoET (exposure of 3-5 e/A2 per image) is still limited. In this regard, the authors are precise in the conclusions and clearly identify the areas where thickness-aware CTF determination will be valuable at present: in situ single particle analysis and in vitro single particle cryoEM of large specimens (e.g. viral particles).

      In conclusion, the manuscript introduces novel methods inside CTFFIND5 that improve CTF estimation, namely acquisition geometry and sample thickness. The evaluation demonstrates the performance of the new tool, with fairly accurate estimates of tilt axis, tilt angle and sample thickness and improved CTF estimation. The manuscript critically defines the current range of application of the new methods in cryoEM.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study from Zhou, Wang, and colleagues, the authors utilize biventricular electromechanical simulations to illustrate how different degrees of ionic remodeling can contribute to different ECG morphologies that are observed in either acute or chronic post-myocardial infarction (MI) patients. Interestingly, the simulations show that abnormal ECG phenotypes - associated with higher risk of sudden cardiac death - are predicted to have almost no correspondence with left ventricular ejection fraction, which is conventionally used as a risk factor for arrhythmia.

      Strengths:

      The numerical simulations are state-of-the-art, integrating detailed electrophysiology and mechanical contraction predictions, which are often modeled separately. The population of ventricular simulations provide mechanistic interpretation, down to the level of single cell ionic current remodeling, for different types of ECG morphologies observed in post-MI patients. Collectively, these results demonstrate compelling and significant evidence for the need of incorporating additional risk factors for assessing post-MI patients.

      The authors have addressed all of my previous concerns in this updated version.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The article by Ryu and colleagues describes the circadian control of astrocytic intracellular calcium levels in vitro.

      Strengths:

      The authors used a variety of technical approaches that are appropriate and considerably improved the manuscript with experiments and more solid data analysis compared to the first version

      Weaknesses:

      Some conceptual issues are still present. This is a mechanistic paper done completely in vitro, all references to the in vivo situation are speculative and should be absolutely avoided unless the authors are citing in vivo work.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Madigan et al. assembled an interesting study investigating the role of the MuSK-BMP signaling pathway in maintaining adult mouse muscle stem cell (MuSC) quiescence and muscle function before and after trauma. Using a full body and MuSC-specific genetic knockout system, they demonstrate that MuSK is expressed on MuSCs and that eliminating the BMP binding domain from the MuSK gene (i.e., MuSK-IgG KO) in mice at homeostasis leads to reduced PAX7+ cells, increased myonuclear number, and increase myofiber size, which may be due to a deficit in maintaining quiescence. Additionally, after BaCl2 injury, MuSK-IgG KO mice display accelerated repair after 7 days post-injury (dpi) in males only. Finally, RNA profiling using nCounter technology showed that MuSK-IgG KO MuSCs express genes that may be associated with the activated state.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the biology regulating MuSC quiescence is still relatively unexplored, and thus, this work provides a new mechanism controlling this process. The experiments discussed in the paper are technically sound with great complementary mouse models (full body versus tissue-specific mouse KO) used to validate their hypothesis. Additionally, the paper is well written with all the necessary information in the legends, methods, and figures being reported.

      Weaknesses:

      While the data largely supports the author's conclusions, I do have a few points to consider when reading this paper.

      (1) For Figure 1, while I appreciate the author's confirming MuSK RNA and protein in MuSCs, I do think they should (a) quantify the RNA using qPCR and (b) determine the percentage of MuSCs expressing MuSK protein in their single fiber system in multiple biological replicates. This information will help us understand if MuSK is expressed in 1/10 or 10/10 PAX7-expressing MuSCs. Also, it will help place their phenotypes into the right context, especially when considering how much of the PAX7-pool is expressing MuSK from the beginning.

      (2) Throughout the paper the argument is made that MuSK-IgG KO (full body and MuSC-specific KOs) are more activated and/or break quiescence more readily, but there is no attempt to test directly. Therefore, the authors should consider measuring the activation dynamics (i.e., break from quiescence) of MuSCs directly (EdU assays or live-cell imaging) in culture and/or in muscle in vivo (EdU assays) using their various genetic mouse models.

      (3) For Figure 2, given that mice are considered adults by 3 months, it is really surprising how just two months later they are starting to see a phenotype (i.e., reduced PAX7-cells, increased number of myonuclei, and increased myofiber size)-which correlates with getting older. Given that aged MuSCs have activation defects (i.e., stuck somewhere in the quiescence cycle), a pending question is whether their phenotype gets stronger in aged mice, like 18-24 months. If yes, the argument that this pathway should be used in a therapeutic sense would be strengthened.

      (4) For Figure 4, the same question as in point (2), the increase in fiber sizes by 7dpi in MuSK-IgG KO males is minimal (going from ~23 to 27 by eye) and no difference at a later time point when compared to WT mice. However, if older mice are used (18-24 months old) - which are known to have repair deficits-will the regenerative phenotype in MuSK-IgG KO mice be more substantial and longer lasting?

      (5) For Figure 6, this gene set is not glaringly obvious as being markers of MuSC activation (i.e., no MyoD), so it's hard for the readers to know if this gene set is truly an activation signature. Also, the Shcherbina et al. data presented as a column with * being up or down (i.e. differentially expressed) is not helpful, since you don't know whether those mRNAs in that dataset are going up with the activation process. Addressing this point as well as my point (1) will further strengthen the author's conclusions about the MuSK-IgG KO MuSCs not being able to maintain quiescence as effectively.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors perform irCLIP of neuronal progenitor cells to profile eIF3-RNA interactions upon short-term neuronal differentiation. The data shows that eIF3 mostly interacts with 3'-UTRs - specifically, the poly-A signal. There appears to be a general correlation between eIF3 binding to 3'-UTRs and ribosome occupancy, which might suggest that eIF3 binding promotes protein synthesis, possibly through inducing mRNA closed-loop formation.

      Strengths:

      The study provides a wealth of new data on eIF3-mRNA interactions and points to the potential new concept that eIF3-mRNA interactions are polyadenylation-dependent and correlate with ribosome occupancy.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A main limitation is the correlative nature of the study. Whereas the evidence that eIF3 interacts with 3-UTRs is solid, the biological role of the interactions remains entirely unknown. Similarly, the claim that eIF3 interactions with 3'-UTR termini require polyadenylation but are independent of poly(A) binding proteins lacks support as it solely relies on the absence of observable eIF3 binding to poly-A (-) histone mRNAs and a seeming failure to detect PABP binding to eIF3 by co-immunoprecipitation and Western blotting. In contrast, LC-MS data in Supplementary File 1 show ready co-purification of eIF3 with PABP.

      (2) Another question concerns the relevance of the cellular model studied. irCLIP is performed on neuronal progenitor cells subjected to neuronal induction for 2 hours. This short-term induction leads to a very modest - perhaps 10% - and very transient 1-hour-long increase in translation, although this is not carefully quantified. The cellular phenotype also does not appear to change and calling the cells treated with differentiation media for 2 hours "differentiated NPCs" seems a bit misleading. Perhaps unsurprisingly, the minor "burst" of translation coincides with minor effects on eIF3-mRNA interactions most of which seem to be driven by mRNA levels. Based on the ~15-fold increase in ID2 mRNA coinciding with a ~5-fold increase in ribosome occupancy (RPF), ID2 TE actually goes down upon neuronal induction.

      (3) The overlap in eIF3-mRNA interactions identified here and in the authors' previous reports is minimal. Some of the discrepancies may be related to the not well-justified approach for filtering data prior to assessing overlap. Still, the fundamentally different binding patterns - eIF3 mostly interacting with 5'-UTRs in the authors' previous report and other studies versus the strong preference for 3'-UTRs shown here - are striking. In the Discussion, it is speculated that the different methods used - PAR-CLIP versus irCLIP - lead to these fundamental differences. Unfortunately, this is not supported by any data, even though it would be very important for the translation field to learn whether different CLIP methodologies assess very different aspects of eIF3-mRNA interactions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Bohra et al. describes the indirect effects of ligand-dependent gene activation on neighboring non-target genes. The authors utilized single-molecule RNA-FISH (targeting both mature and intronic regions), 4C-seq, and enhancer deletions to demonstrate that the non-enhancer-targeted gene TFF3, located in the same TAD as the target gene TFF1, alters its expression when TFF1 expression declines at the end of the estrogen signaling peak. Since the enhancer does not loop with TFF3, the authors conclude that mechanisms other than estrogen receptor or enhancer-driven induction are responsible for TFF3 expression. Moreover, ERα intensity correlations show that both high and low levels of ERα are unfavorable for TFF1 expression. The ERa level correlations are further supported by overexpression of GFP-ERa. The authors conclude that transcriptional machinery used by TFF1 for its acute activation can negatively impact the TFF3 at peak of signaling but once, the condensate dissolves, TFF3 benefits from it for its low expression.

      Strengths:

      The findings are indeed intriguing. The authors have maintained appropriate experimental controls, and their conclusions are well-supported by the data.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some major and minor concerns that related to approach, data presentation and discussion. But I think they can be fixed with more efforts.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work sets out to elucidate mechanistic intricacies in inflammatory responses in pneumonia in the context of aging process (Terc deficiency - telomerase functionality).

      Strengths:

      Very interesting, conceptually speaking, approach that is by all means worth pursuing. An overall proper approach to the posited aim.

      Weaknesses:

      The work is heavily underpowered and may have statistical deficits. This precludes at its current state drawing unequivocal conclusions.

      I remain at my initial position regarding the weaknesses.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript entitled "Staphylococcus aureus counters organic acid anion-mediated inhibition of peptidoglycan cross-linking through robust alanine racemase activity" by Panda, S et al. reports an extensive biochemical analysis of the result from a Tn screen that identified alr1 as being required for acetic acid tolerance. In the end, they demonstrate that reduced D-Ala pools in the ∆alr1 mutant lead to a drastic reduction in D-Ala-D-Ala dipeptide. They show that this is due to the ability of organic acid anions to limit the D-Ala-D-Ala ligase enzyme Ddl. They demonstrate that:

      (1) Acetate exposure in the ∆alr1 results in reduced D-Ala-D-Ala dipeptide, but not the monomers.

      (2) Acetate can bind to purified Ddl in vitro.

      (3) This binding results in reduced enzyme activity.

      (4) Other organic acid anions such as lactate, proprionate, and itaconitate can also inhibit Ddl.

      The experiments are clearly described and logically laid out.

      Comments on revised version:

      Given that multiple reviewers noted that determining intracellular acetate levels would strengthen the impact of this manuscript, I still think the comment listed below should be dealt with. Radioactivity is not necessary for this. There are enzymatic kits that will allow for the accurate determination of acetate from a lysate of a known number of cells. This can be used to determine intracellular acetate levels.

      (1) It is kind of tricky, but it is possible to measure intracellular acetate. That might be of interest to know where in the Ddl inhibition curve the cells actually are.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use fluorescence lifetime imaging (FLIM) and tmFRET to resolve resting vs. active conformational heterogeneity and free energy differences driven by cGMP and cAMP in a tetrameric arrangement of CNBDs from a prokaryotic CNG channel.

      Strengths:

      The data are excellent and provide detailed measures of the probability to adopt resting vs. activated conformations with and without bound ligands.

      Weaknesses:

      A limitation is that only the cytosolic fragments of the channel were studied.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors developed a novel radiotherapy sensitivity score (NPC-RSS) for nasopharyngeal carcinoma patients using machine learning algorithms. They identified 18 key genes associated with radiosensitivity and demonstrated that NPC-RSS could effectively predict radiotherapy response in both public and in-house datasets. Furthermore, they found that the key genes of NPC-RSS were closely related to immune characteristics, the expression of radiosensitivity-related genes, and signaling pathways involved in disease progression. The authors validated the consistency of expression of two key genes, SMARCA2 and CD9, with NPC-RSS in their own cell lines. They also showed that the radiosensitive group, classified by NPC-RSS, exhibited a more enriched and activated state of immune infiltration compared to the radioresistant group.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study employed a comprehensive approach by integrating multiple machine learning algorithms to develop a robust predictive model for radiotherapy sensitivity in nasopharyngeal carcinoma patients.<br /> (2) The predictive performance of NPC-RSS was validated using both public and in-house datasets, demonstrating its potential clinical applicability.<br /> (3) The authors conducted extensive analyses to investigate the biological mechanisms underlying the association between NPC-RSS and radiotherapy response, including immune characteristics, radiosensitivity-related gene expression, and relevant signaling pathways.<br /> (4) The consistency of key gene expression with NPC-RSS was validated in the authors' own cell lines, providing additional experimental evidence.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The sample size of the in-house dataset used for training the model was relatively small (34 patients), which might limit the generalizability of the findings.<br /> (2) The authors did not perform functional experiments to directly validate the roles of the identified key genes in radiotherapy sensitivity, relying instead on associations with immune features and signaling pathways.<br /> (3) The study did not discuss the potential limitations of using machine learning algorithms, such as the risk of overfitting and the need for larger, diverse datasets for more robust model development and validation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Intravital microscopy (IVM) is a powerful tool that facilitates live imaging of individual cells over time in vivo in their native 3D tissue environment. Extracting and analysing multi-parametric data from IVM images however is challenging, particularly for researchers with limited programming and image analysis skills. In this work, Rios-Jimenez and Zomer et al have developed a 'zero-code' accessible computational framework (BEHAV3D-Tumour Profiler) designed to facilitate unbiased analysis of IVM data to investigate tumour cell dynamics (via the tool's central 'heterogeneity module') and their interactions with the tumour microenvironment (via the 'large-scale phenotyping' and 'small-scale phenotyping' modules). It is designed as an open-source modular Jupyter Notebook with a user-friendly graphical user interface and can be implemented with Google Colab, facilitating efficient, cloud-based computational analysis at no cost.

      To demonstrate the utility of BEHAV3D-TP, they apply the pipeline to timelapse IVM imaging datasets to investigate the in vivo migratory behaviour of fluorescently labelled DMG cells in tumour-bearing mice. Using the tool's 'heterogeneity module' they were able to identify distinct single-cell behavioural patterns (based on multiple parameters such as directionality, speed, displacement, and distance from tumour edge) which was used to group cells into distinct categories (e.g. retreating, invasive, static, erratic). They next applied the framework's 'large-scale phenotyping' and 'small-scale phenotyping' modules to investigate whether the tumour microenvironment (TME) may influence the distinct migratory behaviours identified. To achieve this, they combine TME visualisation in vivo during IVM (using fluorescent probes to label distinct TME components) or ex vivo after IVM (by large-scale imaging of harvested, immunostained tumours) to correlate different tumour behavioural patterns with the composition of the TME. They conclude that this tool has helped reveal links between TME composition (e.g. degree of vascularisation, presence of tumour-associated macrophages) and the invasiveness and directionality of tumour cells, which would have been challenging to identify when analysing single kinetic parameters in isolation.

      A key limitation of the pipeline is that it does not overcome the main challenges and bottlenecks associated with processing and extracting quantitative cellular data from timelapse and longitudinal intravital images. This includes correcting breathing-induced movement artifacts, automated registration of longitudinal images taken over days/weeks, and accurate, automated segmentation and tracking of individual cells over time. Indeed, there are currently no standardised computational methods available for IVM data processing and analysis, with most laboratories relying on custom-built solutions or manual methods. This isn't made explicit in the manuscript early on (described below), and the researchers rely on expensive software packages such as IMARIS for image processing and data extraction to feed the required parameters into their pipeline. This limitation unfortunately reduces the likely impact of BEHAV3D-TP on the IVM field.

      Nonetheless, this computational framework appears to represent a useful and comparatively user-friendly tool to analyse dynamic multi-parametric data to help identify patterns in cell migratory behaviours, and to assess whether these behaviours might be influenced by neighbouring cells and structures in their microenvironment. When combined with other methods, it, therefore, has the potential to be a valuable addition to a researcher's IVM analysis 'tool-box'.

      Strengths:

      (1) The figures are clearly presented, and the manuscript is easy to follow.

      (2) The pipeline appears to be intuitive and user-friendly for researchers with limited computational expertise. A detailed step-by-step video is also included to support its uptake.

      (3) The different computational modules have been tested using a relevant dataset.

      (4) All code is open source, and the pipeline can be implemented with Google Colab.

      (5) The tool combines multiple dynamic parameters extracted from time-lapse IVM images to identify single-cell behavioural patterns and to cluster cells into distinct groups sharing similar behaviours, and provides avenues to map these onto in vivo or ex vivo imaging data of the tumour microenvironment.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) As highlighted above, the tool does not facilitate the extraction of quantitative kinetic cellular parameters (e.g. speed, directionality, persistence, and displacement) from intravital images. Indeed, to use the tool researchers must first extract dynamic cellular parameters from their IVM datasets, requiring access to expensive software (e.g. IMARIS as used here) and/or above-average computational expertise to develop and use custom-made open-source solutions. This limitation is not made explicit or discussed in the text.

      (2) The number of cells (e.g. per behavioural cluster), and the number of independent mice, represented in each result figure, is not included in the figure legends and are difficult to ascertain from the methods.

      (3) The data used to test the pipeline in this manuscript is currently not available, making it difficult to assess its usability. It would be important to include this for researchers to use as a 'training dataset'.

      (4) Precisely how the BEHAV3D-TP large-scale phenotyping module can map large-scale spatial phenotyping data generated using LSR-3D imaging data and Cytomap to 3D intravital imaging movies is unclear. Further details in the text and methods would be beneficial to aid understanding.

      (5) The analysis provides only preliminary evidence in support of the authors' conclusions on DMG cell migratory behaviours and their relationship with components of the tumour microenvironment. Conclusions should therefore be tempered in the absence of additional experiments and controls.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article identifies ADGR3 as a candidate GPCR for mediating beige fat development. The authors use human expression data from Human Protein Atlas and Gtex databases and combine this with experiments performed in mice and a murine cell line. They refer to a GPCR bioactivity screening tool PRESTO-Salsa, with which it was found that Hesperetin activates ADGR3. From their experiments, authors conclude that Hesperetin activates ADGR3, inducing a Gs-PKA-CREB axis resulting in adipose thermogenesis.

      Strengths:

      The authors analyze human data from public databases and perform functional studies in mouse models. They identify a new GPCR with a role in thermogenic activation of adipocytes.

      Considerations:

      Selection of ADGRA3 as a candidate GPCR relevant for mediating beiging in humans:

      The authors identify GPCRs that are expressed more highly in murine iBAT compared to iWAT in response to cold and assess which of these GPCRs are expressed in human subcutaneous or visceral adipocytes. Although this strategy will identify GPCRs that are expressed at higher levels in brown fat compared to beige and thus possibly more active in thermogenic function, the relevance in choosing GPCRs that also are expressed in unstimulated human white adipocytes should be considered. Thermogenic activity is not normally present in human white adipocytes. It would have strengthened the GPCR selection if the authors instead had assessed the intersection with human brown adipocytes that were activated with norepinephrine.

      Strategy to investigate the role of ADGRA3 in WAT beiging:

      Having identified ADGRA3 as their candidate receptor, the authors investigated the receptor in mouse models, the murine inguinal adipocyte cell line 3T3 and in human subcutaneous adipose progenitors (HAdsc) differentiated in vitro. Calling the human cells "beige" is a stretch as these cells are derived from a white adipose depot. The authors do observe regulation in UCP1 and abundance of mitochondria following modification of ADGRA3 in the cells. However, in future studies, it should be considered if the receptor rather plays a role in differentiation per se, and perhaps not specifically in thermogenic differentiation/activity.

      According to the Human Protein Atlas and Gtex databases, ADGRA3 is not only expressed in adipocytes, but also in other tissues and cell types. The authors address this by measuring the expression in a panel of these tissues, demonstrating a knockdown not only in the adipose tissue, but also in the liver and less pronounced in the muscle (Figure S2). It should thus be emphasized that the decreased TG levels in serum and liver in the mice might in fact depend on Adgra3 overexpression in the liver. Even though this might not have been the purpose of the experiment, it is important to highlight this as it could serve as hypothesis building for future studies of the function of this receptor.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The mammalian Shieldin complex consisting of REV7 (aka MAD2L2, MAD2B) and SHLD1-3 affects pathway usage in DSB repair favoring non-homologous endjoining (NHEJ) at the expense of homologous recombination (HR) by blocking resection and/or priming fill-in DNA synthesis to maintain or generate near blunt ends suitable for NHEJ. While the budding yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae does not have homologs to SHLD1-3, it does have Rev7, which was identified to function in conjunction with Rev3 in the translesion DNA polymerase zeta. Testing the hypothesis that Rev7 also affect DSB resection in budding yeast, the work identified a direct interaction between Rev7 and the Rad50-Mre11-Xrs2 complex by two-hybrid and direct protein interaction experiments. Deletion analysis identified that the 42 amino acid C-terminal region was necessary and sufficient for the 2-hybrid interaction. Direct biochemical analysis of the 42 aa peptide was not possible. Rev7 deficient cells were found to be sensitive to HU only in synergy with G2 tetraplex forming DNA. Importantly, the 42 aa peptide alone suppressed this phenotype. Biochemical analysis with full-length Rev7 and a C-terminal truncation lacking the 42 aa region shows G4-specific DNA binding that is abolished in the C-terminal truncation and with a substrate containing mutations to prevent G4 formation. Rev7 lacks nuclease activity but inhibits the dsDNA exonuclease activity of Mre11. The C-terminal truncation protein lacking the 42 aa region also showed some inhibition suggesting the involvement of additional binding sites besides the 42 aa region. Also, the Mre11 ssDNA endonuclease activity is inhibited by Rev7 but not the degradation of linear ssDNA. Rev7 does not affect ATP binding by Rad50 but inhibits in a concentration-dependent manner the Rad50 ATPase activity. The C-terminal truncation protein lacking the 42 aa region also showed some inhibition but significantly less than the full-length protein. Using an established plasmid-based NHEJ assay, the authors provide strong evidence that Rev7 affects NEHJ, showing a four-fold reduction in this assay. The mutations in the other Pol zeta subunits, Rev3 and Rev1, show a significantly smaller effect (~25% reduction). A strain expressing only the Rev7 C-terminal 42 aa peptide showed no NHEJ defect, while the truncation protein lacking this region exhibited a smaller defect than the deletion of REV7. The conclusion that Rev7 supports NHEJ mainly through the 42 aa region was validated using a chromosomal NHEJ assay. The effect on HR was assessed using a plasmid:chromosome system containing G4 forming DNA. The rev7 deletion strain showed an increase in HR in this system in the presence and absence of HU. Cells expressing the 42 aa peptide were indistinguishable from wild type as were cells expressing the Rev7 truncation lacking the 42 aa region. The authors conclude that Rev7 suppresses HR, but the context appears to be system-specific and the conclusion that Rev7 abolished HR repair of DSBs is unwarranted and overly broad.

      Strength:

      This is a well-written manuscript with well-executed experiments which suggest that Rev7 inhibits MRX-mediated resection to favor NEHJ during DSB repair. This finding is novel and provides insight into the potential mechanism of how the human Shieldin complex might antagonize resection.

      Weaknesses:

      The nuclease experiments were conducted using manganese as a divalent cation, and it is unclear whether there is an effect with the more physiological magnesium cation. The data largely support the conclusions, although the effect of Rev7 on HR is less well documented, as only a highly specialized assay is used that does not warrant the broad conclusion drawn. Specifically, the results that the Rev7 c-terminal truncation lacking the 42 aa region still suppresses HR is unexpected and unexplained.

      In this revision the authors addressed most of my concerns by text revisions and addition of new data.

      The new two hybrid data showing that the 42 amino acid segment interacts with MRN are valuable. However, it may not be clear to which subunit the 42 aa segment binds, as in the yeast 2H system the chromosomally encoded subunits are present or were the 2H experiments conducted in an MRN deletion background?. This could be acknowledged.

      The material and methods section was updated to indicate use of 5 mM MnCl2 and 5 mM MgCl2 in the exonuclease assay but not the endonuclease assay. Please check if this is correct. Why the difference between both assays? There is a concern that the absence of ATP and Mg affects the endonuclease assay.

      The addition of Dmc1 as a specificity control for the ATPase inhibition is nice and shows a specific effect. The use of Sae2 associated nuclease activity as a specificity control for the nuclease inhibition is problematic. There has been considerable debate about the Sae2 associated nuclease activity, which seems to have been solved by the Cejka lab showing that Sae2 is a cofactor of MRN without intrinsic nuclease activity (e.g. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25231868/). Or do the authors want to suggest that Sae2 has intrinsic nuclease activity? The control may still be useful mentioning that the nuclease is associated but not intrinsic and citing the relevant papers.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Papalamprou et al. established a methodology to differentiate iPSCs to the syndetome stage and validated it by marker gene expression and scRNA-seq analysis. They further found that inhibition of WNT signaling enhanced the homogeneity of the cell population after identifying a group of branching-off cells that overexpressed WNT. Their results will be helpful in developing cell therapy systems for tendon injuries. However, there are several issues to improve the manuscript:

      IPA analysis was performed after scRNA-seq. Although it is knowledge-based software with convenient graphic utilities, it is questionable whether an unbiased genome-level analysis was performed. Therefore, it is not convincing if WNT is the only and best signal for the branching-off marker. Perhaps independent approaches, such as GO, pathway, or module analyses, should be performed to validate the findings.

      According to the method section, two iPSC lines were used for the study. However, throughout the manuscript, it is not clearly described which line was used for which experiment. Did they show similar efficiency in differentiation and in responses to WNTi? It is also worrisome if using only two lines is the norm in the stem cell field. Please provide a rationale for using only two lines, which will restrict the observation of individual-specific differential responses throughout the study.

      How similar are syndetome cells with or without WNTi? It would be interesting to check if there are major DEGs that differentiate these two groups of cells.

      Please discuss the improvement of the current study compared to previous ones (e.g., PMID 36203346, 35083031, 35372337).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors want to elucidate which are the mechanisms that regulate the immune response in physiological conditions in cortical development. To achieve this goal, authors used a wide range of mutant mice to analyse the consequences of immune activation in the formation of cortical ectopia in mice.

      Strengths:

      The authors demonstrated that Abeta monomers are anti-inflammatory and inhibit microglial activation. This is a novel result that demonstrates the physiological role of APP in cortical development.

      The current manuscript has been slightly improved by additional experiments and editing of the text (many of the suggestions of the reviewers have not been included). However, the evidence supporting the conclusions of the study is still very weak and inconsistent.

      Remaining weaknesses:

      -There is no evidence that microglia express Emx1. The paper they referred (Zhang et al., 2014) was performed in adult mice so it is not comparable. Moreover, many other papers are saying that Emx1 is not expressed in microglia. Line 175: change in cytokine expression is not a strong evidence to state that Emx1 is expressed in microglia. Fig. S8: It is not clear whether the staining was performed on neuronal primary culture or cortical section? It is also unclear why there is a partial reduction of Ric8a mRNA levels in Emx1-Ric8a cKO and not a completed deletion?

      -NestinCre and Emx1Cre mouse models are targeting the same type of cells in the developing cortex (cortical progenitors, glutamatergic neurons and astrocytes), but with one day difference in expression (Emx1 E9.5 and Nestin E10.5). In fact, previous studies using the same approach (Nestin-Ric8a cKO) found ectopias in the cortex, it is more in line with the results of Emx1-Ric8a cKO shown in the current study. There is no evidence to assume that ric8a deficiency in neural cell lineages is not responsible for basement membrane degradation and ectopia formation in ric8a mutants.

      -Additional experiments should be performed to demonstrate that ectopia formation in Emx1-ric8a cKO mutant mice is due to an increase in immune stimulation and not a cell-autonomous effect. Using double cx3cr1-cre and nestin-cre ric8a mutant mice is not an argument to say that elevated immune activation of ric8a deficient microglia during cortical development is responsible for ectopia formation (line 2012-2013)

      -The similarities between Ric8a cKO and APP cKO mice are not enough evidence to claim that APP and Ric8a are involved in the same anti-inflammatory pathway in microglia.

      -Gel zymography is not the same as Western blot. For the quantification of the relative amount of protein, authors should use western blot and not immunofluorescence intensity as shown in Fig. 5g, h. For western blot, you also load the same amount of protein but you have to normalize your samples with a control protein.

      -The graph of BrdU cell distribution in the mutant mice (Fig. S1 F) shows that there are more BrdU cells in bins 5-7 and less in bin 9, indicating an impaired migration of upper cortical neurons in the mutant mice. The authors claimed there are no differences in migration in the result section but the figure showed significant differences. Panels E, F in Fig S2 show the density of Cux1 and Ctip2 cells per area indicating no changes in the generation of upper and lower cortical neurons, but no information about the migration as authors claimed (lines 117-118). (what is the field for Ctip2 counting?). These experiments cannot rule out the possibility of cell-autonomous effect of Ric8a deletion in glutamatergic neurons or radial glial cells.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors describe the dynamic distribution of laminin γ1 in the olfactory system and forebrain. Using immunohistochemistry and transgenic lines, they found that the olfactory system and adjacent brain tissues are enveloped by basement membrane (BMs) from the earliest stages of olfactory system assembly. They also found that laminin deposits follow the axonal trajectory of axons. They performed a functional analysis of the sly mutant to analyse the function of laminin γ1 in the development of the zebrafish olfactory system. Their study revealed that laminin enables the shape and position of olfactory placodes to be maintained late in the face of major morphogenetic movements in the brain, and its absence promotes the local entry of sensory axons into the brain and their navigation towards the olfactory bulb.

      They showed that in the laminin γ1 mutants no BM staining of laminin could be detected around the OP and the brain. The authors then elegantly used electron microscopy to analyse the ultrastructure of the border between the OP and the brain.<br /> The authors performed a quantitative analysis of the loss of function of Laminin γ1 (sly mutants).<br /> Olfactory axon migration is drastically impaired in sly mutants, demonstrating that Laminin γ1-dependent BMs are essential for the growth and navigation of axons from the OP to the olfactory bulb. They propose that the BM of the OP prevents its deformation in response to mechanical forces generated by morphogenetic movements of the neighbouring brain.<br /> Although the results are expected, the experiments carried out and the results are robust and elegant.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Jirouskova and colleagues in their study have carried out an in-depth proteomic characterization of the dynamics of the liver fibrotic response and the resulting resolution in two distinct models of liver injury: CCl4-induced model of hepatotoxicity and pericentral/bridging liver fibrosis and the DDC feeding model of obstructive cholestasis and periportal fibrosis. They focussed on both the insoluble extracellular matrix (ECM) components as well as the soluble secreted factors produced by hepatic stellate cells (HSCs) and/or portal fibroblasts (PFs). They identified compartment- and time-resolved proteomic signatures in the two models with disease-specific factors or matrisomes. Their study also identified phenotypic differences between the models such as that while the CCl4-induced model induced profound hepatotoxicity followed by resolution, the DDC model induced more lasting liver damage and proteomic changes that resembled advanced human liver fibrosis favouring hepatocarcinogenesis.

      Overall, this comprehensive and very well-conducted study is rigorous and well-planned. The conclusions are supported by compelling studies and analyses. One caveat is the lack of mechanistic experiments to prove causality, but this can be carried out in follow-up studies.

      Strengths:

      (1) A major strength of the study is that the experiments are rigorous and very well conducted. For instance, the authors utilized two models of liver fibrosis to study different aspects of the pathology - hepatotoxicity vs cholestasis. In addition, 4 time points for each model were investigated - 2 for fibrosis development and 2 for fibrosis resolution. They have taken 3 components for proteomic analyses - total lysates, insoluble ECM components as well as the soluble secreted factors. Thus, the authors provide a comprehensive overview of the fibrosis and resolution process in these models.

      (2) Another great strength of the study is that the methodology utilized was able to dissect unique pathways relevant to each model as well as common targets. For example, the authors identified known pathways such as mTOR signalling to be differentially regulated in the CCl4 vs DDC model. mTOR signalling was increased in the DDC model which is associated with hyperproliferation. Thus showing that the approach taken is specific enough to distinguish between the two similar (both induce fibrosis) but distinct mechanisms (hepatotoxicity vs cholestasis) is a strong point of the study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors themselves propose in their Introduction that the "ECM-associated changes are increasingly perceived as causative, rather than consequential"; however, they have not conducted mechanistic (gain of function/loss of function) studies either in vitro or in vivo from any of their identified targets to truly prove causality. This remains one of the limitations of this study. Thus, future studies should investigate this point in detail. For instance, it would have been intriguing to dissect if knocking out specific genes involved in one specific model or genes common to both would yield distinct phenotypic outcomes.

      (2) The majority of the conclusions are derived primarily from the proteomic analyses. Although well conducted, it would strengthen the study to corroborate some of the major findings by other means such as IHC/IF with the corresponding quantifications and not only representative images.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript consists of two separate but interlinked investigations: genomic epidemiology and virulence assessment of Salmonella Dublin. ST10 dominates the epidemiological landscape of S. Dublin, while ST74 was uncommonly isolated. Detailed genomic epidemiology of ST10 unfolded the evolutionary history of this common genotype, highlighting clonal expansions linked to each distinct geography. Notably, North American ST10 was associated with more antimicrobial resistance compared to others. The authors also performed long-read sequencing on a subset of isolates (ST10 and ST74) and uncovered a novel recombinant virulence plasmid in ST10 (IncX1/IncFII/IncN). Separately, the authors performed cell invasion and cytotoxicity assays on the two S. Dublin genotypes, showing differential responses between the two STs. ST74 replicates better intracellularly in macrophages compared to ST10, but both STs induced comparable cytotoxicity levels. Comparative genomic analyses between the two genotypes showed certain genetic content unique to each genotype, but no further analyses were conducted to investigate which genetic factors were likely associated with the observed differences. The study provides a comprehensive and novel understanding of the evolution and adaptation of two S. Dublin genotypes, which can inform public health measures.

      The methodology included in both approaches was sound and written in sufficient detail, and data analysis was performed with rigour. Source data were fully presented and accessible to readers. Certain aspects of the manuscript could be clarified and extended to improve the manuscript.

      (1) For epidemiology purposes, it is not clear which human diseases were associated with the genomes included in this manuscript. This is important since S. Dublin can cause invasive bloodstream infections in humans. While such information may be unavailable for public sequences, this should be detailed for the 53 isolates sequenced for this study, especially for isolates selected to perform experiments in vitro.

      (2) The major AMR plasmid in described S. Dublin was the IncC associated with clonal expansion in North America. While this plasmid is not found in the Australian isolates sequenced in this study, the reviewer finds that it is still important to include its characterization, since it carries blaCMY-2 and was sustainedly inherited in ST10 clade 5. If the plasmid structure is already published, the authors should include the accession number in the Main Results.

      (3) The reviewer is concerned that the multiple annotations missing in<br /> (a) plasmid structures in Supplementary Figures 5 & 6, and<br /> (b) genetic content unique to ST10 and ST74 was due to insufficient annotation by Prokka. I would recommend the authors use another annotation tool, such as Bakta (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8743544/) for plasmid annotation, and reconstruction of the pangenome described in Supplementary Figure 10. Since the recombinant virulence plasmid in ST10 is a novel one, I would recommend putting Supplementary Figure 5 as a main figure, with better annotations to show the virulence region, plasmid maintenance/replication, and possible conjugation cluster.

      (4) The authors are lauded for the use of multiple strains of ST10 and ST74 in the in vitro experiment. While results for ST74 were more consistent, readouts from ST10 were more heterogenous (Figure 5, 6). This is interesting as the tested ST10 were mostly clade 1, so ST10 was, as expected, of lower genetic diversity compared to tested ST74 (partly shown in Figure 1D. Could the authors confirm this by constructing an SNP table separately for tested ST10 and ST74? Additionally, the tested ST10 did not represent the phylogenetic diversity of the global epidemiology, and this limitation should be reflected in the Discussion.

      (5) The comparative genomics between ST10 and ST74 can be further improved to allow more interpretation of the experiments. Why were only SPI-1, 2, 6, and 19 included in the search for virulome, how about other SPIs? ST74 lacks SPI-19 and has truncated SPI-6, so what would explain the larger genome size of ST74? Have the authors screened for other SPIs using more well-annotated databases or references (S. Typhi CT18 or S. Typhimurium ST313)? The mismatching between in silico prediction of invasiveness and phenotypes also warrants a brief discussion, perhaps linked to bigger ST74 genome size (as intracellular lifestyle is usually linked with genome degradation).

      (6) On the epidemiology scale, ST10 is more successful, perhaps due to its ongoing adaptation to replication inside GI epithelial cells, favouring shedding. ST74 may tend to cause more invasive disease and less transmission via fecal shedding. The presence of T6SS in ST10 also can benefit its competition with other gut commensals, overcoming gut colonization resistance. The reviewer thinks that these details should be more clearly rephrased in the Discussion, as the results highly suggested different adaptations of two genotypes of the same serovar, leading to different epidemiological success.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Following up on their previous work, the authors investigated whether cell-to-cell transmission of HIV-1 activates the CARD8 inflammasome in macrophages, an important question given that inflammasome activation in myeloid cells triggers proinflammatory cytokine release. The data support the idea that CARD8 is activated by the viral protease and promotes inflammation. However, time-course analyses in primary T cells and macrophages and further information on the specific inflammasome involved would further increase the significance of the study.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written and the data is of good quality. The evidence that CARD8 senses the HIV-1 protease in the context of cell-to-cell transmission is important since cell-to-cell transmission is thought to play a key role in viral spread in vivo, and inflammation is a major driver of disease progression. Clean knockout experiments in primary macrophages are a notable strength and the results clearly support the role of CARD8 in protease-dependent sensing of viral spread and the induction of IL1β release and cell death. The finding that HIV-1 strains are resistant to protease inhibitors differ in CARD8 activation and IL1β production is interesting and underscores the potential clinical relevance of these results.

      Weaknesses:

      One weakness is that the authors used T cell lines which might not faithfully reflect the efficiency of HIV-1 production and cell-cell transfer by primary T cells. To assess whether CARD8 is also activated by protease from incoming viral particles earlier time points should be analyzed. Finally, while the authors exclude the role of NLRP3 in IL-1b and the death of macrophages it would be interesting to know whether the effect is still Gasdermin D dependent.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors test whether the archerfish can modulate the fast response to a falling target. By manipulating the trajectory of the target, they claim that the fish can modulate the fast response. While it is clear from the result that the fish can modulate the fast response, the experimental support for the argument that the fish can do it for a reflex-like behavior is inadequate.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the question that the authors raised in the manuscript is interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The argument that the fish can modulate reflex-like behavior relies on the claim that the archerfish makes the decision in 40 ms. There is little support for the 40 ms reaction time. The reaction time for the same behavior in Schlegel 2008, is 60-70 ms, and in Tsvilling 2012 about 75 ms, if we take the half height of the maximum as the estimated reaction time in both cases. If we take the peak (or average) of the distribution as an estimation of reaction time, the reaction time is even longer. This number is critical for the analysis the authors perform since if the reaction time is longer, maybe this is not a reflex as claimed. In addition, mentioning the 40 ms in the abstract is overselling the result. The title is also not supported by the results.

      (2) A critical technical issue of the stimulus delivery is not clear. The frame rate is 120 FPS and the target horizontal speed can be up to 1.775 m/s. This produces a target jumping on the screen 15 mm in each frame. This is not a continuous motion. Thus, the similarity between the natural system where the target experiences ballistic trajectory and the experiment here is not clear. Ideally, another type of stimulus delivery system is needed for a project of this kind that requires fast-moving targets (e.g. Reiser, J. Neurosci.Meth. 2008). In addition, the screen is rectangular and not circular, so in some directions, the target vanishes earlier than others. It must produce a bias in the fish response but there is no analysis of this type.

      (3) The results here rely on the ability to measure the error of response in the case of a virtual experiment. It is not clear how this is done since the virtual target does not fall. How do the authors validate that the fish indeed perceives the virtual target as the falling target? Since the deflection is at a later stage of the virtual trajectory, it is not clear what is the actual physics that governs the world of the experiment. Overall, the experimental setup is not well designed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This is an interesting manuscript tackling the issue of whether subcircuits of the cerebellum are differentially involved in processes of motor performance, learning, or learning consolidation. The authors focus on cerebellar outputs to the ventrolateral thalamus (VL) and to the centrolateral thalamus (CL), since these thalamic nuclei project to the motor cortex and striatum respectively, and thus might be expected to participate in diverse components of motor control and learning. In mice challenged with an accelerating rotarod, the investigators reduce cerebellar output either broadly, or in projection-specific populations, with CNO targeting DREADD-expressing neurons. They first establish that there are not major control deficits with the treatment regime, finding no differences in basic locomotor behavior, grid test, and fixed-speed rotarod. This is interpreted to allow them to differentiate control from learning, and their inter-relationships. These manipulations are coupled with chronic electrophysiological recordings targeted to the cerebellar nuclei (CN) to control for the efficacy of the CNO manipulation. I found the manuscript intriguing, offering much food for thought, and am confident that it will influence further work on motor learning consolidation. The issue of motor consolidation supported by the cerebellum is timely and interesting, and the claims are novel. There are some limitations to the data presentation and claims, highlighted below, which, if amended, would improve the manuscript.

      (1) Statistical analyses: There is too little information provided about how the Deming regressions, mean points, slopes, and intercepts were compared across conditions. This is important since in the heart of the study when the effects of inactivating CL- vs VL- projecting neurons are being compared to control performance, these statistical methods become paramount. Details of these comparisons and their assumptions should be added to the Methods section. As it stands I barely see information about these tests, and only in the figure legends. I would also like the authors to describe whether there is a criterion for significance in a given correlation to be then compared to another. If I have a weak correlation for a regression model that is non-significant, I would not want to 'compare' that regression to another one since it is already a weak model. The authors should comment on the inclusion criteria for using statistics on regression models.

      (2) The introduction makes the claim that the cerebellar feedback to the forebrain and cortex are functionally segregated. I interpreted this to mean that the cerebellar output neurons are known to project to either VL or CL exclusively (i.e. they do not collateralize). I was unaware of this knowledge and could find no support for the claim in the references provided (Proville 2014; Hintzer 2018; Bosan 2013). Either I am confused as to the authors' meaning or the claim is inaccurate. This point is broader however than some confusion about citation. The study assumes that the CN-CL population and CN-VL population are distinct cells, but to my knowledge, this has not been established. It is difficult to make sense of the data if they are entirely the same populations, unless projection topography differs, but in any event, it is critical to clarify this point: are these different cell types from the nuclei?; how has that been rigorously established?; is there overlap? No overlap? Etc. Results should be interpreted in light of the level of this knowledge of the anatomy in the mouse or rat.

      (3) It is commendable that the authors perform electrophysiology to validate DREADD/CNO. So many investigators don't bother and I really appreciate these data. Would the authors please show the 'wash' in Figure 1a, so that we can see the recovery of the spiking hash after CNO is cleared from the system? This would provide confidence that the signal is not disappearing for reasons of electrode instability or tissue damage/ other.

      (4) I don't think that the "Learning" and "Maintenance" terminology is very helpful and in fact may sow confusion. I would recommend that the authors use a day range " Days 1-3 vs 4-7" or similar, to refer to these epochs. The terminology chosen begs for careful validation, definitions, etc, and seems like it is unlikely uniform across all animals, thus it seems more appropriate to just report it straight, defining the epochs by day. Such original terminology could still be used in the Discussion, with appropriate caveats.

      (5) Minor, but, on the top of page 14 in the Results, the text states, "Suggesting the presence of a 'critical period' in the consolidation of the task". I think this is a non-standard use of 'critical period' and should be removed. If kept, the authors must define what they mean specifically and provide sufficient additional analyses to support the idea. As it stands, the point will sow confusion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors successfully detected distinct mechanisms signalling prediction violations in the auditory cortex of mice. For this purpose, an auditory pure-tone local-global paradigm was presented to awake and anaesthetised mice. In awake rodents, the authors also evaluated interneuron cell types involved in responses to the interruption of the regularity imposed by local-global sequences. By performing two-photon calcium imaging and single-unit electrophysiology, the authors disentangled three phenomena underlying responses to violations of the distinct local-global regularity levels: Stimulus-specific adaptation, surprise and surprise adaptation. Both stimulus-specific adaptation and surprise-or deviant-evoked responses are observable<br /> under anaesthesia. Altogether, this work advances our understanding of distinct predictive processes computing prediction violations upon the complexity of the regularity imposed by the auditory sequence.

      Strengths:

      it is an elegant study beautifully executed.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were identified by this reviewer.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript combined rat fMRI, optogenetics, and electrophysiology to examine the large-scale functional network of the olfactory system as well as its alteration in an aged rat model.

      Strengths:

      Overall methodology is very solid and the results provided an interesting perspective on large-scale functional network perturbation of the olfactory system.

      Weaknesses:

      The biological relevance and validation of the current results can be improved.

      (1) Figure 1.1, on the top of the figure, CHR2 may be replaced by CHR2-mCherry, as only mCherry is fluorescent. And also, it's somewhat surprising that in AON and Pir regions (where only axon fibers should be labelled as red), most fluorescence appeared dot-like and looked more similar to cell body instead of typical fiber. The authors may want to double-check this.

      (2) The authors primarily presented 1Hz stimulation results. What is the most biologically relevant frequency (e.g., perhaps firing frequency under natural odor stimulation) among all frequencies that were used?

      (3) In Figure 2, the statistical thresholding is confusing: in the figure legend, it was stated that "t > 3.1 corresponding to P < 0.001" but later "further corrected for multiple comparisons with threshold-free cluster enhancement with family-wise error rate (TFCE-FWE) at P < 0.05"? Regardless of the statistical thresholding, such BOLD activation seemed to be widespread (almost whole-brain activation). Does such activation remain specific to the optogenetic stimulation, or something more general (e.g., arousal level change)? Furthermore, how those results (I assume they are group-level results) were obtained was not described very clearly. Is it just a simple average of individual-level results, or (more conventionally) second-level analysis?

      (4) In Figure 2, why use AUC to quantify the activation, not the more conventional beta value in the GLM analysis?

      (5) For Figure 2D, the way that it was quantified can be better described as "relative" activation within one condition, and I don't how to interpret the comparison among the relative fraction of activated regions. Perhaps comparison using percentage change (i.e., beta values) is more straightforward.

      (6) For Figure 3, it may be more convenient for readers to include the results of 1st activation for direct comparison. The current layout makes it difficult to make direct, visual comparisons among all 3 activations. Again I think using beta values (instead of AUC) may be more conventional.

      (7) Can the DCM results (at least part of it) be verified using the current electrophysiological data? For example, the long-range inhibitory effective connectivity of AON is rather intriguing. If that can be verified using ephys. data, it would be really great. In the current form, the DCM and ephys. results seem to be totally unrelated.

      (8) In Figure 6, it would be great if the adaptation of BOLD and ephys. signals can be correlated at the brain region level. The current figure only demonstrated there is adaptation in ephys. signal, but did not show if such adaptation is related to the BOLD adaptation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The emergence of Drosophila EM connectomes has revealed numerous neurons within the associative learning circuit. However, these neurons are inaccessible for functional assessment or genetic manipulation in the absence of cell-type-specific drivers. Addressing this knowledge gap, Shuai et al. have screened over 4000 split-GAL4 drivers and correlated them with identified neuron types from the "Hemibrain" EM connectome by matching light microscopy images to neuronal shapes defined by EM. They successfully generated over 800 split-GAL4 drivers and 22 split-LexA drivers covering a substantial number of neuron types across layers of the mushroom body associative learning circuit. They provide new labeling tools for olfactory and non-olfactory sensory inputs to the mushroom body; interneurons connected with dopaminergic neurons and/or mushroom body output neurons; potential reinforcement sensory neurons; and expanded coverage of intrinsic mushroom body neurons. Furthermore, the authors have optimized the GR64f-GAL4 driver into a sugar sensory neuron-specific split-GAL4 driver and functionally validated it as providing a robust optogenetic substitute for sugar reward. Additionally, a driver for putative nociceptive ascending neurons, potentially serving as optogenetic negative reinforcement, is characterized by optogenetic avoidance behavior. The authors also use their very large dataset of neuronal anatomies, covering many example neurons from many brains, to identify neuron instances with atypical morphology. They find many examples of mushroom body neurons with altered neuronal numbers or mistargeting of dendrites or axons and estimate that 1-3% of neurons in each brain may have anatomic peculiarities or malformations. Significantly, the study systematically assesses the individualized existence of MBON08 for the first time. This neuron is a variant shape that sometimes occurs instead of one of two copies of MBON09, and this variation is more common than that in other neuronal classes: 75% of hemispheres have two MBON09's, and 25% have one MBON09 and one MBON08. These newly developed drivers not only expand the repertoire for genetic manipulation of mushroom body-related neurons but also empower researchers to investigate the functions of circuit motifs identified from the connectomes. The authors generously make these flies available to the public. In the foreseeable future, the tools generated in this study will allow important advances in the understanding of learning and memory in Drosophila.

      Strengths:

      (1) After decades of dedicated research on the mushroom body, a consensus has been established that the release of dopamine from DANs modulates the weights of connections between KCs and MBONs. This process updates the association between sensory information and behavioral responses. However, understanding how the unconditioned stimulus is conveyed from sensory neurons to DANs, and the interactions of MBON outputs with innate responses to sensory context remains less clear due to the developmental and anatomic diversity of MBONs and DANs. Additionally, the recurrent connections between MBONs and DANs are reported to be critical for learning. The characterization of split-GAL4 drivers for 30 major interneurons connected with DANs and/or MBONs in this study will significantly contribute to our understanding of recurrent connections in mushroom body function.

      (2) Optogenetic substitutes for real unconditioned stimuli (such as sugar taste or electric shock) are sometimes easier to implement in behavioral assays due to the spatial and temporal specificity with which optogenetic activation can be induced. GR64f-GAL4 has been widely used in the field to activate sugar sensory neurons and mimic sugar reward. However, the authors demonstrate that GR64f-GAL4 drives expression in other neurons not necessary for sugar reward, and the potential activation of these neurons could introduce confounds into training, impairing training efficiency. To address this issue, the authors have elaborated on a series of intersectional drivers with GR64f-GAL4 to dissect subsets of labeled neurons. This approach successfully identified a more specific sugar sensory neuron driver, SS87269, which consistently exhibited optimal training performance and triggered ethologically relevant local searching behaviors. This newly characterized line could serve as an optimized optogenetic tool for sugar reward in future studies.

      (3) MBON08 was first reported by Aso et al. 2014, exhibiting dendritic arborization into both ipsilateral and contralateral γ3 compartments. However, this neuron could not be identified in the previously published Drosophila brain connectomes. In the present study, the existence of MBON08 is confirmed, occurring in one hemisphere of 35% of imaged flies. In brains where MBON08 is present, its dendrite arborization disjointly shares contralateral γ3 compartments with MBON09. This remarkable phenotype potentially serves as a valuable resource for understanding the stochasticity of neurodevelopment and the molecular mechanisms underlying mushroom body lobe compartment formation.

      Comments on revised version:

      I only suggested minor changes, and these have been resolved.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Shelton et al investigates some of the anatomical and physiological properties of the mouse claustrum. First, they characterize the intrinsic properties of claustrum excitatory and inhibitory neurons and determine how these different claustrum neurons receive input from different cortical regions. Next, they perform in vitro patch clamp recordings to determine the extent of intraclaustrum connectivity between excitatory neurons. Following these experiments, in vivo axon imaging was performed to determine how claustrum-retrosplenial cortex neurons are modulated by different combinations of auditory, visual, and somatosensory input. Finally, the authors perform claustrum lesions to determine if claustrum neurons are required for performance on a multisensory discrimination task

      Strengths:

      An important potential contribution the authors provide is the demonstration of intra-claustrum excitation. In addition, this paper does provide the first experimental data where two cortical inputs are independently stimulated in the same experiment (using 2 different opsins). Overall, the in vitro patch clamp experiments and anatomical data provide confirmation that claustrum neurons receive convergent inputs from areas of frontal cortex. These experiments were conducted with rigor and are of high quality.

      Weaknesses:

      The title of the paper states that claustrum neurons integrate information from different cortical sources. However, the authors did not actually test or measure integration in the manuscript. They do show physiological convergence of inputs on claustrum neurons in the slice work. Testing integration through simultaneous activation of inputs was not performed. The convergence of cortical input has been recently shown by several other papers (Chia et al), and the current paper largely supports these previous conclusions. The in vivo work did test for integration, because simultaneous sensory stimulations were performed. However, integration was not measured at the single cell (axon) level because it was unclear how activity in a single claustrum ROI changes in response to (for example) visual, tactile, and visual-tactile stimulations. Reading the discussion, I also see the authors speculate that the sensory responses in the claustrum could arise from attentional or salience related inputs from an upstream source such as the PFC. In this case, claustrum cells would not integrate anything (but instead respond to PFC inputs).

      The different experiments in different figures often do not inform each other. For example, the authors show in Figure 3 that claustrum-RSP cells (CTB cells) do not receive input from the auditory cortex. But then, in Figure 6 auditory stimuli are used. Not surprisingly, claustrum ROIs respond very little to auditory stimuli (the weakest of all sensory modalities). Then, in Figure 7 the authors use auditory stimuli in the multisensory task. It seems that these experiments were done independently and were not used to inform each other.

      One novel aspect of the manuscript is the focus on intraclaustrum connectivity between excitatory cells (Figure 2). The authors used wide-field optogenetics to investigate connectivity. However, the use paired patch clamp recordings remains the ground truth technique for determining the rate of connectivity between cell types, and paired recordings were not performed here. It is difficult to understand and gain appreciation for intraclaustrum connectivity when only wide-field optogenetics is used.

      In Figure 2, CLA-rsp cells express Chrimson, and the authors removed cells from the analysis with short latency responses (which reflect opsin expression). But wouldn't this also remove cells that express opsin and receive monosynaptic inputs from other opsin expressing cells, therefore underestimating the connectivity between these CLA-rsp neurons? I think this needs to be addressed.

      In Figure 5J the lack of difference in the EPSC-IPSC timing in the RSP is likely due to 1 outlier EPSC at 30ms which is most likely reflecting polysynaptic communication. Therefore, I do not feel the argument being made here with differences in physiology is particularly striking.

      In the text describing Figure 5, the authors state "These experiments point to a complex interaction ....likely influenced by cell type of CLA projection and intraclaustral modules in which they participate". How does this slice experiment stimulating axons from one input relate to different CLA cell types or intra-claustrum circuits? I don't follow this argument.

      In Figure 6G and H the blank condition yields a result similar to many of the sensory stimulus conditions. This blank condition (when no stimulus was presented) serves as a nice reference to compare the rest of the conditions. However, the remainder of the stimulation conditions were not adjusted relative to what would be expected by chance. For example, the response of each cell could be compared to a distribution of shuffled data, where time-series data are shuffled in time by randomly assigned intervals and a surrogate distribution of responses generated. This procedure is repeated 200-1000x to generate a distribution of shuffled responses. Then the original stimulus triggered response (1s post) could be compared to shuffled data. Currently, the authors just compare pre/post mean data using a Mann Whitney test from the mean overall response, which could be biased by a small number of trials. Therefore, I think a more conservative and statistically rigorous approach is warranted here, before making the claim of a 20% response probability or 50% overall response rate.

      Regarding Figure 6, a more conventional way to show sensory responses is to display a heatmap of the z-scored responses across all ROIs, sorted by their post-stimulus response. This enables the reader to better visualize and understand the claims being made here, rather than relying on the overall mean which could be influenced by a few highly responsive ROIs.

      For Figure 6 it would also help to display some raw data showing responses at the single ROI level and the population level. If these sensory stimulations are modulating claustrum neurons, then this will be observable on the mean population vector (averaged df/f across all ROIs as a function of time) within a given experiment and would add support to the conclusions being made.

      As noted by the authors, there is substantial evidence in the literature showing that motor activity arises in mice during these types of sensory stimulation experiments. It is foreseeable that at least some of the responses measured here arise from motor activity. It would be important to identify to what extent this is the case.

      All claims in the results for Figure 6 such as "the proportion of responsive axons tended to be highest when stimuli were combined" should be supported by statistics.

      For Figure 7, the authors state that mice learned the structure of the task. How is this the case, when the number of misses are 5-6x greater than the number of hits on audiovisual trials (S Fig 19). I don't get the impression that mice perform this task correctly. As shown in Figure 7I, the hit rate is exceptionally low on the audiovisual port in controls. I just can't see how control and lesion mice can have the same hit rate and false alarm rate yet have different d'. Indeed, I might be missing something in the analysis. However, given that both groups of mice are not performing the task as designed, I fail to see how the authors claim regarding multisensory integration by the claustrum is supported. Even if there is some difference in the d' measure, what does that matter when the hits are the least likely trial outcome here for both groups.

      In the discussion, it is stated that "While axons responded inconsistently to individual stimulus presentations, their responsivity remained consistent between stimuli and through time on average...". I do not understand this part of the sentence. Does this mean axons are consistently inconsistent?

      In the discussion the authors state their axon imaging results contrast with recent studies in mice. Why not actually do the same analysis that Ollerenshaw did, so this statement is supported by fact? As pointed out above, the criteria used to classify an axon as responsive to stimuli was very liberal in this current manuscript.

      I find the discussion wildly speculative and broad. For example, "the integrative properties of the CLA could act as a substrate for transforming the information content of its inputs (e.g. reducing trial to trial variability of responses to conjunctive stimuli...)". How would a claustrum neuron responding with a 10% reliability to a stimuli (or set of stimuli) provide any role in reducing trial to trial variability of sensory activity in the cortex?

      Comments on the latest version: The authors have revised the manuscript, by adding 1 new supplementary figure, and some minor changes to the text. Overall, my comments regarding the manuscript were not sufficiently addressed. Here is one example:

      The authors don't seem to be taking the comments regarding the statistical significance of the sensory responses seriously. If there is a response in 10% of the axons in the blank condition, and a 11 % response in the auditory stimulation, then that means that it is more accurate to say that 1% of axons actually respond to auditory stimulation. "leaving to reader to make their own decisions" as the authors suggest, but then having authors read text such as "All modalities could evoke responses in at least some claustrum neurons", is misleading because no attempt was made to correct for a chance level of detection that is clearly observed in the blank condition. Another interpretation of the authors data would be that in the case of the auditory/visual/somatosensory combined stimuli resulted in 21%(observed) - 10% (blank) = 11% of axons. Therefore, a conclusion that more accurately reflects the data would be that 89% of claustrum axons do not respond, even when the mouse received multisensory stimuli. I tried to get the authors to run some basic stats to more accurately test the true degree of responsiveness, but these changes did not appear in the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting and valuable study that uses multiple approaches to understand the role of bursting involving voltage-gated calcium channels within the mediodorsal thalamus in the sedative-hypnotic effects of alcohol. Given its unique functional roles and connectivity pattern, the finding that the mediodorsal thalamus has a fundamental role in regulating alcohol-induced transitions in consciousness state is both important for researchers investigating thalamocortical dynamics and more broadly interesting for understanding brain function. In addition, the author's examination of the role of the voltage-gated calcium channel Cav3.1 provides considerable evidence that burst-firing mediated by this channel in the thalamus is functionally important for behavioral-state transitions. While many previous studies have suggested an analogous role for these channels in sleep-state regulation, the evidence for a role of this type of bursting in sedative-induced transitions is more limited so the evidence presented is of considerable value to the field. By performing comparative experiments across multiple thalamic nuclei which have been implicated in controlling state-transitions, the authors also validate their claim and establish the unique role of the mediodorsal thalamus. Overall, this study provides substantial mechanistic insight into how the thalamus influences drug induced transitions between different states of consciousness and opens avenues for future research into how thalamocortical interactions enable brain function.

      Strengths:

      This study employes multiple, complementary research approaches including behavioral assays, sh-RNA based localized knockdown, single-unit recordings, and patterned optogenetic interventions to examine the role of activity in the mediodorsal thalamus in the sedative-hypnotic effects of alcohol. Experiments and analysis included in the manuscript generally appear well conceived and generally well executed. Sample sizes are sufficiently large and statistical analysis appears generally appropriate. The findings presented are novel and provide interesting insight into the role of the thalamus as well as voltage gated calcium channels within this region in controlling behavioral state-transitions induced by alcohol. In particular, the observed effects of selective knockout along with recordings in total knockout oof the voltage gated calcium channel, Cav3.1, which has previously been implicated in bursting dynamics as well as state transitions, particularly in sleep, together suggest that the transition of thalamic neurons to a bursting pattern of firing from a more constant firing is important for transition to the sedated state produced by ethanol intoxication. While previous studies have similarly implicated Cav3.1 bursting in behavioral state-transitions, the direct optogenetic interventions and single-unit recordings provide valuable new insight. These findings may also have valuable implications for the relationship between sleep process disruption associated with ethanol dependence.

      Weaknesses:

      While the authors have made substantial improvements to the analysis and presented important additional results, some of the methods given in the supplemental are still somewhat minimal in their description of the methods employed. In addition, the text of the manuscript still has multiple problematic issues with writing and editing that should be addressed. Such writing issues appear throughout the manuscript including in the abstract as well as in all other sections. While they do not reduce the value of the findings presented, they do make them more difficult to understand and so should be corrected.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting study on AD(H)D. The authors combine a variety of neural and physiological metrics to study attention in a VR classroom setting. The manuscript is well written and the results are interesting, ranging from an effect of group (AD(H)D vs. control) on metrics such as envelope tracking, to multivariate regression analyses considering alpha-power, gaze, TRF, ERPs, and behaviour simultaneously. I find the first part of the results clear and strong. The multivariate analyses in Tables 1 and 2 are good ideas, but I think they would benefit from additional clarification. Overall, I think that the methodological approach is useful in itself. The rest is interesting in that it informs us on which metrics are sensitive to group effects and correlated with each other. I think this might be one interesting way forward. Indeed, much more work is needed to clarify how these results change with different stimuli and tasks. So, I see this as an interesting first step into a more naturalistic measurement of speech attention.

      Strengths:

      I praise the authors for this interesting attempt to tackle a challenging topic with naturalistic experiments and metrics. I think the results broadly make sense and they contribute to a complex literature that is far from being linear and cohesive.

      Weaknesses:

      Nonetheless, I have a few comments that I hope will help the authors improve the manuscript. Some aspects should be clearer, some methodological steps were unclear (missing details on filters), and others were carried out in a way that doesn't convince me and might be problematic (e.g., re-filtering). I also suggested areas where the authors might find some improvements, such as deriving distinct markers for the overall envelope reconstruction and its change over time, which could solve some of the issues reported in the discussion (e.g., the lack of correlation with TRF metrics).

      I also have some concerns regarding reproducibility. Many details are imprecise or missing. And I did not find any comments on data and code sharing. A clarification would be appreciated on that point for sure.

      There are some minor issues, typically caused by some imprecisions in the write-up. There are a few issues that could change things though (e.g., re-filtering; the worrying regularisation optimisation choices), and there I'll have to see the authors' reply to determine whether those are major issues or not. Figures should also be improved (e.g., Figure 4B is missing the ticks).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Jin et. al., describe SMARTR, an image analysis strategy optimized for analysis of dual-activity ensemble tagging mouse reporter lines. The pipeline performs cell segmentation, then registers the location of these cells into an anatomical atlas, and finally, calculates the degree of co-expression of the reporters in cells across brain regions. They demonstrate the utility of the method by labeling two ensemble populations during two related experiences: inescapable shock and subsequent escapable shock as part of learned helplessness.

      Strengths:

      (1) We appreciated that the authors provided all documentation necessary to use their method and that the scripts in their publicly available repository are well commented.

      (2) The manuscript was well-written and very clear, and the methods were generally highly detailed.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The heatmaps (for example, Figure 3A, B) are challenging to read and interpret due to their size. Is there a way to alter the visualization to improve interpretability? Perhaps coloring the heatmap by general anatomical region could help? We feel that these heatmaps are critical to the utility of the registration strategy, and hence, clear visualization is necessary.

      (2) Additional context in the Introduction on the use of immediate early genes to label ensembles of neurons that are specifically activated during the various behavioral manipulations would enable the manuscript and methodology to be better appreciated by a broad audience.

      (3) The authors mention that their segmentation strategies are optimized for the particular staining pattern exhibited by each reporter and demonstrate that the manually annotated cell counts match the automated analysis. They mention that alternative strategies are compatible, but don't show this data.

      (4) The authors provided highly detailed information for their segmentation strategy, but the same level of detail was not provided for the registration algorithms. Additional details would help users achieve optimal alignment.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      The authors present a new application of the high-content image-based morphological profiling Cell Painting (CP) to single cell type classification in mixed heterogeneous induced pluripotent stem cell-derived mixed neural cultures. Machine learning models were trained to classify single cell types according to either "engineered" features derived from the image or from the raw CP multiplexed image. The authors systematically evaluated experimental (e.g., cell density, cell types, fluorescent channels) and computational (e.g., different models, different cell regions) parameters and convincingly demonstrated that focusing on the nucleus and its surroundings contain sufficient information for robust and accurate cell type classification. Models that were trained on mono-cultures (i.e., containing a single cell type) could generalize for cell type prediction in mixed co-cultures, and to describe intermediate states of the maturation process of iPSC-derived neural progenitors to differentiation neurons.

      Strengths:

      Automatically identifying single cell types in heterogeneous mixed cell populations hold great promise to characterize mixed cell populations and to discover new rules of spatial organization and cell-cell communication. Although the current manuscript focuses on the application of quality control of iPSC cultures, the same approach can be extended to a wealth of other applications including in depth study of the spatial context. The simple and high-content assay democratizes use and enables adoption by other labs.

      The manuscript is supported by comprehensive experimental and computational validations that raises the bar beyond the current state of the art in the field of high-content phenotyping and makes this manuscript especially compelling. These include (i) Explicitly assessing replication biases (batch effects); (ii) Direct comparison of feature-based (a la cell profiling) versus deep-learning-based classification (which is not trivial/obvious for the application of cell profiling); (iii) Systematic assessment of the contribution of each fluorescent channel; (iv) Evaluation of cell-density dependency; (v) explicit examination of mistakes in classification; (vi) Evaluating the performance of different spatial contexts around the cell/nucleus; (vii) generalization of models trained on cultures containing a single cell type (mono-cultures) to mixed co-cultures; (viii) application to multiple classification tasks.

      Comments on latest version:

      I have consulted with Reviewer #3 and both of us were impressed by revised manuscript, especially by the clear and convincing evidence regarding the nucleocentric model use of the nuclear periphery and its benefit for the case of dense cultures. However, there are two issues that are incompletely addressed (see below). Until these are resolved, the "strength of evidence" was elevated to "compelling".

      First, the analysis of the patch size is not clearly indicating that the 12-18um range is a critical factor (Fig. 4E). On the contrary, the performance seems to be not very sensitive to the patch size, which is actually a desired property for a method. Still, Fig. 4B convincingly shows that the nucleocentric model is not sensitive to the culture density, while the other models are. Thus, the authors can adjust their text saying that the nucleocentric approach is not sensitive to the patch size and that the patch size is selected to capture the nucleus and some margins around it, making it less prone to segmentation errors in dense cultures.

      Second, the GitHub does not contain sufficient information to reproduce the analysis. Its current state is sparse with documentation that would make reproducing the work difficult. What versions of the software were used? Where should data be downloaded? The README contains references to many different argparse CLI arguments, but sparse details on what these arguments actually are, and which parameters the authors used to perform their analyses. Links to images are broken. Ideally, all of these details would be present, and the authors would include a step-by-step tutorial on how to reproduce their work. Fixing this will lead to an "exceptional" strength of evidence.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      To understand spinal locomotor circuits, we need to reveal how various types of spinal interneurons work in them. So far, the general roles of the cardinal groups of spinal interneurons (dI6, V0, V1, V2a, V2b, and V3) in locomotion have been studied but not fully understood. Each group is believed to contain some subgroups with more detailed functional differences. However, each character and function of these subgroups has yet to be elucidated.

      In this study, Worthy et al. investigated V1 neurons, one of the main groups of inhibitory neurons in the spinal cord. Previous reports proposed four major clades in V1 neurons defined by the expression of transcription factors (MafA/MafB, Foxp2, sp8, and pou6f2). The authors investigated the birth time for V1 neurons in each of the four clades and showed the postnatal location in the spinal cord with different birthdates. Next, the authors investigated the Foxp2-V1 population in detail using genetically labeled Foxp2-V1 mice. They found some FoxP2-V1 located near LMC motor neurons that innervate limbs. They showed that most of the synapses of V1 neurons on the cell bodies of LMC motor neurons were from Foxp2-V1 and Renshaw cells, and the proportion of Foxp2-V1 synapses in V1 synapses on motor neurons was relatively high in LMC compared to other motor columns. They also proposed that Foxp2-V1 can be further classified according to the expression of transcription factors Otp and Foxp4. The results of this paper are well supported by the data obtained using widely used methods.

      This study will be helpful for future analyses of the development and function of V1 neurons. In particular, the discovery of strong synaptic connections between Foxp2-V1 and LMC motor neurons will be beneficial in analyzing the role of V1 neurons in motor circuits that generate movement of the limbs.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript by Napoli et al, the authors study the intracellular function of Cytosolic S100A8/A9 a myeloid cell soluble protein that operates extracellularly as an alarmin, whose intracellular function is not well characterized. Here, the authors utilize state-of-the-art intravital microscopy to demonstrate that adhesion defects observed in cells lacking S100A8/A9 (Mrp14-/-) are not rescued by exogenous S100A8/A9, thus highlighting an intrinsic defect. Based on this result subsequent efforts were employed to characterize the nature of those adhesion defects.

      Strengths:

      The authors convincingly show that Mrp14-/- neutrophils have normal rolling but defective adhesion caused by impaired CD11b activation (deficient ICAM1 binding). Analysis of cellular spreading (defective in Mrp14-/- cells) are also sound. The manuscript then focuses on selective signaling pathways and calcium measurements. Overall, this is a straightforward study of biologically important proteins and mechanisms.

      Weaknesses:

      Some suggestions are included below to improve this manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study characterized the cellular and molecular mechanisms of spike timing-dependent long-term depression (t-LTD) at the synapses between excitatory afferents from lateral (LPP) and medial (MPP) perforant pathways to granule cells (GC) of the dentate gyrus (DG) in mice.

      Strengths:

      The electrophysiological experiments are thorough. The experiments are systematically reported and support the conclusions drawn.<br /> This study extends current knowledge by elucidating additional plasticity mechanisms at PP-GC synapses, complementing existing literature.

      Comments on the revised version:

      The revised study introduces two additional approaches to confirm astrocyte involvement in t-LTD: loading astrocytes with tetanus toxin light chain to inhibit exocytosis, and using Evans blue to block vesicular glutamate uptake. These new findings further reinforce the conclusion that t-LTD relies on Ca2+-dependent glutamate exocytosis from astrocytes.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The main goal of the study was to tease apart the associative and non-associative elements of cued fear conditioning that could influence which defensive behaviors are expressed. To do this, the authors compared groups conditioned with paired, unpaired, or shock only procedures followed by extinction of the cue. The cue used in the study was not typical; serial presentation of a tone followed by a white noise (or reversed) was used in order to assess switches in behavior across the transition from tone to white noise. Many defensive behaviors beyond the typical freezing assessments were measured, and both male and female mice were included throughout. The authors found changes in behavioral transitions from freezing to flight during conditioning as the tone transitioned into white noise, and a switch in freezing during extinction such that it became high during the white noise as flight behavior decreased. Overall, this was an interesting analysis of transitions in defensive behaviors to a serially presented cue consisting of two auditory stimuli during conditioning and then extinction.

      Strengths

      The highlights in this study were the significant switches in freezing and escape-like behaviors as the cue transitioned between the two auditory stimuli during fear conditioning, and then adjustment of those behaviors across extinction.

      These main findings were a result of thorough behavioral analyses with key control groups (reversed stimulus order, unpaired conditioning, and shock only groups), assessing freezing, jumping, darting and tail rattling to try to parse out associative versus non-associative features of the behavioral profiles.

      Weaknesses

      While the detailed analyses of defensive behaviors in mice in a situation of signaled imminent threat adds valuable knowledge to those studying fear conditioning, the caveat is that it is unclear how broadly applicable these findings truly will be. It makes sense that similar transitions in defensive behaviors will occur across organisms, but each organism and each psychiatric disorder will have unique profiles.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Plasticity in the basolateral amygdala (BLA) is thought to underlie the formation of associative memories between neutral and aversive stimuli, i.e. fear memory. Concomitantly, fear learning modifies the expression of BLA theta rhythms, which may be supported by local interneurons. Several of these interneuron subtypes, PV+, SOM+, and VIP+, have been implicated in the acquisition of fear memory. However, it was unclear how they might act synergistically to produce BLA rhythms that structure the spiking of principal neurons so as to promote plasticity. Cattani et al. explored this question using small network models of biophysically detailed interneurons and principal neurons.

      Using this approach, the authors had four principal findings:

      (1) Intrinsic conductances in VIP+ interneurons generate a slow theta rhythm that periodically inhibits PV+ and SOM+ interneurons, while disinhibiting principal neurons.<br /> (2) A gamma rhythm arising from the interaction between PV+ and principal neurons establishes the precise timing needed for spike-timing-dependent plasticity.<br /> (3) Removal of any of the interneuron subtypes abolishes conditioning-related plasticity.<br /> (4) Learning-related changes in principal cell connectivity enhance expression of slow theta in the local field potential.

      The strength of this work is that it explores the role of multiple interneuron subtypes in the formation of associative plasticity in the basolateral amygdala. The authors use biophysically detailed cell models that capture many of their core electrophysiological features, which helps translate their results into concrete hypotheses that can be tested in vivo. Moreover, they try to align the connectivity and afferent drive of their model with those found experimentally.

      A drawback to this study is the construction of the afferent drive to the network, which does not elicit activities that are consistent with the majority of those observed to similar stimuli. The authors discuss this issue in depth, and provide potential mechanisms that may overcome it.

      Setting aside the issues with the conditioning protocol, the study offers a model for the generation of multiple rhythms in the BLA that is ripe for experimental testing. The most promising avenue would be in vivo experiments testing the role of local VIP+ neurons in the generation of slow theta. That would go a long way to resolving whether BLA theta is locally generated or inherited from medial prefrontal cortex or ventral hippocampus afferents.

      The broader importance of this work is that it illustrates that we must examine the function of neurons not just in terms of their behavioral correlates, but by their effects on the microcircuit they are embedded within. No one cell type is instrumental in producing fear learning in the BLA. Each contributes to the orchestration of network activity to produce plasticity. Moreover, this study reinforces a growing literature highlighting the crucial role of theta and gamma rhythms in BLA function.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study the authors demonstrated that ablation of astrocytes in lumbar spinal cord not only reduced neuropathic pain but also caused microglia activation. Furthermore, RNA sequencing and bioinformatics revealed an activation of STING/type I IFNs signal pathway in spinal cord microglia after astrocyte ablation.

      Strengths:

      The findings are novel and interesting and provide new insights into astrocyte-microglia interaction in neuropathic pain. This study may also offer a new therapeutic strategy for the treatment of debilitating neuropathic pain in patients with SCI.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have provided a satisfactory explanation of the comments on sample size, statistics, and the sex of the animals. The statistic was reworked.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript under review investigates the role of periosteal stem cells (P-SSC) in bone marrow regeneration using a whole-bone subcutaneous transplantation model. While the model is somewhat artificial, the findings were interesting, suggesting the migration of periosteal stem cells into the bone marrow and their potential to become bone marrow stromal cells. This indicates a significant plasticity of P-SSC consistent with previous reports using fracture models (Cell Stem Cell 29:1547, Dev Cell 59:1192).

      Major Concerns

      (1) The authors assert that the periosteal layer was completely removed in their model, which is crucial for their conclusions. To substantiate this claim, it is recommended that the authors provide evidence of the successful removal of the entire periosteal stem cell (P-SSC) population. A colony-forming assay, with and without periosteal removal, could serve as a suitable method to demonstrate this.

      (2) The observation that P-SSCs do not express Kitl or Cxcl12, while their bone marrow stromal cell (BM-MSC) derivatives do, is a key finding. To strengthen this conclusion, the authors are encouraged to repeat the experiment using Cxcl12 or Scf reporter alleles. Immunofluorescence staining that confirms the migration of periosteal cells and their transformation into Cxcl12- or Scf-reporter-positive cells would significantly enhance the paper's key conclusion.

      (3) On page 8, line 20, the authors' statement regarding the detection of Periostin+ cells outside the periosteum layer could be misinterpreted due to the use of the periostin antibody. Given that periostin is an extracellular matrix protein, the staining may not accurately represent Periostin-expressing cells but rather the presence of periostin in the extracellular matrix. The authors should revise this section for greater precision.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Cao et al. examines an important but understudied question of how chronic exposure to heat drives changes in affective and social behaviors. It has long been known that temperature can be a potent driver of behaviors and can lead to anxiety and aggression. However, the neural circuitry that mediates these changes is not known. Cao et al. take on this question by integrating optical tools of systems neuroscience to record and manipulate bulk activity in neural circuits, in combination with a creative battery of behavior assays. They demonstrate that chronic daily exposure to heat leads to changes in anxiety, locomotion, social approach, and aggression. They identify a circuit from the preoptic area (POA) to the posterior paraventricular thalamus (pPVT) in mediating these behavior changes. The POA-PVT circuit increases activity during heat exposure. Further, manipulation of this circuit can drive affective and social behavioral phenotypes even in the absence of heat exposure. Moreover, silencing this circuit during heat exposure prevents the development of negative phenotypes. Overall the manuscript makes an important contribution to the understudied area of how ambient temperature shapes motivated behaviors.

      Strengths

      The use of state-of-the-art systems neuroscience tools (in vivo optogenetics and fiber photometry, slice electrophysiology), chronic temperature-controlled experiments, and a rigorous battery of behavioral assays to determine affective phenotypes. The optogenetic gain of function of affective phenotypes in the absence of heat, and loss of function in the presence of heat are very convincing manipulation data. Overall a significant contribution to the circuit-level instantiation of temperature-induced changes in motivated behavior, and creative experiments.

      Weaknesses

      (1) There is no quantification of cFos/rabies overlap shown in Figure 2, and no report of whether the POA-PVT circuit has a higher percentage of Fos+ cells than the general POA population. Similarly, there is no quantification of cFos in POA recipient PVT cells for Figure 2 Supplement 2.

      (2) The authors do not address whether stimulation of POA-PVT also increases core body temperature in Figure 3 or its relevant supplements. This seems like an important phenotype to make note of and could be addressed with a thermal camera or telemetry.

      (3) In Figure 3G: is Day 1 vs Day 22 "pre-heat" significant? The statistics are not shown, but this would be the most conclusive comparison to show that POA-PVT cells develop persistent activity after chronic heat exposure, which is one of the main claims the authors make in the text. This analysis is necessary in order to make the claim of persistent circuit activity after chronic heat exposure.

      (4) In Figure 4, the control virus (AAV1-EYFP) is a different serotype and reporter than the ChR2 virus (AAV9-ChR2-mCherry). This discrepancy could lead to somewhat different baseline behaviors.

      (5) In Figure 5G, N for the photometry data: the authors assess the maximum z-score as a measure of the strength of calcium response, however the area under the curve (AUC) is a more robust and useful readout than the maximum z score for this. Maximum z-score can simply identify brief peaks in amplitude, but the overall area under the curve seems quite similar, especially for Figure 5N.

      (6) For Fig 5V: the authors run the statistics on behavior bouts pooled from many animals, but it is better to do this analysis as an animal average, not by compiling bouts. Compiling bouts over-inflates the power and can yield significant p values that would not exist if the analysis were carried out with each animal as an n of 1.

      (7) In general this is an excellent analysis of circuit function but leaves out the question of whether there may be other inputs to pPVT that also mediate the same behavioral effect. Future experiments that use activity-dependent Fos-TRAP labeling in combination with rabies can identify other inputs to heat-sensitive pPVT cells, which may have convergent or divergent functions compared to the POA inputs.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This paper presents a model of the whole somatosensory non-barrel cortex of the rat, with 4.2 million morphologically and electrically detailed neurons, with many aspects of the model constrained by a variety of data. The paper focuses on simulation experiments, testing a range of observations. These experiments are aimed at understanding how the multiscale organization of the cortical network shapes neural activity.

      Strengths:

      (1) The model is very large and detailed. With 4.2 million neurons and 13.2 billion synapses, as well as the level of biophysical realism employed, it is a highly comprehensive computational representation of the cortical network.

      (2) Large scope of work - the authors cover a variety of properties of the network structure and activity in this paper, from dendritic and synaptic physiology to multi-area neural activity.

      (3) Direct comparisons with experiments, shown throughout the paper, are laudable.

      (4) The authors make a number of observations, like describing how high-dimensional connectivity motifs shape patterns of neural activity, which can be useful for thinking about the relations between the structure and the function of the cortical network.

      (5) Sharing the simulation tools and a "large subvolume of the model" is appreciated.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A substantial part of this paper - the first few figures - focuses on single-cell and single-synapse properties, with high similarity to what was shown in Markram et al., 2015. Details may differ, but overall it is quite similar.

      (2) Although the paper is about the model of the whole non-barrel somatosensory cortex, out of all figures, only one deals with simulations of the whole non-barrel somatosensory cortex. Most figures focus on simulations that involve one or a few "microcolumns". Again, it is rather similar to what was done by Markram et al., 2015 and constitutes relatively incremental progress.

      (3) With a model like this, one has an opportunity to investigate computations and interactions across an extensive cortical network in an in vivo-like context. However, the simulations presented are not addressing realistic specific situations corresponding to animals performing a task or perceiving a relevant somatosensory stimulus. This makes the insights into the roles of cell types or connectivity architecture less interesting, as they are presented for relatively abstract situations. It is hard to see their relationship to important questions that the community would be excited about - theoretical concepts like predictive coding, biophysical mechanisms like dendritic nonlinearities, or circuit properties like feedforward, lateral, and feedback processing across interacting cortical areas. In other words, what do we learn from this work conceptually, especially, about the whole non-barrel somatosensory cortex?

      (4) Most comparisons with in vivo-like activity are done using experimental data for whisker deflection (plus some from the visual stimulation in V1). But this model is for the non-barrel somatosensory cortex, so exactly the part of the cortex that has less to do with whiskers (or vision). Is it not possible to find any in vivo neural activity data from the non-barrel cortex?

      (5) The authors almost do not show raw spike rasters or firing rates. I am sure most readers would want to decide for themselves whether the model makes sense, and for that, the first thing to do is to look at raster plots and distributions of firing rates. Instead, the authors show comparisons with in vivo data using highly processed, normalized metrics.

      (6) While the authors claim that their model with one set of parameters reproduces many experimentally established metrics, that is not entirely what one finds. Instead, they provide different levels of overall stimulation to their model (adjusting the target "P_FR" parameter, with values from 0 to 1, and other parameters), and that influences results. If I get this right (the figures could really be improved with better organization and labeling), simulations with P_FR closer to 1 provide more realistic firing rate levels for a few different cases, however, P_FR of 0.3 and possibly above tends to cause highly synchronized activity - what the authors call bursting, but which also could be called epileptic-like activity in the network.

      (7) The authors mention that the model is available online, but the "Resource availability" section does not describe that in substantial detail. As they mention in the Abstract, it is only a subvolume that is available. That might be fine, but more detail in appropriate parts of the paper would be useful.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Deng et al reports single-cell expression analysis of developing mouse hearts and examines the requirements for cardiac fibroblasts in heart maturation. Much of this work is overlapping with previous studies, but the single-cell gene expression data may be useful to investigators in the field. The significance and scope of new findings are limited and major conclusions are largely based on correlative data.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the manuscript are the new single-cell datasets and comprehensive approach to ablating cardiac fibroblasts in pre and postnatal development in mice.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several major weaknesses in the analysis and interpretation of the results.

      (1) The major conclusions regarding collagen signaling and heart maturation are based on gene expression patterns and are not functionally validated. The potential downstream signaling pathways were not examined and known structural contributions of fibrillar collagen to heart maturation are not discussed.

      (2) The heterogeneity of fibroblast populations and contributions to multiple structures in the developing heart are not well-considered in the analysis. The developmental targeting of fibroblasts will likely affect multiple structures in the embryonic heart and other organs. Lethality is described in some of these studies, but additional analysis is needed to determine the effects on heart morphogenesis or other organs beyond the focus on cardiomyocyte maturation being reported. In particular, the endocardial cushions and developing valves are likely to be affected in the prenatal ablations, but these structures are not included in the analyses.

      (3) ECM complexity and extensive previous work on specific ECM proteins in heart development and maturation are not incorporated into the current study. Different types of collagen (basement membrane Col4, filamentous Col6, and fibrillar Col1) are known to be expressed in fibroblast populations in the developing heart and have been studied extensively. Much also has been reported for other ECM components mentioned in the current work.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) Significance of findings and strength of evidence.<br /> (a) The work presented in this manuscript is intended to support the authors' novel idea that HIV DNA integration strongly favors "triple-stranded" R-loops in DNA formed either during transcription of many, but not all, genes or by strand invasion of silent DNA by transcripts made elsewhere, and that HIV infection promotes R-loop formation mediated by incoming virions in the absence of reverse transcription. The authors were able to demonstrate a reverse transcription-independent increase in R-loop formation early during HIV infection, while also demonstrating increased integration into sequences that contain R-loop structures. Furthermore, this manuscript also identifies that R-loops are present in both transcriptional active and silent regions of the genome and that HIV integrase interacts with R-loops. Although the work presented supports a correlation between R-loop formation and HIV DNA integration, it does not prove the authors' hypothesis that R-loops are directly targeted for integration. Direct experimentation, such as in vitro integration into defined DNA targets, will be required. Further, the authors provide no explanation as to how current sophisticated structural models of concerted retroviral DNA integration into both strands of double-stranded DNA targets can accommodate triple-stranded structures. Finally, there are serious technical concerns with interpretation of the integration site analyses.<br /> This resubmitted manuscript has corrected some of the issues raised by the previous reviews - particularly the quality of the English - but otherwise the text and figures remain very much the same and concerns regarding the conclusions drawn regarding integration site specificity remain. The manuscript also still suffers from a lack of description of experimental detail necessary to understand the results as presented. In many cases, explanations given privately in the rebuttal o the earlier reviews need to be made available to all readers, not just the reviewers.

      (2) Public review with guidance for readers around how to interpret the work, highlighting important findings but also mentioning caveats.<br /> (a) Introduction: The authors provide an excellent introduction to R-loops but they base the rationale for this study on mis-citation of earlier studies regarding integration in transcriptionally silent regions of the genome. The "most favored locus" cited in the very old reference 6 comprises only 5 events and has not been reproduced in more recent, much larger datasets For example, see the study of over 300.000 sites in ref 14. The laundry list of IN interactors in lines 43-44 is based on old experiments. It is now quite clear that the only direct interaction of importance is with LEDGF and that should be discussed here. Also discussed should be the role of the capsid in the nuclear entry and targeting. For example, one of the references cited, as well as a mention in the discussion (Line 326) concerns CPSF-6, which is now known to modulate nuclear entry and specificity by interacting with capsid, not integrase. The statement on lines 46-47 regarding that some highly expressed genes are, nonetheless, poor targets for integration is correct, but the experiment cited was done in PBMC with wild-type HIV-1and it is possible that those genes were expressed in non-target cells like B-cells or monocytes.

      (b) Figure 1: Demonstrates models for HIV infections in both cell lines and primary human CD4+ T cells. R-loop formation was determined through a method called DRIPc-seq which utilizes an anti-body specific for DNA-RNA hybrid structures and sequences these regions of the genome using RNaseH treatment to show that when RNA-DNA hybrids are absent then no R-loops are detected. In these models of in vitro and ex vivo infection, the authors show that R-Loop formation increases following HIV infection between 6 hr. post-infection and 12 hrs. post-infection, depending on the cell model. However, these figures lack a mock infected control for each cell model to assess R-loop formation at the same time points. They would also benefit from a control showing that virus entry is necessary, such as omitting the VSV G protein donor.

      (c) Figure 2: This figure shows that cells infected with HIV show more R-loops as well as longer sequences containing R-loop structures. Panel B shows that these R-loops were distributed throughout different genomic features, such as both genic and intergenic regions of the genome. However, the data are presented in such a way that it is impossible to determine the proportion of R-loops in each type of genomic feature. The reader has no way to tell, for example, the proportion of R-loops in genic vs intergenic DNA and how this value changes with time. Furthermore, increased R-loop formation due to HIV infection showed poor correlation with gene expression, suggesting that R-loops were not forming due to transcriptional activation, although the difference between 0 and the remaining timepoints is not apparent, nor is the meaning of the absurd p values.

      The experiments presented in Figures 1 and 2 show that treatment of cells with VSV G-pseudotyped HIV-1 leads to a significant increase in R loops in all parts of the genome. Accumulation of R-loops at so soon after infection, as well as its resistance to RT and Integration inhibitors, rules out the involvement of newly synthesized viral DNA or any newly made viral protein (Figure S3). Rather, some component(s) of the virion, possibly protease, or an accessory gene product such as Vpr or Vif, must be directly responsible e (although the authors neglect to draw this conclusion in the description of these experiments, lines 125-135, leaving it hanging until the Discussion).

      On the whole, and as a non-expert in this area, I find the overall conclusions of this part of the study convincing, but, as pointed out in one of the earlier reviews, the virologic significance of early effects seen at high multiplicity of infection (likely hundreds of particles per cell) needs to be taken with a grain of salt. At a minimum, this point should be discussed. Also, the study would have been greatly strengthened by a simple experiment to identify the virion protein responsible for the effect.<br /> Based on the results in the first two figures, the authors hypothesize that R-Loop induction early in infection plays an important role in HIV replication, specifically by interacting with the intasome and thus directing integration to regions of the host genome favorable for expression of the provirus. Experiments to test this idea and probe the mechanism are described in the remaining 3 figures, which, despite comments in the previous reviews, are unchanged from the previous version and still suffer from serious defects in experimental design and interpretation.

      (d) Figure 3: This figure shows the use of cell lines carrying R-loop inducible (mAIRN) or non-inducible (ECFP) genes to model association of HIV integration with R-loop structures. The authors demonstrate the functional validation of R-loop induction in the cell line model. Additionally, when R-loops are induced there is a significant increase in HIV integration in the R-loop forming vector sequence when R-loops are induced with doxycycline. This result shows a correlation between expression and integration that is much stronger in the R-loop forming gene than in the unreferenced ECFP gene but does not prove that integration directly targets R-loops. It is possible, for example, that some feature of the DNA sequence, such as base composition affects both integration and R-loop formation independently. As described more fully below, there is also a serious concern regarding the method used to quantitate the integration frequencies. As before, There are a number of problems here.<br /> (1) The authors use a classic, but suboptimal integration site assay comprising restriction enzyme digestion followed by PCR to assess integration site distribution, and (despite statements to the contrary in the rebuttal) read counts to quantitate relative frequencies of target site use. See the legend and axis labels in Fig 3E, F, and G. This approach leads to serious bias in the ability to detect and count the use of integration sites that are either too close or too far from the sites of cleavage and can lead to artefactual misrepresentation of their chromosomal distribution.<br /> (2) The result shown in Figure 3D is uninterpretable. It is simply not possible that the 3-fold increase in luciferase activity is due addition of 25 10-kb sequences leading to A 3-fold increase in integration frequency into the target sequence, particularly when panel E shows that the measured frequency is on the order of 20 reads per million. Something else must be going on here.<br /> (3) Panels 3F and G show the read count distribution in the introduced target sequences plotted in a completely nonstandard way and is explained so poorly that I could not be sure what the authors were trying to show. The numbers on the bottom of the 2 plots appear to represent the only sites of integration seen in the 10-kb region studied. If so, this is not the expected result for the authors claim of greatly increasing regional integration. As can easily be seen in the figures of ref 14, high frequency gene targets are characterized by large numbers of sites, not by more frequent targeting of small numbers of sites as implied by the figures.

      (e) Figure 4: This figure shows evidence of increased HIV integration within regions of the genome containing R-loops with additional preference with integration within the R-loop and decrease in frequency of integration further from the R-loop. Identifying a preference for R-loops is very intriguing but the authors do also demonstrate that integration does occur when R-loops are not present. Also Panel A, which shows that regions of cell DNA that form R-loops have a higher frequency of Integration sites than those that do not, should also be controlled for the level of gene expression of the two types of region. the result shown cannot be interpreted to mean that R-loops have anything to do with integration targeting. It is already well-established that about 80% of HIV integration sites are in expressed genes, which comprise about 20% of the genome. Since a gene must be expressed to contain an R-loop, the non-R-loop fraction will contain the 80% of the genome that is a 20-fold poorer target, giving the result shown, whether R-loops are involved or not. The rather weak correlation between R-Loop locations and integration site distribution in Fig 4C and D hardly seems consistent with the curves seen in 4B. Can the authors refute the hypothesis that the apparent correlation is simply because both integration and R-Loop formation frequency must correlate with level of gene expression and therefore their correlation with one another cannot be used to infer causality/ As pointed out in prior reviews, R-loops themselves cannot be targets for integration. In their rebuttal, the authors agree and have made slight modifications to their conclusion in the text, now concluding that Integration favors the vicinity of an R-loop. Why then do the peaks in correlation curves in Fig 4B center exactly on the center of the R-loops? It seems that this result would be more consistent with integration and R-loop formation favoring the same sites, but for different reasons (base composition for example).

      (f) Figure 5: In this figure the authors demonstrate that HIV integrase binds to R-loops through a number of protein assays, but does not show that this binding is associated with enzymatic activity. EMSA of integrase identified increased binding to DNA-RNA over dsDNA. Additionally, precipitation of RNA-DNA hybrids pulled down HIV integrase. A proximity ligation assay detecting R-loops and HIV-integrase showed co-localization within the nucleus of HeLa cells. HeLa cells were probably used due to their efficiency of transduction but are not physiologically relevant cell types. Figure 5 suffers greatly in interpretability from the failure of the authors to use assembled intasomes, since the DNA binding properties are likely to be quite different. The authors excuse that they were unable to prepare intasomes (which needs to be included in the text, not just in the rebuttal) explains but does not justify the use of monomeric IN protein. Figure 5A shows that the IN binding is NOT specific to R-loops, since any single-stranded DNA binds equally. The authors should make this point in the text.<br /> The experiment using integrase overexpression in cells brings up some déjà vu to a retrovirologist. There is some history in retrovirology of experiments like this having been used to draw conclusions (like the role of integrase in nuclear import) that have since proven to be wrong. Also, Fig 5G is not interpretable quantitively, since the distribution of neither IN nor R-loops is probed, and we have no idea what proportion of each is in the PLA spots. Overall, this section would be much more convincing if it also included some direct experimentation, such as in vitro integration using intasomes, or infection of cells with viral mutants (or in the presence of inhibitors) affecting the function of whatever virion protein found to be important for R-loop formation.

      (g) Discussion: In the discussion, the authors address how their work relates to previous evidence of HIV integration by association of LEDGF/p75 and CPSF6. They also cite that LEDGF/p75 has possible R-loop binding capabilities. They also discuss what possible mechanisms are driving increases in R-loop formation during HIV infection, pointing to possible HIV accessory proteins. They also state that how HIV integrates in transcriptionally silent regions is still unknown but do point out that they were able to show R-loops appear in many different regions of the genome but did not show that R-loops in transcriptional inactive regions are integration targets. More seriously, they failed to make a connection between their work and current understanding of the biochemical and structural mechanism of the integration reaction.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This paper investigates the dynamics of excitatory synaptic weights under a calcium-based plasticity rule, in long (up to 10 minutes) simulations of a 211,000-neuron biophysically detailed model of a rat cortical network.

      Strengths

      (1) A very detailed network model, with a large number of neurons, connections, synapses, etc., and with a huge number of biological considerations implemented in the model.

      (2) A carefully developed calcium-based plasticity rule, which operates with biologically relevant variables like calcium concentration and NMDA conductances.

      (3) The study itself is detailed and thorough, covering many aspects of the cellular and network anatomy and properties and investigating their relationships to plasticity.

      (4) The model remains stable over long periods of simulations, with the plasticity rule maintaining reasonable synaptic weights and not pushing the network to extremes.

      (5) The variety of insights the authors derive in terms of relationships between the cellular and network properties and dynamics of the synaptic weights are potentially interesting for the field.

      (6) Sharing the model and the associated methods and tools is a big plus.

      Weaknesses

      (1) Conceptually, there seems to be a missed opportunity here in that it is not clear what the network learns to do. The authors present 10 different input patterns, the network does some plasticity, which is then analyzed, but we do not know whether the learning resulted in anything functionally significant. Did the network learn to discriminate the patterns much better than at the beginning, to capture or anticipate the timing of pattern presentation, detect similarities between patterns, etc.? This is important to understand if one wants to assess the significance of synaptic changes due to plasticity. For example, if the network did not learn much new functionally, relative to its initial state, then the observed plasticity could be considered minor and possibly insufficient. In that case, were the network to learn something substantial, one would potentially observe much more extensive plasticity, and the results of the whole study could change, possibly including the stability of the network. While this could be a whole separate study, this issue is of central importance, and it is hard to judge the value of the results when we do not know what the network learned to do, if anything.

      (2) In this study, plasticity occurs only at E-to-E connections but not at others. However, it is well known that inhibitory connections in the cortex exhibit at the very least a substantial short-term plasticity. One would expect that not including these phenomena would have substantial consequences on the results.

      (3) Lines 134-135: "We calibrated layer-wise spontaneous firing rates and evoked activity to brief VPM inputs matching in vivo data from Reyes-Puerta et al. (2015)."

      (4) Can the authors show these results? It is an important comparison, and so it would be great to see firing rates (ideally, their distributions) for all the cell types and layers vs. experimental data, for the evoked and spontaneous conditions.

      (5) That being said, the Reyes-Puerta et al. paper reports firing rates for the barrel cortex, doesn't it? Whereas here, the authors are simulating a non-barrel cortex. Is such a comparison appropriate?

      (6) Comparison with STDP on pages 5-7 and Figure 2: if I got this right, the authors applied STDP to already generated spikes, that is, did not run a simulation with STDP. That seems strange. The spikes they use here were generated by the system utilizing their calcium-based plasticity rule. Obviously, the spikes would be different if STDP was utilized instead. The traces of synaptic weights would then also be different. The comparison therefore is not quite appropriate, is it?

      (7) Section 2.3 and Figure 5: I am not sure this analysis adds much. The main finding is that plasticity occurs more among cells in assemblies than among all cells. But isn't that expected given what was shown in the previous figures? Specifically, the authors showed that for cells that fire more, plasticity is more prominent. Obviously, cells that fire little or not at all won't belong to any assemblies. Therefore, we expect more plasticity in assemblies.

      (8) Section 2.4 and Figure 6: It is not clear that the results truly support the formulation of the section's title ("Synapse clustering contributes to the emergence of cell assemblies, and facilitates plasticity across them") and some of the text in the section. What I can see is that the effect on rho is strong for non-clustered synapses (Figure 6C and Figure S8A). In some cases, it is substantially higher than what is seen for clustered synapses. Furthermore, the wording "synapse clustering contributes to the emergence of cell assemblies" suggests some kind of causal role of clustered synapses in determining which neurons form specific cell assemblies. I do not see how the data presented supports that. Overall, it appears that the story about clustered synapses is quite complicated, with both clustered and non-clustered synapses driving changes in rho across the board.

      (9) Section 2.5 and Figure 7: Can we be certain that it is the edge participation that is a particularly good predictor of synaptic changes and/or strength, as opposed to something simpler? For example, could it be the overall number of synapses, excitatory synapses, or something along these lines, that the source and/or target neurons receive, that determine the rho dynamics? And then, I do not understand the claim that edge participation allows one to "delineate potentiation from depression". The only related data I can find is in Figure 7A3, about which the authors write "this effect was stronger for potentiation than depression". But I don't see what they mean. For both depression and facilitation, the changes observed are in the range of ~12% of probability values. And even if the effect is stronger, does it mean one can "delineate" potentiation from depression better? What does it mean, to "delineate"? If it is some kind of decoding based on the edge participation, then the authors did not show that.

      (10) "test novel predictions in the MICrONS (2021) dataset, which while pushing the boundaries of big data neuroscience, was so far only analyzed with single cells in focus instead of the network as a whole (Ding et al., 2023; Wang et al., 2023)." That is incorrect. For example, the whole work of Ding et al. analyzes connectivity and its relation to the neuron's functional properties at the network level.

  2. Oct 2024
    1. manage to

      manage to成功地<br /> “manage to” 在这里表示通过努力或经过一些步骤最终达成目标,即把要证明的陈述加入到已知的真理集合中。这并不是说“管理”这个动作,而是强调“通过努力达到目标”的意思。

    2. feature

      feature 包含<br /> 这里的 “feature” 不是“特色”的意思,而是 “包含” 或 “带有” 的意思。它用于说明专业数学家写的证明通常会带有一些说明或理由。

    3. as far as

      as far as possible尽可能地<br /> 直接翻译理解“as far as”在...范围内 possible可能的-->所以是在可能的范围内-->尽可能的<br /> 这是一个固定搭配短语,意思是“尽可能地”或“在可能的范围内”。它用于表示在某事上尽最大努力、尽量做到某件事。

    4. program a computer

      “program a computer” 编写程序,让计算机来执行<br /> 实际上是“为计算机编写程序”,即“编程让计算机执行某个任务”的意思。 “program a computer” 中,program 是动词,意思是“给电脑编程”它属于一种让对象进入某种状态的动作表达

    5. get in the way

      “get in the way” 阻碍<br /> 是一个常用短语,意思是“妨碍、阻碍”,也可以理解为“挡道”或“干扰”。这个表达通常用来说明某事或某人对某个过程或结果产生了不利的影响。

    6. as long as

      “as long as” 只要 <br /> 表示“只要…就…”或“在…条件下”。它用于说明某个条件成立的前提条件,意思是“在…成立的情况下,后面的内容就不会是问题”。

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Jena et al. addresses important questions on the fundamental mechanisms of genetic adaptation, specifically, does adaptation proceed via changes of copy number (gene duplication and amplification "GDA") or by point mutation. While this question has been worked on (for example by Tomanek and Guet) the authors add several important aspects relating to resistance against antibiotics and they clarify the ability of Lon protease to reduce duplication formation (previous work was more indirect).

      A key finding Jena et al. present is that point mutations after significant competition displace GDA. A second one is that alternative GDA constantly arise and displace each other (see work on GDA-2 in Figure 3). Finally, the authors found epistasis between resistance alleles that was contingent on lon. Together this shows an intricate interplay of lon proteolysis for the evolution and maintenance of antibiotic resistance by gene duplication.

      Strengths:

      The study has several important strengths: (i) the work on GDA stability and competition of GDA with point mutations is a very promising area of research and the authors contribute new aspects to it, (ii) rigorous experimentation, (iii) very clearly written introduction and discussion sections. To me, the best part of the data is that deletion of lon stimulates GDA, which has not been shown with such clarity until now.

      Weaknesses:

      The minor weaknesses of the manuscript are a lack of clarity in parts of the results section (Point 1) and the methods (Point 2).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Frelih et al. investigated both periodic and aperiodic activity in EEG during working memory tasks. In terms of periodic activity, they found post-stimulus decreases in alpha and beta activity, while in terms of aperiodic activity, they found a bi-phasic post-stimulus steepening of the power spectrum, which was weakly predictive of performance. They conclude that it is crucial to properly distinguish between aperiodic and periodic activity in event-related designs as the former could confound the latter. They also add to the growing body of research highlighting the functional relevance of aperiodic activity in the brain.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-written, timely paper that could be of interest to the field of cognitive neuroscience, especially to researchers investigating the functional role of aperiodic activity. The authors describe a well-designed study that looked at both the oscillatory and non-oscillatory aspects of brain activity during a working memory task. The analytic approach is appropriate, as a state-of-the-art toolbox is used to separate these two types of activity. The results support the basic claim of the paper that it is crucial to properly distinguish between aperiodic and periodic activity in event-related designs as the former could confound the latter. They also add to the growing body of research highlighting the functional relevance of aperiodic activity in the brain. Commendably, the authors include replications of their key findings on multiple independent data sets.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors also claim that their results speak to the interplay between oscillatory and non-oscillatory activity, and crucially, that task-related changes in the theta frequency band - often attributed to neural oscillations in the field - are in fact only a by-product of non-oscillatory changes. I believe these claims are too bold and are not supported by compelling evidence in the paper. Some control analyses - e.g., contrasting the scalp topographies of purported theta and non-oscillatory effects - could help strengthen the latter argument, but it may be safest to simply soften these two claims.

      In terms of the methodology used, I suggest the authors make it clearer to readers that the primary results were obtained on a sample of middle-aged-to-older-adults, some with subjective cognitive complaints, and note that while stimulus-locked event-related potentials (ERPs) were removed from the data prior to analyses, response-locked ERPs were not. This could potentially confound aperiodic findings. Contrasting the scalp topographies of response-related ERPs and the identified aperiodic components, especially the latter one, could bring some clarity here too.

      I also found certain parts of the introduction to be somewhat confusing.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Vogt et al examines how the synaptic composition of AMPA and NMDA receptors changes over sleep and wake states. The authors perform whole-cell patch clamp recordings to quantify changes in silent synapse number across conditions of spontaneous sleep, sleep deprivation, and recovery sleep after deprivation. They also perform single nucleus RNAseq to identify transcriptional changes related to AMPA/NMDA receptor composition following spontaneous sleep and sleep deprivation. The findings of this study are consistent with a decrease in silent synapse number during wakefulness and an increase during sleep. However, these changes cannot be conclusively linked to sleep/wake states. Measurements were performed in motor cortex, and sleep deprivation was achieved by forced locomotion, raising the possibility that recent patterns of neuronal activity, rather than sleep/wake states, are responsible for the observed results.

      Strengths:

      This study examines an important question. Glutamatergic synaptic transmission has been a focus of studies in the sleep field, but AMPA receptor function has been the primary target of these studies. Silent synapses, which contain NMDA receptors but lack AMPA receptors, have important functional consequences for the brain. Exploring the role of sleep in regulating silent synapse number is important to understanding the role of sleep in brain function. The electrophysiological approach of measuring the failure rate ratio, supported by AMPA/NMDA ratio measurements, is a rigorous tool to evaluate silent synapse number.

      The authors also perform snRNAseq to identify genes differentially expressed in the spontaneous sleep and sleep deprivation groups. This analysis reveals an intriguing pattern of upregulated genes controlled by HDAC4 and Mef2c, along with synaptic shaping component genes and genes associated with autism spectrum disorder, across cell types in the sleep deprivation group. This unbiased approach identifies candidate genes for follow-up studies. The finding that ASD-risk genes are differentially expressed during SD also raises the intriguing possibility that normal sleep function is disrupted in ASD.

      Weaknesses:

      A major consideration to the interpretation of this study is the use of forced locomotion for sleep deprivation. Measurements are made from motor cortex, and therefore the effects observed could be due to differences in motor activity patterns across groups, rather than lack of sleep per se. Considering that other groups have failed to find a difference in AMPA/NMDA ratio in mice with different spontaneous sleep/wake histories (Bridi et al., Neuron 2020), confirmation of these findings in a different brain region would greatly strengthen the study.

      The electrophysiological measurements and statistical analyses raise several questions. Input resistance (cutoffs and actual values) are not provided, making it difficult to assess recording quality. Parametric one-way ANOVAs were used, although the data do not appear to be normally distributed. In addition, for the AMPA/NMDA and FRR measurements (Figures 1E, F), the SD group (rather than the control sleep group) was used as the control group for post-hoc comparisons, but it is unclear why. While the data appear in line with the authors' conclusions, the number of mice (3/group) and cells recorded is low, and adding more would better account for inter-animal variability and increase the robustness of the findings.

      The snRNAseq data are intriguing. However, several genes relevant to the AMPA/NMDA ratio are mentioned, but the encoded proteins would be expected to have variable effects on AMPA/NMDA receptor trafficking and function, making the model presented in Figure 4C oversimplified. A more thorough discussion of the candidate genes and pathways that are upregulated during sleep deprivation, the spatiotemporal/posttranslational control of protein expression, and their effects on AMPA/NMDA trafficking vs function is warranted.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This very interesting manuscript first shows that human, murine, and feline sperm penetrate the zona pellucida (ZP) of bovine oocytes recovered directly from the ovary, although first cleavage rates are reduced (Figure 1A). Similarly, bovine sperm can penetrate superovulated murine oocytes recovered directly from the ovary (Figure 1B). However, bovine oocytes incubated with oviduct fluid (30 min) are generally impenetrable by human sperm (Figure 1C).

      Thereafter, the cytoplasm was aspirated from murine oocytes - obtained from the ovary (Figure 1D) or oviduct (Figure 1D). Binding and penetration by bovine and human sperm were reduced in both groups relative to homologous (murine) sperm. However, heterologous (bovine and human) sperm penetration was further reduced in oviduct vs. ovary derived empty ZP. These compelling data show that outer (ZP) not inner (cytoplasmic) oocyte alterations reduce heterologous sperm penetration as well as homologous sperm binding.

      This was repeated using empty bovine ZP incubated (Figure 2B), or not (Figure 2A) with bovine oviduct fluid. Prior oviduct fluid exposure reduced non-homologous (human and murine) empty ZP penetration, polyspermy, and sperm binding. This demonstrates that species-specific oviduct fluid factors regulate ZP penetrability.

      To test the hypothesis that OVGP1 is responsible, the authors obtained his-tagged bovine and murine OVGP1 and DDK-tagged human OVGP1 proteins. Tagging was to enable purification following overexpression in BHK-21 or HEK293T cells. The authors confirm these recombinant OVGP1 proteins bound to both murine (Figure 3C) and bovine (Figure 3D) oocytes. Moreover, previous data using oviduct fluid (Figure 1D-E and 2A-B) was mirrored using bovine oocytes supplemented with homologous (bovine) recombinant OVGP1 (Figure 4B) or not (Figure 4A). This confirms the hypothesis, at least in cattle.

      Next, the authors exposed bovine (Figure 6A) and murine (Figure 6B) empty ZP to bovine, murine, and human recombinant OVGP1, in addition to bovine, murine, or human sperm. Interestingly, both species-specific ZP and OVGP1 seem to be required for optimal sperm binding and penetration.

      Lastly, empty bovine (Figures 7A-B) and murine (Figures 7C-D) ZP were treated with neuraminidase, or not, with or without pre-treatment with homologous OVGP1. In each case, neuraminidase reduced sperm binding and penetration. This further demonstrates that both ZP and OVGP1 are required for optimal sperm binding and penetration.

      Strengths:

      The authors convincingly demonstrate that two mechanisms underpin mammalian sperm recognition and penetration, the first being specific (ZP-mediated) and the second non-specific (OVGP1-mediated). This may prove useful for improving porcine in vitro fertilization (IVF), which is notoriously prone to polyspermy, in addition to human IVF, for better intrinsic individual sperm selection.

      Weaknesses:

      In my estimation, the following would improve this manuscript:

      (1) The physiological relevance of these data could be better highlighted. For instance, future work could revolve around incubating oocytes with oviduct fluid (or OVGP1) to reduce polyspermy in porcine IVF, and naturally improve sperm selection in human IVF.

      (2) Biological and technical replicate values for each experiment are unclear - for semen, oocytes, and oviduct fluid pools. I suggest providing in the Materials and Methods and/or Figure legends.

      (3) Although differences presented in the bar charts seem obvious, providing statistical analyses would strengthen the manuscript.

      (4) Results are presented as {plus minus} SEM (line 677); however, I believe standard deviation is more appropriate.

      (5) Given the many independent experimental variables and combinations, a schematic depiction of the experimental design may benefit readers.

      (6) Attention to detail can be improved in parts, as delineated in the "author recommendation" review section.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The paper begins with phenotyping the DGRP for post-diapause fecundity, which is used to map genes and variants associated with fecundity. There are overlaps with genes mapped in other studies and also functional enrichment of pathways including most surprisingly neuronal pathways. This somewhat explains the strong overlap with traits such as olfactory behaviors and circadian rhythm. The authors then go on to test genes by knocking them down effectively at 10 degrees. Two genes, Dip-gamma and sbb are identified as significantly associated with post-diapause fecundity, which they also find the effects to be specific to neurons. They further show that the neurons in the antenna but not arista are required for the effects of Dip-gamma and sbb. They show that removing antenna has a diapause specific lifespan extending effect, which is quite interesting. Finally, ionotropic receptor neurons are shown to be required for the diapause associated effects.

      Strengths:

      Overall I find the experiments rigorously done and interpretations sound. I have no further suggestions except an ANOVA to estimate heritability of the post-diapause fecundity trait, which is routinely done in the DGRP and offers a global parameter regarding how reliable phenotyping is. A minor point is I cannot find how many DGRP lines are used.

      Weaknesses:

      None noted.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Ferhat and colleagues describe their study aimed at developing a blood brain barrier (BBB) penetrant agent that could induce hypothermia and provide neuroprotection from the sequelae of status epilepticus (SE) in mice. Hypothermia is used clinically in an attempt to reduce neurological sequelae of injury and disease. Hypothermia can be effective, but physical means used to reduce core body temperature is associated with untoward effects. Pharmacological means to induce hypothermia could be as effective with fewer untoward complications. Intracerebroventricularly applied neurotensin can cause hypothermia; however, neurotensin applied peripherally is degraded and does not cross the BBB. Here the authors develop and characterize a neurotensin conjugate that can reach the brain, induce hypothermia, and reduce seizures, cognitive changes, and inflammatory changes associated with status epilepticus.

      Strengths:

      (1) In general, the study is well reasoned, well designed, and seemingly well executed.<br /> (2) Strong dose-response assessment of multiple neurotensin conjugates in mice.<br /> (3) Solid assessment of binding affinity, in vitro stability ion blood, and brain uptake of the conjugate.<br /> (4) Appropriate inclusion of controls for SE and for drug injections.<br /> (5) Multifaceted assessment of neurodegeneration, inflammation, and mossy fiber sprouting in the different groups.<br /> (6) Inclusion of behavioral assessments.<br /> (7) Evaluate NSTR1 receptor distribution in multiple ways.<br /> (8) Demonstrate that this conjugate can induce hypothermia and have positive effects on the sequelae of SE. Could have great impact on the application of pharmacologically-induced hypothermia as a neuroprotective measure in patients.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The data suggest that the neurotensin conjugate causes hypothermia AND has favorable effects on the sequelae of SE. There is a limitation that they do not definitely show that the hypothermia caused by the neurotensin conjugate is necessarily responsible for the effects they see. The authors recognize and discuss this limitation in the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      This work adds another mouse model for LAMA2-MD that re-iterates the phenotype of previously published models. Such as dy3K/dy3K; dy/dy and dyW/dyW mice. The phenotype is fully consistent with the data from others.

      One of the major weaknesses of the manuscript initially submitted was the overinterpretation and the overstatements. The revised version is clearly improved as the authors toned-down their interpretation and now also cite the relevant literature of previous work.

      Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, the data on RNA-seq and scRNA-seq are still rather weak. scRNA-seq was conducted with only one mouse resulting in only 8000 nuclei. I am not convinced that the data allow us to interpret them to the extent of the authors. Similar to the first version, the authors infer function by examining expression. Although they are a bit more cautious, they still argue that the BBB is not functional in dyH/dyH mice without showing leakiness. Such experiments can be done using dyes, such as Evans-blue or Cadaverin. Hence, I would suggest that they formulate the text still more carefully.

      A similar lack of evidence is true for the suggested cobblestone-like lissencephaly of the mice. There is no strong evidence that this is indeed occurring in the mice (might also be a problem because mice die early). Hence, the conclusions need to be formulated in such a way that readers understand that these are interpretations and not facts.

      Finally, I am surprised that the only improvement in the main figures is the Western blot for laminin-alpha2. The histology of skeletal muscle still looks rather poor. I do not know what the problems are but suggest that the authors try to make sections from fresh-frozen tissue. I anticipate that the mice were eventually perfused with PFA before muscles were isolated. This often results in the big gaps in the sections.

      Overall, the work is improved but still would need additional experiments to make it really an important addition to the literature in the LAMA-MD field.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Suarez-Freire et al. analyzed here the function of the exocyst complex in the secretion of the glue proteins by the salivary glands of the Drosophila larva. This is a widely used, genetically accessible system in which the formation, maturation and precisely timed exocytosis of the glue secretory granules can be beautifully imaged. Using RNAi, the authors show that all units of the exocyst complex are required for exocytosis. They show that not just granule fusion with the plasma membrane is affected (canonical role), but also, with different penetrance, that glue protein is retained in the ER, secretory granules fail to fuse homotypically or fail to acquire maturation features. The authors document these phenotypes and postulate specific roles for the exocyst in these additional processes to explain them: exocyst as a Golgi-Golgi, Golgi-granule or granule-granule tether.

      Compared to the initial submission, this revised version of the study presents strengthened evidence for these novel roles. In particular, authors show juxta-Golgi localization of exocyst components and disruption of the trans-Golgi compartment upon exocyst loss. Additionally, the revised study contains controls indicating that glue secretion defects prior to plasma membrane exocytosis are not due to polarity loss or unspecific poor health of cells.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Juan Liu et al. investigated the interplay between habitat fragmentation and climate-driven thermophilization in birds in an island system in China. They used extensive bird monitoring data (9 surveys per year per island) across 36 islands of varying size and isolation from the mainland covering 10 years. The authors use extensive modeling frameworks to test a general increase of the occurrence and abundance of warm-dwelling species and vice versa for cold-dwelling species using the widely used Community Temperature Index (CTI), as well the relationship between island fragmentation in terms of island area and isolation from the mainland on extinction and colonization rates of cold- and warm-adapted species. They found that indeed there was thermophilization happening during the last 10 years, which was more pronounced for the CTI based on abundances and less clearly for the occurrence based metric. Generally, the authors show that this is driven by an increased colonization rate of warm-dwelling and an increased extinction rate of cold-dwelling species. Interestingly, they unravel some of the mechanisms behind this dynamic by showing that warm-adapted species increased while cold-dwelling decreased more strongly on smaller islands, which is - according to the authors - due to lowered thermal buffering on smaller islands (which was supported by air temperature monitoring done during the study period on small and large islands). They argue, that the increased extinction rate of cold-adapted species could also be due to lowered habitat heterogeneity on smaller islands. With regards to island isolation, they show that also both thermophilization processes (increase of warm and decrease of cold-adapted species) was stronger on islands closer to the mainland, due to closer sources to species populations of either group on the mainland as compared to limited dispersal (i.e. range shift potential) in more isolated islands.

      The conclusions drawn in this study are sound, and mostly well supported by the results. Only few aspects leave open questions and could quite likely be further supported by the authors themselves thanks to their apparent extensive understanding of the study system.

      Strengths:

      The study questions and hypotheses are very well aligned with the methods used, ranging from field surveys to extensive modeling frameworks, as well as with the conclusions drawn from the results. The study addresses a complex question on the interplay between habitat fragmentation and climate-driven thermophilization which can naturally be affected by a multitude of additional factors than the ones included here. Nevertheless, the authors use a well balanced method of simplifying this to the most important factors in question (CTI change, extinction, colonization, together with habitat fragmentation metrics of isolation and island area). The interpretation of the results presents interesting mechanisms without being too bold on their findings and by providing important links to the existing literature as well as to additional data and analyses presented in the appendix.

      Weaknesses:

      The metric of island isolation based on distance to the mainland seems a bit too oversimplified as in real-life the study system rather represents an island network where the islands of different sizes are in varying distances to each other, such that smaller islands can potentially draw from the species pools from near-by larger islands too - rather than just from the mainland. Although the authors do explain the reason for this metric, backed up by earlier research, a network approach could be worthwhile exploring in future research done in this system. The fact, that the authors did find a signal of island isolation does support their method, but the variation in responses to this metric could hint on a more complex pattern going on in real-life than was assumed for this study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fallah and colleagues characterize the connectivity between two basal ganglia output nuclei, the SNr and GPe, and the pedunculopontine nucleus, a brainstem nucleus that is part of the mesencephalic locomotor region. Through a series of systematic electrophysiological studies, they find that these regions target and inhibit different populations of neurons, with anatomical organization. Overall, SNr projects to PPN and inhibits all major cell types, while the GPe inhibits glutamatergic and GABAergic PPN neurons, and preferentially in the caudal part of the nucleus. Optogenetic manipulation of these inputs had opposing effects on behavior - SNr terminals in the PPN drove place aversion, while GPe terminals drove place preference.

      Strengths:

      This work is a thorough and systematic characterization of a set of relatively understudied circuits. They build on the classic notions of basal ganglia connectivity and suggest a number of interesting future directions to dissect motor control and valence processing in brainstem systems.

      Weaknesses:

      Characterization of the behavioral effects of manipulations of these PPN input circuits could be further parsed, for a better understanding of the functional consequences of the connections demonstrated in the ephys analyses.

      All the cell type recording studies showing subtle differences in the degree of inhibition and anatomical organization of that inhibition suggest a complex effect of general optogenetic manipulation of SNr or GPe terminals in the PPN. It will be important to determine if SNr or GPe inputs onto a particular cell type in PPN are more or less critical for how the locomotion and valence effects are demonstrated here.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Non-canonical Wnt signaling plays an important role in morphogenesis, but how different components of the pathway are required to regulate different developmental events remains an open question. This paper focuses on elucidating the overlapping and distinct functions of dact1 and dact2, two Dishevelled-binding scaffold proteins, during zebrafish axis elongation and craniofacial development. By combining genetic studies, detailed phenotypic analysis, lineage tracing, and single cell RNA-sequencing, the authors aimed to understand (1) the relative function of dact1/2 in promoting axis elongation, (2) their ability to modulate phenotypes caused by mutations in other non-canonical wnt components, and (3) pathways downstream of dact1/2.

      Corroborating previous findings, this paper showed that dact1/2 is required for convergent extension during gastrulation and body axis elongation. Qualitative evidence was also provided to support dact1/2's role in genetically modulating non-canonical wnt signaling to regulate body axis elongation and the morphology of the ethmoid plate (EP). However, the spatiotemporal function of dact1/2 remains unknown. The use of scRNA-seq identified novel pathways and targets downstream of dact1/2. Calpain 8 is one such example, and its overexpression in some of the dact1/2+/- embryos was able to phenocopy the dact1/2-/- mutant EP morphology, pointing to its sufficiency in driving the EP phenotype in a few embryos. However, the same effect was not observed in dact1-/-; dact2+/- embryos, leading to the question of how significant calpain 8 really is in this context. The requirement of calpain 8 in mediating the phenotype is unclear as well. This is the most novel aspect of the paper, but some weaknesses remain in convincingly demonstrating the importance of calpain 8.

      Strengths:

      (1) The generation of dact1/2 germline mutants and the use of genetic approaches to dissect their genetic interactions with wnt11f2 and gpc4 provide unambiguous and consistent results that inform the relative functions of dact1 and dact2, as well as their combined effects.<br /> (2) Because the ethmoid plate exhibits a spectrum of phenotypes in different wnt genetic mutants, it is a useful system for studying how tissue morphology can be modulated by different components of the wnt pathway.<br /> (3) The authors leveraged lineage tracing by photoconversion to dissect how dact1/2 differentially impacts the ability of different cranial neural crest populations to contribute to the ethmoid plate. This revealed that distinct mechanisms via dact1/2 and shh can lead to similar phenotypes.<br /> (4) The use of scRNA-seq was a powerful approach and identified potential novel pathways and targets downstream of dact1/2.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Connecting the expression of dact1/2 and wnt11f2 to their mutant phenotypes: Given that dact1/2 and wnt11f2 expression are quite distinct, at least in the stages examined, the claim that dact1/2 function downstream of wnt11f2 is not well supported. That conclusion was based on shared craniofacial phenotypes between dact1/2-/-, wnt11f2-/-, and dact1/2-/-;wnt11f2-/- mutants. However, because the craniofacial phenotype is likely a secondary effect of dact1/2 deletion, using it to interpret the signaling axis between dact1/2 and wnt11f2 is not appropriate.<br /> (2) Spatiotemporal function of dact1/2: Germline mutations limit the authors' ability to study a gene's spatiotemporal functional requirement. They, therefore, cannot concretely attribute nor separate early-stage phenotypes (during gastrulation) to/from late stage phenotypes (EP morphological changes), which the authors postulated to result from secondary defects in floor plate and eye field morphometry. As a result, whether dact1/2 are directly involved in craniofacial development is not addressed, and the mechanisms resulting in the craniofacial phenotypes are also unclear.<br /> (3) The functional significance of calpain 8: Because calpain 8 was upregulated in many dact1/2-/- mutant cell populations (although not in the neural crest) during gastrulation, the authors tested its function by overexpressing capn8 mRNA in embryos. While only 1 out of 142 calpain 8-overexpressing wild type animals phenocopied dact1/2 mutants, 7.5% of dact1/2+/- embryos overexpressing capn8 exhibited dact1/2-like phenotypes. However, the same effect was not observed in dact1-/-; dact2+/- embryos. Given the expression pattern of calpain 8 and results from the overexpression study, the function of capn8 remains inconclusive. The requirement of calpain 8 in driving the phenotype remains unclear. The authors stated these limitations in their study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript gives a broad overview of how to write NeuroML, a brief description of how to use it with different simulators and for different purposes - cells to networks, simulation, optimization and analysis. From this perspective it can be an extremely useful document to introduce new users to NeuroML.

      Strengths:

      The modularity of NeuroML is indeed a great advantage. For example, the ability to specify the channel file allows different channels to be used with different morphologies without redundancy. The hierarchical nature of NeuroML also is commendable, and well illustrated.

      The number of tools available to work with NeuroML is impressive.

      Having a python API and providing examples using this API is fantastic. Exporting to NeuroML from python is also a great feature.

      The tutorials should assist additional scientists in adopting NeuroML.

      Weaknesses:

      None noted.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This fascinating manuscript studies the effect of education on brain structure through a natural experiment. Leveraging the UK BioBank, these authors study the causal effect of education using causal inference methodology that focuses on legislation for an additional mandatory year of education in a regression discontinuity design.

      Strengths:

      The methodological novelty and study design were viewed as strong, as was the import of the question under study. The evidence presented is solid. The work will be of broad interest to neuroscientists

      Weaknesses:

      There were several areas which might be strengthed from additional consideration from a methodological perspective.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The conserved AAA-ATPase PCH-2 has been shown in several organisms including C. elegans to remodel classes of HORMAD proteins that act in meiotic pairing and recombination. In some organisms the impact of PCH-2 mutations is subtle but becomes more apparent when other aspects of recombination are perturbed. Patel et al. performed a set of elegant experiments in C. elegans aimed at identifying conserved functions of PCH-2. Their work provides such an opportunity because in C. elegans meiotically expressed HORMADs localize to meiotic chromosomes independently of PCH-2. Work in C. elegans also allows the authors to focus on nuclear PCH-2 functions as opposed to cytoplasmic functions also seen for PCH-2 in other organisms.

      The authors performed the following experiments:

      (1) They constructed C. elegans animals with SNPs that enabled them to measure crossing over in intervals that cover most of four of the six chromosomes. They then showed that double-crossovers, which were common on most of the four chromosomes in wild-type, were absent in pch-2. They also noted shifts in crossover distribution in the four chromosomes.

      (2) Based on the crossover analysis and previous studies they hypothesized that PCH-2 plays a role at an early stage in meiotic prophase to regulate how SPO-11 induced double-strand breaks are utilized to form crossovers. They tested their hypothesis by performing ionizing irradiation and depleting SPO-11 at different stages in meiotic prophase in wild-type and pch-2 mutant animals. The authors observed that irradiation of meiotic nuclei in zygotene resulted in pch-2 nuclei having a larger number of nuclei with 6 or greater crossovers (as measured by COSA-1 foci) compared to wildtype. Consistent with this observation, SPO11 depletion, starting roughly in zygotene, also resulted in pch-2 nuclei having an increase in 6 or more COSA-1 foci compared to wild type. The increased number at this time point appeared beneficial because a significant decrease in univalents was observed.

      (3) They then asked if the above phenotypes correlated with the localization of MSH-5, a factor that stabilizes crossover-specific DNA recombination intermediates. They observed that pch-2 mutants displayed an increase in MSH-5 foci at early times in meiotic prophase and an unexpectedly higher number at later times. They conclude based on the differences in early MSH-5 localization and the SPO-11 and irradiation studies that PCH-2 prevents early DSBs from becoming crossovers and early loading of MSH-5. By analyzing different HORMAD proteins that are defective in forming the closed conformation acted upon by PCH-2, they present evidence that MSH-5 loading was regulated by the HIM-3 HORMAD.

      (4) They performed a crossover homeostasis experiment in which DSB levels were reduced. The goal of this experiment was to test if PCH-2 acts in crossover assurance. Interestingly, in this background PCH-2 negative nuclei displayed higher levels of COSA-1 foci compared to PCH-2 positive nuclei. This observation and a further test of the model suggested that "PCH-2's presence on the SC prevents crossover designation."

      (5) Based on their observations indicating that early DSBS are prevented from becoming crossovers by PCH-2, the authors hypothesized that the DNA damage kinase CHK-2 and PCH-2 act to control how DSBs enter the crossover pathway. This hypothesis was developed based on their finding that PCH-2 prevents early DSBs from becoming crossovers and previous work showing that CHK-2 activity is modulated during meiotic recombination progression. They tested their hypothesis using a mutant synaptonemal complex component that maintains high CHK-2 activity that cannot be turned off to enable crossover designation. Their finding that the pch-2 mutation suppressed the crossover defect (as measured by COSA-1 foci) supports their hypothesis.

      Based on these studies the authors provide convincing evidence that PCH-2 prevents early DSBs from becoming crossovers and controls the number and distribution of crossovers to promote a regulated mechanism that ensures the formation of obligate crossovers and crossover homeostasis. As the authors note, such a mechanism is consistent with earlier studies suggesting that early DSBs could serve as "scouts" to facilitate homolog pairing or to coordinate the DNA damage response with repair events that lead to crossing over. The detailed mechanistic insights provided in this work will certainly be used to better understand functions for PCH-2 in meiosis in other organisms. My comments below are aimed at improving the clarity of the manuscript.

      Comments

      (1) It appears from reading the Materials and Methods that the SNPs used to measure crossing over were obtained by mating Hawaiian and Bristol strains. It is not clear to this reviewer how the SNPs were introduced into the animals. Was crossing over measured in a single animal line? Were the wild-type and pch-2 mutations made in backgrounds that were isogenic with respect to each other? This is a concern because it is not clear, at least to this reviewer, how much of an impact crossing different ecotypes will have on the frequency and distribution of recombination events (and possibly the recombination intermediates that were studied).

      (2) The authors state that in pch-2 mutants there was a striking shift of crossovers (line 135) to the PC end for all of the four chromosomes that were tested. I looked at Figure 1 for some time and felt that the results were more ambiguous. Map distances seemed similar at the PC end for wildtype and pch-2 on Chrom. I. While the decrease in crossing over in pch-2 appeared significant for Chrom. I and III, the results for Chrom. IV, and Chrom. X. seemed less clear. Were map distances compared statistically? At least for this reviewer the effects on specific intervals appear less clear and without a bit more detail on how the animals were constructed it's hard for me to follow these conclusions.

      (3) Figure 2. I'm curious why non-irradiated controls were not tested side-by-side for COSA-1 staining. It just seems like a nice control that would strengthen the authors' arguments.

      (4) Figure 3. It took me a while to follow the connection between the COSA-1 staining and DAPI staining panels (12 hrs later). Perhaps an arrow that connects each set of time points between the panels or just a single title on the X-axis that links the two would make things clearer.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Parsing speech into meaningful linguistic units is a fundamental yet challenging task that infants face while acquiring the native language. Computing transitional probabilities (TPs) between syllables is a segmentation cue well-attested since birth. In this research, the authors examine whether newborns compute TPs over any available speech feature (linguistic and non-linguistic), or whether by contrast newborns' favor the computation of TPs over linguistic content over non-linguistic speech features such as speaker's voice. Using EEG and the artificial language learning paradigm, they record the neural responses of two groups of newborns presented with speech streams in which either phonetic content or speaker's voice are structured to provide TPs informative of word boundaries, while the other dimension provides uninformative information. They compare newborns' neural responses to these structured streams to their processing of a stream in which both dimensions vary randomly. After the random and structured familiarization streams, the newborns are presented with (pseudo)words as defined by their informative TPs, as well as partwords (that is, sequences that straddle a word boundary), extracted from the same streams. Analysis of the neural responses shows that while newborns neural activity entrained to the syllabic rate (2 Hz) when listening to the random and structured streams, it additionally entrained at the word rate (4 Hz) only when listening to the structured streams, finding no differential response between the streams structured around voice or phonetic information. Newborns showed also different neural activity in response to the words and part words. In sum, the study reveals that newborns compute TPs over linguistic and non-linguistic features of speech, these are calculated independently, and linguistic features do not lead to a processing advantage.

      Strengths:

      This interesting research furthers our knowledge of the scope of the statistical learning mechanism, which is confirmed to be a general-purpose powerful tool that allows humans to extract patterns of co-occurring events while revealing no apparent preferential processing for linguistic features. To answer its question, the study combines a highly replicated and well-established paradigm, i.e. the use of an artificial language in which pseudowords are concatenated to yield informative TPs to word boundaries, with a state-of-the-art EEG analysis, i.e. neural entrainment. The sample size of the groups is sufficient to ensure power, and the design and analysis are solid and have been successfully employed before.

      Weaknesses:

      There are no significant weaknesses to signal in the manuscript. However, in order to fully conclude that there is no obvious advantage for the linguistic dimension in neonates, it would have been most useful to test a third condition in which the two dimensions were pitted against each other, that is, in which they provide conflicting information as to the boundaries of the words comprised in the artificial language. This last condition would have allowed us to determine whether statistical learning weighs linguistic and non-linguistic features equally, or whether phonetic content is preferentially processed.

      To sum up, the authors achieved their central aim of determining whether TPs are computed over both linguistic and non-linguistic features, and their conclusions are supported by the results. This research is important for researchers working on language and cognitive development, and language processing, as well as for those working on cross-species comparative approaches.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The central question of this manuscript is the role of RNase III in supporting Salmonella infection. The authors begin with an RNAseq analysis of a collection of food or clinical Salmonella isolates from China, identifying RNase III (encoded by rnc) as an upregulated gene in clinical ("high virulence") isolates. Based on follow-up studies with knockout and complemented strains, the authors propose that RNase III has two roles - one in the upregulation of sodA expression to counter host-derived ROS, and the other in general degradation of dsRNA to dampen host immune responses. Overall, the manuscript is logical and the authors make largely reasonable interpretations of their data. However, the depth of supporting evidence limits the breadth of the authors' conclusions in their current form. Thus, this manuscript will be useful to researchers in directly related fields of study, but more work is required to understand how these proposed mechanisms function during infection.

      Strengths:

      (1) The use of comparative RNAseq between different isolates to identify potential virulence mechanisms is a powerful approach to understanding what makes certain strains more likely to cause infection over others.

      (2) The experiments identifying dsRNA as the factor contributing to increased innate immune induction in the rnc knockout strain are particularly thorough.

      (3) The authors observed an in vivo mammalian infection defect for RNase III-deficient Salmonella, a novel finding for the field and strong evidence that this protein is required to support pathogen fitness.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The strengths of the manuscript are in places obscured by a lack of clarity and justification in the manuscript about strain selection and rationale for using some backgrounds over others. Moreover, several aspects of the organization and flow of the manuscript could be improved, as data is described out of order and the text description of results does not always align with the data presented.

      (2) The specific claim that the relatively modest increase in expression of RNase III in some isolates (Figure 1A) accounts for their "virulence" is not well-supported, since the only comparisons in the study are between total knockouts or wild-type (and not overexpression) and the actual protein levels of RNase III are not quantified.

      (3) Although the experiments on dsRNA are strong, they would have benefited from measurements of cytokine production/immune responses during infection with the actual knockout strains instead of transfected RNA along with quantification of Salmonella burdens.

      (4) The contribution of RNase III catalytic activity (i.e., through the use of a catalytically dead mutant) was not assessed, which means that a role for general RNA binding or protein-protein interactions cannot be ruled out from this study.

      (5) The in vivo work was limited to survival analysis, so whether the proposed mechanisms account for the defects observed could not be resolved.

      (6) Statistical analysis throughout the manuscript is inconsistently applied, making it hard in places to determine whether the differences seen in phenotypes are biologically significant.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Wang et al. investigates the interesting relationship between Streptococcus suis (S. suis) growth phases and levels of virulence factor, specifically the capsular polysaccharide (CPS), in the bacterial cell wall. S. suis is a gram positive bacterial pathogen that causes important losses in the swine industry worldwide. Interestingly, S. suis is also a resident bacteria in the pig tonsils. Vaccination against bacterial infections such as S. suis can be difficult, and understanding how the serotype of a bacterial pathogen impacts what body sites are infected and the dynamics of pathogen dissemination is critical. In this case, this manuscript looks at neuroinvasion of S. suis following intranasal delivery because this pathogen causes meningitis in infected hosts. Further, understanding host - pathogen interactions at early time points in the upper respiratory tract may have broad implications for vaccine development.

      The authors use an understudied mouse intranasal infection model of S. suis to connect growth phase related CPS abundance to the pathogenicity of the bacteria in the nose and blood.

      Adoptive transfer of serum against either CPS or V5 (five other virulence factors) supports the idea that S. suis CPS levels are an important factor that shapes how this bacterium reaches different organs.

      Some conclusions are not completely supported by the present data, and at times the manuscript is disjoint and hard to follow. While the work has some interesting observations, additional experiments and controls are warranted to support the claims of the manuscript .

      Strengths:

      The model of intranasal infection is compelling to expand upon work previously done in vitro and with systemic routes of infection. The histology and fluorescent imaging of the olfactory epithelium and olfactory bulb complement work in figure 2 about the attachment of S. Suis to epithelial cells and the bacterial burden over time in different organs of figure 3. Histology was performed at 1 hour and 9 days after intranasal infection with stationary phase S. Suis and drives home that this pathogen can invade the olfactory nerve and may potentially cause bacterial meningitis seen in some infected swine.

      The adoptive transfer of either anti-CPS or anti-V5 to mice before infection at both longer (12 hr), and shorter (1 hr) time points is useful to demonstrate that the changes in cell wall composition between the NALT/CSF and blood compartments result in different efficacy in clearing bacteria from those locations. This is fundamental for the development of vaccines for the swine industry and begs those developing other bacterial vaccines to consider what virulence factors are the most useful as neutralizing antibody targets at the sight of bacterial invasion.

      Demonstrating that the amount of CPS within the cell wall of S. suis is related to the growth phase of the bacteria is an important consideration for vaccine development. While others had previously shown that CPS levels were higher in the blood than in the CNS, and that CPS decreases the invasion of epithelial cells, the close look at the olfactory epithelium at an early time point of 1 hr ties together in vitro findings. The control of a CPS-negative strain was critical to understanding their findings. The location and the microbial community that bacterial pathogens live within may change the growth phase and therefore also the cell wall components.

      Weaknesses:

      While the authors present compelling data that is relevant to the development of anti-bacterial vaccinations, the data does not completely match their assertions and there are places where some further investigation would further the impact of their interesting study.

      Major concerns for the manuscript:

      -The intranasal infections were done with S. suis in the stationary phase which has been shown to have less CPS on the cell wall. While this mimics the literature that shows S. Suis to have less CPS in the CNS, the difference in the pathogenesis of a log phase vs. stationary phage intranasal infection would be interesting. Especially because the bacteria is a part of the natural microbial community of swine tonsils, it is curious if the change in growth phase and therefore CPS levels may be a causative reason for pathogenic invasion in some pigs.

      -The authors should consider taking the bacteria from NALT/CSF and blood and compare the lag times bacteria from different organs take to enter a log growth phase to show whether the difference in CPS is because S. suis in each location is in a different growth phase. If log phase bacteria were intranasally delivered, would it adapt a stationary phase life strategy? How long would that take?

      -Authors should be cautious about claims about S. suis downregulating CPS in the NALT for increased invasion and upregulating CPS to survive phagocytosis in blood. While it is true that the data shows that there are different levels of CPS in these locations, the regulation and mechanism of the recorded and observed cell wall difference are not investigated past the correlation to the growth phase.

      - The mouse model used in this manuscript is useful but cannot reproduce the nasal environment of the natural pig host. It is not clear if the NALTs of pigs and mice have similar microbial communities and how this may affect the pathogenesis of S. Suis in the mouse. Because the authors show a higher infection rate in the mouse with acetic acid, they may want to consider investigating what the mouse NALT microenvironment is naturally doing to exclude more bacterial invasion. Is it simply a host mismatch or is there something about the microbiome or steady-state immune system in the nose of mice that is different from pigs?

      -I have some concerns regarding the images shown for neuroinvasion because I think the authors mistake several compartments of the mouse nasal cavity as well as the olfactory bulb. These issues are critical because neuroinvasion is one of the major conclusions of this work.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors propose a new technique which they name "Multi-gradient Permutation Survival Analysis (MEMORY)" that they use to identify "Genes Steadily Associated with Prognosis (GEARs)" using RNA-seq data from the TCGA database. The contribution of this method is one of the key stated aims of the paper. The vast majority of the paper focuses on various downstream analyses that make use of the specific GEARs identified by MEMORY to derive biological insights, with a particular focus on lung adenocarcinoma (LUAD) and breast invasive carcinoma (BRCA) which are stated to be representative of other cancers and are observed to have enriched mitosis and immune signatures, respectively. Through the lens of these cancers, these signatures are the focus of significant investigation in the paper.

      Strengths:

      The approach for MEMORY is well-defined and clearly presented, albeit briefly. This affords statisticians and bioinformaticians the ability to effectively scrutinize the proposed methodology and may lead to further advancements in this field.

      The scientific aspects of the paper (e.g., the results based on the use of MEMORY and the downstream bioinformatics workflows) are conveyed effectively and in a way that is digestible to an individual who is not deeply steeped in the cancer biology field.

      Weaknesses:

      I was surprised that comparatively little of the paper is devoted to the justification of MEMORY (i.e., the authors' method) for the identification of genes that are important broadly for the understanding of cancer. The authors' approach is explained in the methods section of the paper, but no rationale is given for why certain aspects of the method are defined as they are. Moreover, no comparison or reference is made to any other methods that have been developed for similar purposes and no results are shown to illustrate the robustness of the proposed method (e.g., is it sensitive to subtle changes in how it is implemented).

      For example, in the first part of the MEMORY algorithm, gene expression values are dichotomized at the sample median and a log-rank test is performed. This would seemingly result in an unnecessary loss of information for detecting an association between gene expression and survival. Moreover, while dichotomizing at the median is optimal from an information theory perspective (i.e., it creates equally sized groups), there is no reason to believe that median-dichotomization is correct vis-à-vis the relationship between gene expression and survival. If a gene really matters and expression only differentiates survival more towards the tail of the empirical gene expression distribution, median-dichotomization could dramatically lower the power to detect group-wise differences.

      Specifically, the authors' rationale for translating the Significant Probability Matrix into a set of GEARs warrants some discussion in the paper. If I understand correctly, for each cancer the authors propose to search for the smallest sample size (i.e., the smallest value of k_{j}) were there is at least one gene with a survival analysis p-value <0.05 for each of the 1000 sampled datasets. I base my understanding on the statement "We defined the sampling size k_{j} reached saturation when the max value of column j was equal to 1 in a significant-probability matrix. The least value of k_{j} was selected". Then, any gene with a p-value <0.05 in 80% of the 1000 sampled datasets would be called a GEAR for that cancer. The 80% value here seems arbitrary but that is a minor point. I acknowledge that something must be chosen. More importantly, do the authors believe this logic will work effectively in general? Presumably, the gene with the largest effect for a cancer will define the value of K_{j}, and, if the effect is large, this may result in other genes with smaller effects not being selected for that cancer by virtue of the 80% threshold. One could imagine that a gene that has a small-to-moderate effect consistently across many cancers may not show up as a gear broadly if there are genes with more substantive effects for most of the cancers investigated. I am taking the term "Steadily Associated" very literally here as I've constructed a hypothetical where the association is consistent across cancers but not extremely strong. If by "Steadily Associated" the authors really mean "Relatively Large Association", my argument would fall apart but then the definition of a GEAR would perhaps be suboptimal. In this latter case, the proposed approach seems like an indirect way to ensure there is a reasonable effect size for a gene's expression on survival.

      The paper contains numerous post-hoc hypothesis tests, statements regarding detected associations and correlations, and statements regarding statistically significant findings based on analyses that would naturally only be conducted in light of positive results from analyses upstream in the overall workflow. Due to the number of statistical tests performed and the fact that the tests are sometimes performed using data-driven subgroups (e.g., the mitosis subgroups), it is highly likely that some of the findings in the work will not be replicable. Of course, this is exploratory science, and is to be expected that some findings won't replicate (the authors even call for further research into key findings). Nonetheless, I would encourage the authors to focus on the quantification of evidence regarding associations or claims (i.e., presenting effect estimates and uncertainty intervals), but to avoid the use of the term statistical significance owing to there being no clear plan to control type I error rates in any systematic way across the diverse analyses there were performed.

      A prespecified analysis plan with hypotheses to be tested (to the extent this was already produced) and a document that defines the complete scope of the scientific endeavor (beyond that which is included in the paper) would strengthen the contribution by providing further context on the totality of the substantial work that has been done. For example, the focus on LUAD and BRCA due to their representativeness could be supplemented by additional information on other cancers that may have been investigated similarly but where results were not presented due to lack of space.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study provides an in-depth analysis of syncytiotrophoblast (STB) gene expression at the single-nucleus (SN) and single-cell (SC) levels, using both primary human placental tissues and two trophoblast organoid (TO) models. The authors compare the older TO model, where STB forms internally (STBin), with a newer model where STB forms externally (STBout). Through a series of comparative analyses, the study highlights the necessity of using both SN and SC techniques to fully understand placental biology. The findings demonstrate that the STBout model shows more differentiated STBs with higher expression of canonical markers and hormones compared to STBin. Additionally, the study identifies both conserved and distinct gene expression profiles between the TO models and human placenta, offering valuable insights for researchers using TOs to study STB and CTB differentiation.

      Strengths:

      The study offers a comprehensive SC- and SN-based characterization of trophoblast organoid models, providing a thorough validation of these models against human placental tissues. By comparing the older STBin and newer STBout models, the authors effectively demonstrate the improvements in the latter, particularly in the differentiation and gene expression profiles of STBs. This work serves as a critical resource for researchers, offering a clear delineation of the similarities and differences between TO-derived and primary STBs. The use of multiple advanced techniques, such as high-resolution sequencing and trajectory analysis, further enhances the study's contribution to the field.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study is robust, some areas could benefit from further clarification. The importance of the TO model's orientation and its impact on outcomes could be emphasized more in the introduction. The differences in cluster numbers/names between primary tissue and TO data need a clearer explanation, and consistent annotation could aid in comparison. The rationale for using SN sequencing over SC sequencing for TO evaluations should be clarified, especially regarding the potential underrepresentation of certain trophoblast subsets. Additionally, more evidence could be provided to support the claims about STB differentiation in the STBout model and to determine whether its differentiation trajectory is unique or simply more advanced than in STBin.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ghone et al show that HIV-1 Vif causes a pseudo-metaphase arrest rather than a G2 arrest. The metaphase arrest correlates with misregulation of the kinetochore which could be explained by the loss of phosphatase functions that determine chromosome-microtubule interactions.

      Strengths:

      The single-cell imaging using different reporters of cell cycle progression is very elegant and the quantitation is convincing. The authors clearly show that what others have characterized as a G2 arrest by flow cytometry is somewhat later in metaphase and correlates with kinetochore misregulation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The major problem with the paper is trying to connect what is observed in tumor cell lines with actual infections in primary T cells. While all of the descriptive work in cell lines is convincing, none of these cells are relevant targets and tumor cells have different cell death and cell cycle regulation than primary T cells. Thus, while Vif might well do all of the things described in the manuscript, it is a stretch to connect any of it to what happens in vivo.

      (2) Line 109 and elsewhere. The ability of Vif to cause cell cycle arrest and bind PP2A subunits is not a completely conserved feature. Rather, it is quite variable in different HIV-1 strains. (e.g. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbrc.2020.04.123 and https://elifesciences.org/articles/53036). Therefore, it is necessary for the authors to quite clearly use strain designations in the manuscript rather than a generic "Vif", and to more clearly describe the viruses being used.

      (3) Figure 5: This figure shows disruption of PP2A-B56 at the kinetochores. However, is this specific to the kinetochores? Since Vif has been described to more broadly degrade PP2A-B56, could this not be a result of a more general decrease in PP2A activity throughout the cell?

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      The behavioral switch between foraging and mating is important for resource allocation in insects. This study investigated the role of the neuropeptide, sulfakinin, and of its receptor, the sulfakinin receptor 1 (SkR1), in mediating this switch in the oriental fruit fly, Bactrocera dorsalis. The authors use genetic disruption of sulfakinin and of SkR1 to provide strong evidence that changes in sulfakinin signaling alter odorant receptor expression profiles and antennal responses and that these changes mediate the behavioral switch. The combination of molecular and physiological data is a strength of the study. Additional work would be needed to determine whether the physiological and molecular changes observed account for the behavioral changes observed.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors show that sulfakinin signaling in the olfactory organ mediates the switch between foraging and mating, thereby providing evidence that peripheral sensory inputs contribute to this important change in behavior.

      (2) The authors' development of an assay to investigate the behavioral switch and their use of different approaches to demonstrate the role of sulfakinin and SkR1 in this process provides strong support for their hypothesis.

      (3) The manuscript is overall well-organized and documented.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors claim that sulfakinin acts directly on SkR1-positive neurons to modulate the foraging and mating behaviors in B. dorsalis. The authors also indicated in the schematic that satiation suppresses SkR1 expression. Additional experiments and more a detailed discussion of the results would help support these claims.

      (2) The findings reported could be strengthened with additional experimental details regarding time of day versus duration of starvation effects and additional genetic controls, amongst others.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work computationally characterized the threat-reward learning behavior of mice in a recent study (Akiti et al.), which had prominent individual differences. The authors constructed a Bayes-adaptive Markov decision process model and fitted the behavioral data by the model. The model assumed (i) hazard function starting from a prior (with free mean and SD parameters) and updated in a Bayesian manner through experience (actually no real threat or reward was given in the experiment), (ii) risk-sensitive evaluation of future outcomes (calculating lower 𝛼 quantile of outcomes with free 𝛼 parameter), and (iii) heuristic exploration bonus. The authors found that (i) brave animals had more widespread hazard priors than timid animals and thereby quickly learned that there was in fact little real threat, (ii) brave animals may also be less risk-aversive than timid animals in future outcome evaluation, and (iii) the exploration bonus could explain the observed behavioral features, including the transition of behavior from the peak to steady-state frequency of bout. Overall, this work is a novel interesting analysis of threat-reward learning, and provides useful insights for future experimental and theoretical work. However, there are several issues that I think need to be addressed.

      Strengths:

      (1) This work provides a normative Bayesian account for individual differences in braveness/timidity in reward-threat learning behavior, which complements the analysis by Akiti et al. based on model-free threat reinforcement learning.

      (2) Specifically, the individual differences were characterized by (i) the difference in the variance of hazard prior and potentially also (ii) the difference in the risk-sensitivity in the evaluation of future returns.

      Weakness:

      (1) Theoretically the effect of prior is diluted over experience whereas the effect of biased (risk-aversive) evaluation persists, but these two effects could not be teased apart in the fitting analysis of the current data.

      (2) It is currently unclear how (whether) the proposed model corresponds to neurobiological (rather than behavioral) findings, different from the analysis by Akiti et al.

      Major points:

      (1) Line 219<br /> It was assumed that the exploration bonus was replenished at a steady rate when the animal was at the nest. An alternative way would be assuming that the exploration bonus slowly degraded over time or experience, and if doing so, there appears to be a possibility that the transition of the bout rate from peak to steady-state could be at least partially explained by such a decrease in the exploration bonus.

      (2) Line 237- (Section 2.2.6, 2.2.7, Figures 7, 9)<br /> I was confused by the descriptions about nCVaR. I looked at the cited original literature Gagne & Dayan 2022, and understood that nCVaR is a risk-sensitive version of expected future returns (equation 4) with parameter α (α-bar) (ranging from 0 to 1) representing risk preference. Line 269-271 and Section 4.2 of the present manuscript described (in my understanding) that α was a parameter of the model. Then, isn't it more natural to report estimated values of α, rather than nCVaR, for individual animals in Section 2.2.6, 2.2.7, Figures 7, 9 (even though nCVaR monotonically depends on α)? In Figures 7 and 9, nCVaR appears to be upper-bounded to 1. The upper limit of α is 1 by definition, but I have no idea why nCVaR was also bounded by 1. So I would like to ask the authors to add more detailed explanations on nCVaR. Currently, CVaR is explained in Lines 237-243, but actually, there is no explanation about nCVaR rather than its formal name 'nested conditional value at risk' in Line 237.

      (3) Line 333 (and Abstract)<br /> Given that animals' behaviors could be equally well fitted by the model having both nCVaR (free α) and hazard prior and the alternative model having only hazard prior (with α = 1), may it be difficult to confidently claim that brave (/timid) animals had risk-neutral (/risk-aversive) preference in addition to widespread (/low-variance) hazard prior? Then, it might be good to somewhat weaken the corresponding expression in the Abstract (e.g., add 'potentially also' to the result for risk sensitivity) or mention the inseparability of risk sensitivity and prior belief pessimism (e.g., "... although risk sensitivity and prior belief pessimism could not be teased apart").

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      As a starting point, the authors discuss the so-called "additive partitioning" (AP) method proposed by Loreau & Hector in 2001. The AP is the result of a mathematical rearrangement of the definition of overyielding, written in terms of relative yields (RY) of species in mixtures relative to monocultures. One term, the so-called complementarity effect (CE), is proportional to the average RY deviations from the null expectations that plants of both species "do the same" in monocultures and mixtures. The other term, the selection effect (SE), captures how these RY deviations are related to monoculture productivity. Overall, CE measures whether relative biomass gains differ from zero when averaged across all community members, and SE, whether the "relative advantage" species have in the mixture, is related to their productivity. In extreme cases, when all species benefit, CE becomes positive. When large species have large relative productivity increases, SE becomes positive. This is intuitively compatible with the idea that niche complementarity mitigates competition (CE>0), or that competitively superior species dominate mixtures and thereby driver overyielding (SE>0).

      However, it is very important to understand that CE and SE capture the "statistical structure" of RY that underlies overyielding. Specifically, CE and SE are not the ultimate biological mechanisms that drive overyielding, and never were meant to be. CE also does not describe niche complementarity. Interpreting CE and SE as directly quantifying niche complementarity or resource competition, is simply wrong, although it sometimes is done. The criticism of the AP method thus in large part seems unwarranted. The alternative methods the authors discuss (lines 108-123) are based on very similar principles.

      The authors now set out to develop a method that aims at linking response patterns to "more true" biological mechanisms.

      Assuming that "competitive dominance" is key to understanding mixture productivity, because "competitive interactions are the predominant type of interspecific relationships in plants", the authors introduce "partial density" monocultures, i.e. monocultures that have the same planting density for a species as in a mixture. The idea is that using these partial density monocultures as a reference would allow for isolating the effect of competition by the surrounding "species matrix".

      The authors argue that "To separate effects of competitive interactions from those of other species interactions, we would need the hypothesis that constituent species share an identical niche but differ in growth and competitive ability (i.e., absence of positive/negative interactions)." - I think the term interaction is not correctly used here, because clearly competition is an interaction, but the point made here is that this would be a zero-sum game.

      The authors use the ratio of productivity of partial density and full-density monocultures, divided by planting density, as a measure of "competitive growth response" (abbreviated as MG). This is the extra growth a plant individual produces when intraspecific competition is reduced.

      Here, I see two issues: first, this rests on the assumption that there is only "one mode" of competition if two species use the same resources, which may not be true, because intraspecific and interspecific competition may differ. Of course, one can argue that then somehow "niches" are different, but such a niche definition would be very broad and go beyond the "resource set" perspective the authors adopt. Second, this value will heavily depend on timing and the relationship between maximum initial growth rates and competitive abilities at high stand densities.

      The authors then progress to define relative competitive ability (RC), and this time simply uses monoculture biomass as a measure of competitive ability. To express this biomass in a standardized way, they express it as different from the mean of the other species and then divide by the maximum monoculture biomass of all species.

      I have two concerns here: first, if competitive ability is the capability of a species to preempt resources from a pool also accessed by another species, as the authors argued before, then this seems wrong because one would expect that a species can simply be more productive because it has a broader niche space that it exploits. This contradicts the very narrow perspective on competitive ability the authors have adopted. This also is difficult to reconcile with the idea that specialist species with a narrow niche would outcompete generalist species with a broad niche. Second, I am concerned by the mathematical form. Standardizing by the maximum makes the scaling dependent on a single value.

      As a final step, the authors calculate a "competitive expectation" for a species' biomass in the mixture, by scaling deviations from the expected yield by the product MG ⨯ RC. This would mean a species does better in a mixture when (1) it benefits most from a conspecific density reduction, and (2) has a relatively high biomass.

      Put simply, the assumption would be that if a species is productive in monoculture (high RC), it effectively does not "see" the competitors and then grows like it would be the sole species in the community, i.e. like in the partial density monoculture.

      Overall, I am not very convinced by the proposed method.

      Comments on revised version:

      Only minimal changes were made to the manuscript, and they do not address the main points that were raised.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors combine classical theories of phase separation and self-assembly to establish a framework for explaining the coupling between the two phenomena in the context of protein assemblies and condensates. By starting from a mean-field free energy for monomers and assemblies immersed in solvent and imposing conditions of equilibrium, the authors derive phase diagrams indicating how assemblies partition into different condensed phases as temperature and the total volume fraction of proteins are varied. They find that phase separation can promote assembly within the protein-rich phase, providing a potential mechanism for spatial control of assembly. They extend their theory to account for the possibility of gelation. They also create a theory for the kinetics of self-assembly within phase separated systems, predicting how assembly size distributions change with time within the different phases as well as how the volumes of the different phases change with time.

      Review For Revision:

      The revised manuscript provides better motivation and physical explanations for the equations, and the authors have addressed references, typos, and other minor technical issues identified in the review. These changes have significantly improved the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This research offers an in-depth exploration and quantification of social vocalization within three families of Mongolian gerbils. In an enlarged, semi-natural environment, the study continuously monitored two parent gerbils and their four pups from P14 to P34. Through dimensionality reduction and clustering, a diverse range of gerbil call types was identified. Interestingly, distinct sets of vocalizations were used by different families in their daily interactions, with unique transition structures exhibited across these families. The primary results of this study are compelling, although some elements could benefit from clarification

      Strengths:

      Three elements of this study warrant emphasis. Firstly, it bridges the gap between laboratory and natural environments. This approach offers the opportunity to examine natural social behavior within a controlled setting (such as specified family composition, diet, and life stages), maintaining the social relevance of the behavior. Secondly, it seeks to understand short-timescale behaviors, like vocalizations, within the broader context of daily and life-stage timescales. Lastly, the use of unsupervised learning precludes the injection of human bias, such as pre-defined call categories, allowing the discovery of the diversity of vocal outputs.

      Comments on the revised version:

      (1) The authors have clarified the possible types of differences in the vocalizations of different families and discussed the potential contribution of the adult-pup difference.

      (2) The authors have added the analysis in Figure 4 about the developmental changes in call types.

      (3) The authors have analyzed the additional information in the 2-gram structure of the calls as evidence to apply the transition matrices to compare the families.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Unckless and colleagues address the issue of the maintenance of genetic diversity of the gene diptericin A, which encodes an antimicrobial peptide in the model organism Drosophila melanogaster. This is an important question as the maintenance of different alleles in wild populations is not known.

      Strengths:

      The data indicate that flies homozygous for the dptA S69 allele are better protected against some bacteria. By contrast, male flies homozygous for the R69 allele resist better to starvation than flies homozygous for the S69 allele. This provides an element of explanation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Some of the results are difficult to understand. The observation that R69 die more than the null Dpt mutant and the wild-type is strange. This could be due to background effect. The fact that the second chromosome was not isogenized after the CRISPR change is an issue. This issue may take too much time to fix, but should be acknowledged. The existence of background effect and the multiple tested conditions that may lead to the obtention of results that may not be reproduced in other contexts/labs.<br /> (2) Some lifespans are rather short and often in disagreement with other studies (Leulier, Iatsenko but also Hanson/Lemaitre). There are also disagreements inside the article itself for instance between Fig4C and 2A. This should be mentioned.<br /> (3) The shape of many lifespan analysis with abrupt decline contrast with classical lifespan studies, suggesting technical problems.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This paper introduces a new transgenic mouse line that allows the labelling of the AIS and nodes of Ranvier by tagging Ank-G with GFP in a Cre-dependent manner. The authors characterise the properties of the AIS and nodes of Ranvier when labelled with GFP to show that it has no adverse effects on the properties of the AIS and nodes of Ranvier, nor on most measures of intrinsic excitability in neurons. They also show that this mouse line can be used to follow AIS plasticity in vitro and to visualise the AIS of neurons in vivo. This is a very useful and timely tool that will make an important impact in the field.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In the manuscript, the authors explore the mechanism by which Taenia solium larvae may contribute to human epilepsy. This is extremely important question to address because T. solium is a significant cause of epilepsy and is extremely understudied. Advances in determining how T. solium may contribute to epilepsy could have significant impact on this form of epilepsy. Excitingly, the authors convincingly show that Taenia larvae contain and release glutamate sufficient to depolarize neurons and induce recurrent excitation reminiscent of seizures. They use a combination of cutting-edge tools including electrophysiology, calcium and glutamate imaging, and biochemical approaches to demonstrate this important advance. They also show that this occurs in neurons from both mice and humans. This is relevant for pathophysiology of chronic epilepsy development. This study does not rule out other aspects of T. solium that may also contribute to epilepsy, including immunological aspects, but demonstrates a clear potential role for glutamate.

      Strengths:

      - The authors examine not only T. solium homogenate, but also excretory/secretory products which suggests glutamate may play a role in multiple aspects of disease progression.<br /> - The authors confirm that the human relevant pathogen also causes neuronal depolarization in human brain tissue<br /> - There is very high clinical relevance. Preventing epileptogenesis/seizures possibly with Glu-R antagonists or by more actively removing glutamate as a second possible treatment approach in addition to/replacing post-infection immune response.<br /> - Effects are consistent across multiple species (rat, mouse, human) and methodological assays (GluSnFR AND current clamp recordings AND Ca imaging)<br /> - High K content (comparable levels to high-K seizure models) of larvae could have also caused depolarization. Adequate experiments to exclude K and other suspected larvae contents (i.e. Substance P).

      Weaknesses:

      - Acute study is limited to studying depolarization in slices and it is unclear what is necessary/sufficient for in vivo seizure generation or epileptogenesis for chronic epilepsy.<br /> - There is likely a significant role of the immune system that is not explored here. This issue is adequately addressed in the discussion, however, and the glutamate data is considered in this context.<br /> Discuss impact:<br /> - Interfering with peri-larval glutamate signaling may hold promise to prevent ictogenesis and chronic epileptogenesis as this is a very understudied cause of epilepsy with unknown mechanistic etiology.<br /> Additional context for interpreting significance:<br /> - High medical need as most common adult onset epilepsy in many parts of the world

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe a method to probe both the proteins associated with genomic elements in cells, as well as 3D contacts between sites in chromatin. The approach is interesting and promising, and it is great to see a proximity labeling method like this that can make both proteins and 3D contacts. It utilizes DNA oligomers, which will likely make it a widely adopted method. However, the manuscript over-interprets its successes, which are likely due to the limited appropriate controls, and of any validation experiments. I think the study requires better proteomic controls, and some validation experiments of the "new" proteins and 3D contacts described. In addition, toning down the claims made in the paper would assist those looking to implement one of the various available proximity labeling methods and would make this manuscript more reliable to non-experts.

      Strengths:

      (1) The mapping of 3D contacts for 20 kb regions using proximity labeling is beautiful.

      (2) The use of in situ hybridization will probably improve background and specificity.

      (3) The use of fixed cells should prove enabling and is a strong alternative to similar, living cell methods.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A major drawback to the experimental approach of this study is the "multiplexed comparisons". Using the mtDNA as a comparator is not a great comparison - there is no reason to think the telomeres/centrosomes would look like mtDNA as a whole. The mito proteome is much less complex. It is going to provide a large number of false positives. The centromere/telomere comparison is ok, if one is interested in what's different between those two repetitive elements. But the more realistic use case of this method would be "what is at a specific genomic element"? A purely nuclear-localized control would be needed for that. Or a genomic element that has nothing interesting at it (I do not know of one). You can see this in the label-free work: non-specific, nuclear GO terms are enriched likely due to the random plus non-random labeling in the nucleus. What would a Telo vs general nucleus GSEA look like? (GSEA should be used for quantitative data, no GO). That would provide some specificity. Figures 2G and S4A are encouraging, but a) these proteins are largely sequestered in their respective locations, and b) no validation by an orthogonal method like ChIP or Cut and Run/Tag is used.

      You can also see this in the enormous number of "enriched" proteins in the supplemental volcano plots. The hypothesis-supporting ones are labeled, but do the authors really believe all of those proteins are specific to the loci being looked at? Maybe compared to mitochondria, but it's hard to believe there are not a lot of false positives in those blue clouds. I believe the authors are more seeing mito vs nucleus + Telo than the stated comparison. For example, if you have no labeling in the nucleus in the control (Figures 1C and 2C) you cannot separate background labeling from specific labeling. Same with mito vs. nuc+Telo. It is not the proper control to say what is specifically at the Telo.

      I would like to see a Telo vs nuclear control and a Centromere vs nuc control. One could then subtract the background from both experiments, then contrast Telo vs Cent for a proper, rigorous comparison. However, I realize that is a lot of work, so rewriting the manuscript to better and more accurately reflect what was accomplished here, and its limitations, would suffice.

      (2) A second major drawback is the lack of validation experiments. References to literature are helpful but do not make up for the lack of validation of a new method claiming new protein-DNA or DNA-DNA interactions. At least a handful of newly described proximal proteins need to be validated by an orthogonal method, like ChIP qPCR, other genomic methods, or gel shifts if they are likely to directly bind DNA. It is ok to have false positives in a challenging assay like this. But it needs to be well and clearly estimated and communicated.

      (3) The mapping of 3D contacts for 20 kb regions is beautiful. Some added discussion on this method's benefits over HiC-variants would be welcomed.

      (4) The study claims this method circumvents the need for transfectable cells. However, the authors go on to describe how they needed tons of cells, now in solution, to get it to work. The intro should be more in line with what was actually accomplished.

      (5) Comments like "Compared to other repetitive elements in the human genome...." appear to circumvent the fact that this method is still (apparently) largely limited to repetitive elements. Other than Glopro, which did analyze non-repetitive promoter elements, most comparable methods looked at telomeres. So, this isn't quite the advancement you are implying. Plus, the overlap with telomeric proteins and other studies should be addressed. However, that will be challenging due to the controls used here, discussed above.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The crystal structure of the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 complex presented by Li et al. is a novel contribution that significantly advances our understanding of CMG formation during the rate-limiting step of DNA replication initiation. This structure provides insights into the intermediate steps of CMG formation. The study builds upon previously known structures of Sld3 and Cdc45 and offers new perspectives into how Cdc45 is loaded onto MCM DH through Sld3-Sld7. The most notable finding is the structural difference in Sld3CBD when bound to Cdc45, particularly the arrangement of the α8-helix, which is essential for Cdc45 binding and may also pertain to its metazoan counterpart, Treslin. Additionally, the conformational shift in the DHHA1 domain of Cdc45 suggests a possible mechanism for its binding to MCM2NTD.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is generally well-written, with a precise structural analysis and a solid methodological section that will significantly advance future studies in the field. The predictions based on structural alignments are intriguing and provide a new direction for exploring CMG formation, potentially shaping the future of DNA replication research.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the manuscript lies in the lack of experimental validation for the proposed Sld3-Sld7-Cdc45 model. Specifically, the claim that Sld3 binding to Cdc45-MCM does not inhibit GINS binding, a finding that contradicts previous research, is not sufficiently substantiated with experimental evidence. To strengthen their model, the authors must provide additional experimental data to support this mechanism. Also, the authors have not compared the recently published Cryo-EM structures of the metazoan CMG helicases with their predicted models to see if Sld3/Treslin does not cause any clash with the GINS when bound to the CMG. Still, the work holds great potential in its current form but requires further experiments to confirm the authors' conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Dovek and colleagues aimed at investigating the cellular and circuitry mechanisms underlying the recruitment of two morpho-physiologically-distinct subpopulations of dentate gyrus excitatory cells (granular cells or GCs, and semilunar cells or SGCs) into memory representations, also known as engrams.

      To this end, the authors used TRAP2 mice to investigate the dentate gyrus "engram" neurons that were recruited or not (i.e., labeled or not) in a specific context (mostly enriched environment or EE, but also Barnes Maze or BM). GCs and SGCs were distinguished using a morphologically based classification. In line with previous observations (Erwin et al., 2022), SGCs exhibited a disproportionate context-dependent recruitment. Although they represent less than 5% of the excitatory neurons in the dentate gyrus, they comprise around 30% of behaviorally activated "engram" neurons.

      Then, the authors compared the intrinsic physiological properties of GCs and SGCs that are recruited or not during EE. Consistent with previous observations (Williams et al., 2007, Afrasiabi et al., 2022), SGCs and GCs exhibited numerous differences (e.g., Rin, firing frequency) regardless of whether they were behaviorally activated or not. Only the adaptation in firing rate enabled the discrimination of "engram" SGCs (which displayed lower values) from non-recruited SGCs.

      To examine how GCs and SGCs activated during EE are integrated into the local dentate gyrus microcircuits, the authors next performed a dual patch-clamp recording combined with wide-field optogenetics. Despite the presence of spontaneous EPSCs, no direct functional glutamatergic interconnection was observed between pairs of "engram" GCs and SGCs. In addition, the stimulation of behaviorally recruited GCs or SGCs rarely elicits IPSCs in non-engram excitatory neurons, which suggests limited lateral inhibition.

      Last, the authors investigated whether neurons recruited in the same context were characterized by a higher propensity to receive temporally correlated inputs. To this end, they performed a dual patch-clamp and analyzed the temporal correlation of spontaneous EPSCs received by pairs of neurons (either two dentate gyrus "engram" neurons, or one "engram" neuron and one "non-engram" neuron in an EE context). They observed that the temporal correlation of excitatory events received by pairs of engram neurons was greater than that of pairs of neurons that do not belong to the same ensemble, and that expected by chance.

      Altogether, the data suggest that distinctive intrinsic properties and shared excitatory afferent, rather than local microcircuit connectivity, are correlated with the context-dependent recruitment of dentate gyrus excitatory neurons.

      Strengths:

      This article raises interesting questions about the recruitment mechanisms of the neuronal ensembles that form memory engrams in the dentate gyrus. I find it particularly interesting that the authors considered not only granular cells, the main population of excitatory neurons in the dentate gyrus, but also a sparse subpopulation of semilunar cells, an understudied type of neuron described by Cajal, then almost forgotten for a century, and finally brought out of oblivion in the mid-2000s (Williams et al., 2007).

      Weaknesses:

      I think the article is a little too immature in its current form. I'd recommend that the authors work on their writing. For example, the objectives of the article are not completely clear to me after reading the manuscript, composed of parts where the authors seem to focus on SGCs, and others where they study "engram" neurons without differentiating the neuronal type (Figure 5). The next version of the manuscript should clearly establish the objectives and sub-aims.

      In addition, some results are not entirely novel (e.g., the disproportionate recruitment as well as the distinctive physiological properties of SGCs), and/or based on correlations that do not fully support the conclusions of the article. In addition to re-writing, I believe that the article would benefit from being enriched with further analyses or even additional experiments before being resubmitted in a more definitive form.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Transformer (tra) and Double Sex (dsx) genes influence the differentiation of sexual characteristics in Drosophila. A female-specific Tra protein regulates the dsx pre-mRNA splicing, which is required for the proper development of female-specific germ cells. The dsx gene regulates the development of sexual characteristics in both somatic and germline cells. The female-specific Dsx protein (DsxF) promotes female germline development, whereas the male-specific Dsx protein (DsxM) promotes male germline development. This regulation ensures that the germline cells develop in accordance with the sex karyotype of the organism. Together, they influence the sexual characteristics of both somatic and germline cells. This coordination is vital for fertility and the propagation of the species.

      In the article titled, "Diverse somatic Transformer and sex chromosome karyotype pathways regulate gene expression in Drosophila gonad development", the authors set out to compare the results of the gene expression patterns in the wild-type and transformed XX and XY germline cells, respectively, with an aim to understand the mechanism underlying the roles of tra and dsx genes. The authors hypothesised that somatic tra expression would be required for germline development and not for sex determination within germ cells. An independent germ cell-autonomous gene expression would be necessary for their sex determination. The authors also argued that the somatic tra activity would signal to germ cells through downstream gene expression for inducing the transformation which could be understood by comparing the phenotype and gene expression of the larval wild-type gonads and the sex-transformed tra gonads. The authors then set out to describe extensive scRNAseq data from different types of larval gonads viz., XX and XY female-type and XY and XX male-type gonads to conclude that sex determination in the germline and somatic cells is a complex process.

      Although the manuscript contains a lot of data, some of which could be useful to conclude a novel understanding regarding the abnormal transformation of the XX karyotype germ cells to male gonads, it suffers from incomplete analysis and poor organization. As a consequence, the authors ended up listing a lot of information with no clear conclusions.

      The manuscript in its current form is difficult to decipher by uninitiated readers. A thorough revision of the text and the presentation style of the data would significantly improve the message and its acceptance by a wider readership.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Sun et al report the development of a POST-IT (Pup-On-target for Small molecule Target Identification Technology) approach for drug target identification. Generally, this new technology applies a non-diffusive proximity tagging system by utilizing an engineered fusion of proteasomal accessory factor A (PafA) and HaloTag to transfer prokaryotic ubiquitin-like protein (Pup) to proximal proteins upon directly binding to the small molecule. After the pupylated targets are captured, they are able to be detected by mass spectrometry. Significant optimization (Lys-Arg and other mutations) was conducted to eliminate the interference of self-pupylation, polypupylation, and depupylation, POST-IT was successfully applied for the target identification of 2 well-known drugs: dasatinib and hydroxychloroquine, which yielded SEPHS2 and VPS37C as their new potential targets, respectively. Furthermore, POST-IT was also applied in live zebrafish embryos, highlighting its potential for broad biological research and drug development.

      This work was well designed and the experiments were logically conducted. The solid results support POST-IT as a promising technology for new drug target identification.

      Weakness and limitations:

      (1) The technology requires a halo-tagged derivation of the active compound, and the linked position will have a huge impact on the potential "target hits" of the molecules. Given the fact that most of the active molecules lack of structure-activity relationship information, it is very challenging to identify the optimal position of the halo tag linkage.

      (2) Although POST-IT works in zebrafish embryos, there is still a long way to go for the broad application of the technology in other animal models.

      (3) The authors identified SEPHS2 as a new potential target of dasatinib and further validated the direct binding of dasatinib with this protein. However, considering the super strong activity of dasatinib against c-Src (sub nanomolar IC50 value), it is hard to conclude the contribution of SEPHS2 binding (micromolar potency) to its antitumor activity.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript assesses the utility of spatial image correlation spectroscopy (ICS) for measuring physiological responses to DNA damage. ICS is a long-established (~1993) method similar to fluorescence correlation spectroscopy, for deriving information about the fluorophore density that underlies the intensity distributions of images. The authors first provide a technical but fairly accessible background to the theory of ICS, then compare it with traditional spot-counting methods for its ability to analyze the characteristics of γH2AX staining. Based on the degree of aggregation (DA) value, the authors then survey other markers of DNA damage and uncover some novel findings, such as that RPA aggregation inversely tracks the sensitivity to PARP inhibitors of different cell lines.

      The need for a more objective and standardized tool for analyzing DNA damage has long been felt in the field and the authors argue convincingly for this. The data in the manuscript are in general well-supported and of high quality, and show promise of being a robust alternative to traditional focus counting. However, there are a number of areas where I would suggest further controls and explanations to strengthen the authors' case for the robustness of their ICS method.

      Strengths:

      The spatial ICS method the authors describe and demonstrate is easy to perform and applicable to a wide variety of images. The DDR was well-chosen as an arena to showcase its utility due to its well-characterized dose-responsiveness and known variability between cell types. Their method should be readily useable by any cell biologist wanting to assess the degree of aggregation of fluorescent tags of interest.

      Weaknesses:

      The spatial ICS method, though of longstanding history, is not as intuitive or well-known as spot-based quantitation. While the Theory section gives a standard mathematical introduction, it is not as accessible as it could be. Additionally, the values of TNoP and DA shown in the Results are not discussed sufficiently with regard to their physical and physiological interpretation.

      The correlation of TNoP with γH2AX foci is high (Figure 2) and suggestive that the ICS method is suitable for measuring the strength of the DDR. The authors correctly mention that the number of spots found using traditional means can vary based on the parameters used for spot detection. They contrast this with their ICS detection method; however, the actual robustness of spatial ICS is not given equal consideration.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors present a cornucopia of data generated using deep mutational scanning (DMS) of variants in MET kinase, a protein target implicated in many different forms of cancer. The authors conducted a heroic amount of deep mutational scanning, using computational structural models to augment the interpretation of their DMS findings.

      Strengths:

      This powerful combination of computational models, experimental structures in the literature, dose-response curves, and DMS enables them to identify resistance and sensitizing mutations in the MET kinase domain, as well as consider inhibitors in the context of the clinically relevant exon-14 deletion. They then try to use the existing language model ESM1b augmented by an XGBoost regressor to identify key biophysical drivers of fitness. The authors provide an incredible study that has a treasure trove of data on a clinically relevant target that will appeal to many.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the authors do not equally consider alternative possible mechanisms of resistance or sensitivity beyond the impact of mutation on binding, even though the measure used to discuss resistance and sensitivity is ultimately a resistance score derived from the increase or decrease of the presence of a variant during cell growth. There are also points of discussion and interpretation that rely heavily on docked models of kinase-inhibitor pairs without considering alternative binding modes or providing any validation of the docked pose. Lastly, the use of ESM1b is powerful but constrained heavily by the limited structural training data provided, which can lead to misleading interpretations without considering alternative conformations or poses.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used a subset of a very large, previously generated 16S dataset to:<br /> (1) assess age-associated features; and (2) develop a fecal microbiome clock, based on an extensive longitudinal sampling of wild baboons for which near-exact chronological age is known. They further seek to understand deviation from age-expected patterns and uncover if and why some individuals have an older or younger microbiome than expected, and the health and longevity implications of such variation. Overall, the authors compellingly achieved their goals of discovering age-associated microbiome features and developing a fecal microbiome clock. They also showed clear and exciting evidence for sex and rank-associated variation in the pace of gut microbiome aging and impacts of seasonality on microbiome age in females. These data add to a growing understanding of modifiers of the pace of age in primates, and links among different biological indicators of age, with implications for understanding and contextualizing human variation. However, in the current version, there are gaps in the analyses with respect to the social environment, and in comparisons with other biological indicators of age. Despite this, I anticipate this work will be impactful, generate new areas of inquiry, and fuel additional comparative studies.

      Strengths:

      The major strengths of the paper are the size and sampling depth of the study population, including the ability to characterize the social and physical environments, and the application of recent and exciting methods to characterize the microbiome clock. An additional strength was the ability of the authors to compare and contrast the relative age-predictive power of the fecal microbiome clock to other biological methods of age estimation available for the study population (dental wear, blood cell parameters, methylation data). Furthermore, the writing and support materials are clear, informative and visually appealing.

      Weaknesses:

      It seems clear that more could be done in the area of drawing comparisons among the microbiome clock and other metrics of biological age, given the extensive data available for the study population. It was confusing to see this goal (i.e. "(i) to test whether microbiome age is correlated with other hallmarks of biological age in this population"), listed as a future direction, when the authors began this process here and have the data to do more; it would add to the impact of the paper to see this more extensively developed. An additional weakness of the current set of analyses is that the authors did not explore the impact of current social network connectedness on microbiome parameters, despite the landmark finding from members of this authorship studying the same population that "Social networks predict gut microbiome composition in wild baboons" published here in eLife some years ago. While a mother's social connectedness is included as a parameter of early life adversity, overall the authors focus strongly on social dominance rank, without discussion of that parameter's impact on social network size or directly assessing it.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript entitled "Terminal tracheal cells of Drosophila are immune privileged to maintain their Foxo-dependent structural plasticity", Bossen and colleagues determine that the terminal cells of the tracheal system differ from other larval tracheal cells in that they do not typically show an Imd-dependent immune response to fungal and viral infections. The authors reach this conclusion based on the expression of a reporter line, Drs-GFP. The authors speculate that this difference may reflect differential expression of an immune pathway component, as tracheal terminal cells (TTCs) do not respond to forced expression of PRGP-LS. The authors then go on to show that, unlike the other cells of the tracheal system, terminal cells do not express PGRP-LC as reported by a GAL4 enhancer trap. Forced expression of PGRP-LC in terminal cells resulted in reduced branching, cell damage, and features of the cell death program. These effects could be suppressed by the depletion of AP-1 or Foxo transcription factors. The authors show that Foxo plays a negative role in the branching of TTCs, with ectopic branching occurring upon RNAi (or under hypoxic conditions). The authors speculate that the immune privilege of the TTCs may have evolved to permit Foxo regulation of TTC branching.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide compelling genetic data.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors state that after infection 34% of larvae were not GFP+ as defined by the detection of Drs-GFP in dorsal branches. The authors should clarify if these larvae are completely without response to infection, with no Drs-GFP in dorsal trunks and or other tracheal branches. If these larvae are entirely unresponsive, could authors indicate why this might be? Also, at this point in the manuscript, the authors are somewhat misleading regarding TTC expression of Drs-GFP - they should state at this point that there are some TTCs that do express Drs-GFP, and also should address their prior study of Drs-GFP induction which does not claim exclusion of TTC Drs-GFP expression.

      (2) The authors describe the terminal cell phenotype as "shrunken" but this implies loss of size or pruning, however, it is not clear whether the defects could equally be due to lack of growth or slower growth.

      (3) Figure 1 suggests that GFP+ dorsal branches are not uniform in their expression of Drs-GFP, it seems more patchy. The authors should define the fraction of dorsal branch cells that are Drs-GFP positive. Also, are fusion cells Drs-GFP positive?

      (4) Drs-GFP expression is largely absent from terminal cells; however, a still significant # of terminal cells show expression (8%). Authors argue that PRGP-LC expression is absent based on a GAL4 transgenic line. If this line reflects endogenous PRGP-LC expression, should there not be 8% positive TTCs? Or is the 8% Drs-GFP expression independent of the IMD receptor?

      (5) Figure 2: the authors state that TTCs are negative even with induced PRGP-LE expression - should there not be at least 8% that are positive?

      (6) The authors compare PRGP-LC expression to induction of cell death by expression of reaper and hid. Reaper and Hid had stronger effects and eliminated TTCs. See cleavage of caspase Dpc-1 in PRGP-LC expressing cells. Is caspase cleavage always diagnostic of apoptosis or could the weaker than rpr/hid phenotype imply a different function?

      (7) Drs-GFP expression is said to be "completely" absent from tracheal terminal cells when the entire tracheal system is expressing PGRP-LE.

      (8) Figure 5, TRE_RFP expression, is not convincing that it is higher or in terminal cells.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Boch and colleagues, entitled Comparative Neuroimaging of the Carnivore Brain: Neocortical Sulcal Anatomy, compares and describes the cortical sulci of eighteen carnivore species, and sets a benchmark for future work on comparative brains.

      Based on previous observations, electrophysiological, histological and neuroimaging studies and their own observations, the authors establish a correspondence between the cortical sulci and gyri of these species. The different folding patterns of all brain regions are detailed, put into perspective in relation to their phylogeny as well as their potential involvement in cortical area expansion and behavioral differences.

      Strengths:

      This is a pioneering article, very useful for comparative brain studies and conducted with great seriousness and based on many past studies. The article is well-written and very didactic. The different protocols for brain collection, perfusion, and scanning are very detailed. The images are self-explanatory and of high quality. The authors explain their choice of nomenclature and labels for sulci and gyri on all species, with many arguments. The opening on ecology and social behavior in the discussion is of great interest and helps to put into perspective the differences in folding found at the level of the different cortexes. In addition, the authors do not forget to put their results into the context of the laws of allometry. They explain, for example, that although the largest brains were the most folded and had the deepest folds in their dataset, they did not necessarily have unique sulci, unlike some of the smaller, smoother brains.

      Weaknesses:

      The article is aware of its limitations, not being able to take into account inter-individual variability within each species, inter-hemispheric asymmetries, or differences between males and females. However, this does not detract from their aim, which is to lay the foundations for a correspondence between the brains of carnivores so that navigation within the brains of these species can be simplified for future studies. This article does not include comparisons of morphometric data such as sulci depth, sulci wall surface, or thickness of the cortical ribbon around the sulci.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors address a fundamental question for cell and tissue biology using the skin epidermis as a paradigm and ask how stratifying self-renewing epithelia induce differentiation and upward migration in basal dividing progenitor cells to generate suprabasal barrier-forming cells that are essential for a functional barrier formed by such an epithelium. The authors show for the first time that an increase in intracellular actomyosin contractility, a hallmark of barrier-forming keratinocytes, is sufficient to trigger terminal differentiation. Hence the data provide in vivo evidence of the more general interdependency of cell mechanics and differentiation. The data appear to be of high quality and the evidences are strengthened through a combination of different genetic mouse models, RNA sequencing, and immunofluorescence analysis.

      To generate and maintain the multilayered, barrier-forming epidermis, keratinocytes of the basal stem cell layer differentiate and move suprabasally accompanied by stepwise changes not only in gene expression but also in cell morphology, mechanics, and cell position. Whether any of these changes is instructive for differentiation itself and whether consecutive changes in differentiation are required remains unclear. Also, there are few comprehensive data sets on the exact changes in gene expression between different states of keratinocyte differentiation. In this study, through genetic fluorescence labeling of cell states at different developmental time points the authors were able to analyze gene expression of basal stem cells and suprabasal differentiated cells at two different stages of maturation: E14 (embryonic day 14) when the epidermis comprises mostly two functional compartments (basal stem cells and suprabasal so-called intermediate cells) and E16 when the epidermis comprise three (living) compartments where the spinous layer separates basal stem cells from the barrier-forming granular layer, as is the case in adult epidermis. Using RNA bulk sequencing, the authors developed useful new markers for suprabasal stages of differentiation like MafB and Cox1. The transcription factor MafB was then shown to inhibit suprabasal proliferation in a MafB transgenic model.

      The data indicate that early in development at E14 the suprabasal intermediate cells resemble in terms of RNA expression, the barrier-forming granular layer at E16, suggesting that keratinocytes can undergo either stepwise (E16) or more direct (E14) terminal differentiation.

      Previous studies by several groups found an increased actomyosin contractility in the barrier-forming granular layer and showed that this increase in tension is important for epidermal barrier formation and function. However, it was not clear whether contractility itself serves as an instructive signal for differentiation. To address this question, the authors use a previously published model to induce premature hypercontractility in the spinous layer by using spastin overexpression (K10-Spastin) to disrupt microtubules (MT) thereby indirectly inducing actomyosin contractility. A second model activates myosin contractility more directly through overexpression of a constitutively active RhoA GEF (K10-Arhgef11CA). Both models induce late differentiation of suprabasal keratinocytes regardless of the suprabasal position in either spinous or granular layer indicating that increased contractility is key to induce late differentiation of granular cells. A potential weakness of the K10-spastin model is the disruption of MT as the primary effect which secondarily causes hypercontractility. However, their previous publications provided some evidence that the effect on differentiation is driven by the increase in contractility (Ning et al. cell stem cell 2021). Moreover, the data are confirmed by the second model directly activating myosin through RhoA. These previous publications already indicated a role for contractility in differentiation but were focused on early differentiation. The data in this manuscript focus on the regulation of late differentiation in barrier-forming cells. These important data help to unravel the interdependencies of cell position, mechanical state, and differentiation in the epidermis, suggesting that an increase in cellular contractility in most apical positions within the epidermis can induce terminal differentiation. Importantly the authors show that despite contractility-induced nuclear localization of the mechanoresponsive transcription factor YAP in the barrier-forming granular layer, YAP nuclear localization is not sufficient to drive premature differentiation when forced to the nucleus in the spinous layer.

      Overall, this is a well-written manuscript and a comprehensive dataset. Only the RNA sequencing result should be presented more transparently providing the full lists of regulated genes instead of presenting just the GO analysis and selected target genes so that this analysis can serve as a useful repository. The authors themselves have profited from and used published datasets of gene expression of the granular cells. Moreover, some of the previous data should be better discussed though. The authors state that forced suprabasal contractility in their mouse models induces the expression of some genes of the epidermal differentiation complex (EDC). However, in their previous publication, the authors showed that major classical EDC genes are actually not regulated like filaggrin and loricrin (Muroyama and Lechler eLife 2017). This should be discussed better and necessitates including the full list of regulated genes to show what exactly is regulated.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This paper aims to address the establishment and maintenance of neural circuitry in the case of a massive loss of neurons. The authors used genetic manipulations to ablate the principal projection neurons, the mitral/tufted cells, in the mouse olfactory bulb. Using diphtheria toxin (Tbx21-Cre:: loxP-DTA line) the authors ablated progressively large numbers of M/T cells postnatally. By injecting diphtheria toxin (DT) into the Tbx21-Cre:: loxP-iDTR line, the authors were able to control the timing of the ablation in the adult stage. Both methods led to the successful elimination of a majority of M/TCs by 4 months of age. The authors made a few interesting observations. First, they found that the initial pruning of the remaining M/T cell primary dendrite was unaffected. However, in adulthood, a significant portion of these cells extended primary dendrites to innervate multiple glomeruli. Moreover, the incoming olfactory sensory neuron (OSN) axons, as examined for those expressing the M72 receptor, showed a divergent innervation pattern as well. The authors conclude that M/T cell density is required to maintain the dendritic structures and the olfactory map. To address the functional consequences of eliminating a large portion of principal neurons, the authors conducted a series of behavioral assays. They found that learned odor discrimination was largely intact. On the other hand, mating and aggression were reduced. The authors concluded that learned behaviors are more resilient than innate ones.

      The study is technically sound, and the results are clear-cut. The most striking result is the contrast between the normal dendritic pruning during early development and the expanded dendritic innervation in adulthood. It is a novel discovery that can lead to further investigation of how the single-glomerulus dendritic innervation is maintained. The authors conducted a few experiments to address potential mechanisms, but it is inconclusive, as detailed below. It is also interesting to see that the massive neuronal loss did not severely impact learned odor discrimination. This result, together with previous studies showing nearly normal odor discrimination in the absence of large portions of the olfactory bulb or scrambled innervation patterns, attests to the redundancy and robustness of the sensory system.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, authors Isotani et al used in vivo and ex vivo models to show that nicotine could promote stemness and tumorigenicity in murine model. The authors further provided data supporting that the effects of nicotine on stem cell proliferation and tumor initiation were mediated by the Hippo-YAP/TAZ and Notch signal pathway.

      Strengths and weaknesses:

      The major strength of this study is the using a set of tools, including Lgr5 reporter mice (Lgr5-EGFP-IRES-CreERT2 mice), stem cell-specific Apc knockout mice (Lgr5CreER Apcfl/fl mice), organoids derived from these mice and chemical compounds (agonists and antagonists) to demonstrate nicotine affects stem cells rather than Paneth cells, leading to increased intestinal stemness and tumorigenicity. Whereas, all models are restricted to mice, lacking analysis of human samples or human intestinal organoids to prove the human relevant of these findings. Although the revised manuscript has significantly improved in the quality of pictures, there seems to be still a discrepancy in Figure 2A: quantification result suggested that NIC (1um) treatment increased the number of colonies from 300 to around 450 (1.5 folds), whereas representative picture shown that the difference was 3 to 12 living organoids (4 folds).

      Overall, the presented results could support their conclusions. A previous study reported that nicotine acts through the α2β4 nAChR to enhance Wnt production by Paneth cells, which subsequently affects ISCs. In contrast, this manuscript demonstrated that nicotine directly promotes ISCs through α7-nAChR, independent of Paneth cells. Therefore, this manuscript offers novel insights into the mechanism of nicotine's effects on the mouse intestine.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Petty and Bruno investigate how response characteristics in the higher-order thalamic nuclei POm (typically somatosensory) and LP (typically visual) change when a stimulus (whisker air puff or visual drifting grating) of one or the other modality is conditioned to a reward. Using a two-step training procedure, they developed an elegant paradigm, where the distractor stimulus is completely uninformative about the reward, which is reflected in licking behavior of trained mice. While the animals seem to take on to the tactile stimulus more readily, they can also associate reward with the visual stimulus, ignoring tactile stimuli. In trained mice, the authors recorded single unit responses in both POm and LP while presenting the same stimuli. The authors first focused on POm recordings, finding that in animals with tactile conditioning POm units specifically responded to the air puff stimulus but not the visual grating. Unexpectedly, in visually conditioned animals, POm units also responded to the visual grating, suggesting that the responses are not modality-specific but more related to behavioral relevance. These effects seem not not be homogeneously distributed across POm, whereas lateral units maintain tactile specificity and medial units respond more flexibly. The authors further ask if the unexpected cross-modal responses might result from behavioral activity signatures. By regressing behavior-coupled activity out of the responses, they show that late activity indeed can be related to whisking, licking and pupil size measures. However, cross-modal short latency responses are not clearly related to animal behavior. Finally, LP neurons also seem to change their modality-specificity dependent on conditioning, whereas tactile responses are attenuated in LP if the animal is conditioned to visual stimuli.

      The authors make a compelling case that POm neurons are less modality specific than typically assumed. The training paradigm, employed methods and analyses are to the point, well supporting the conclusions. The findings importantly widen our understanding of higher-order thalamus processing features with flexibility to encode multiple modalities and behavioral relevance. The results raise many important questions on the brain-wide representation of conditioned stimuli. E.g. how specific are the responses to the conditioned stimuli? Are thalamic cross-modal neurons recruited for the specific conditioned stimulus or do their responses reflect a more global shift of attention from one modality to another? Are these cross-modal responses tracking global arousal/attention features, or actually encoding a different stimulus?

      The authors clarified a number of points in the updated version of the manuscript and expanded analyses and methods descriptions, which substantially improved the paper. The different time periods around the stimuli are more clearly assigned now and make the conclusions stronger.

      Especially the discussion is now well rounded and addresses the major points.

      To ask if the cross-modal activity is in some way functional for task performance I would like to see if (population) activity in the classical vs. cross-modal nucleus is predictive of lick latency or frequency on a trial-to-trial basis.

      I accept that the authors cannot differentiate between bottom-up "raw" sensory responses and top-down context/attention/etc signals and thus support the decision to restrict the analyses to either the likely sensory early part following stimulus onset or the (as shown here mostly movement-driven) offset period after cessation of the stimulus. However, the composite responses over different stimuli and conditioning types seem triphasic to me. I find the "ongoing" activity differences (~100-2000 ms) depending on conditioning type quite interesting and would welcome a more specific discussion on the different response periods.

      Overall a very elegant and well-presented study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors provide a method aiming to accurately reflect the individual deviation of longitudinal/temporal change compared to the normal temporal change characterized based on pre-trained population normative model (i.e., a Bayesian linear regression normative model), which was built based on cross-sectional data. This manuscript aims at solving a recently identified problem of using normative models based on cross-sectional data to make inferences about longitudinal change.

      Strengths:

      The efforts of this work make a good contribution to addressing an important question of normative modeling. With the greater availability of cross-sectional studies for normative modeling than longitudinal studies, and the inappropriateness of making inferences about longitudinal subject-specific changes using these cross-sectional data-based normative models, it's meaningful to try to address this gap from the aspect of methodological development.

      In the 1st revision, the authors added a simulation study to show how the performance of the classification based on z-diff scores relatively changes with different disruptions (and autocorrelation). Unfortunately, in my view this is insufficient as it only shows how the performance of using z-diff score relatively changes in different scenarios. I would suggest adding the comparison of performance to using the naïve difference in two simple z-scores to first show its better performance, which should also further highlight the inappropriate use of simple z-scores in inferring within-subject longitudinal changes. Additionally, Figure 1 is hard to read and obtain the actual values of the performance measure. I would suggest reducing it to several 2-dimensional figures. For example, for several fixed values of rho, how the performance changes with different values of the true disruption (and also adding the comparison to the naïve method (difference in two z-scores)).

      I would also suggest changing the title to reflect that the evaluation of "intra-subject" longitudinal change is the method's focus.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study by Chikermane and colleagues investigates functional, structural, and dopaminergic network substrate of cortical beta oscillations (13-30 Hz). The major strength of the work lies in the methodology taken by the authors, namely a multimodal lesion network mapping. First, using invasive electrophysiological recordings from healthy cortical territories of epileptic patients they identify regions with highest beta power. Next, they leverage open access MRI data and PET atlases and use the identified high-beta regions as seeds to find (1) the whole-brain functional and structural maps of regions that form the putative underlying network of high-beta regions and (2) the spatial distribution of dopaminergic receptors that show correlation with nodal connectivity of the identified networks. These steps are achieved by generating aggregate functional, structural, and dopaminergic network maps using lead-DBS toolbox, and by contrasting the results with those obtained from high-alpha regions. The main findings are:

      (1) Beta power is strongest across frontal, cingulate, and insular regions in invasive electrophysiological data, and these regions map onto a shared functional and structural network.<br /> (2) The shared functional and structural networks show significant positive correlations with dopamine receptors across cortex and basal ganglia (which is not the case for alpha, where correlations are found with GABA).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Freas et al. investigated if the exceedingly dim polarization pattern produced by the moon can be used by animal to guide a genuine navigational task. The sun and moon are celestial beacons for directional information, but they can be obscured by clouds, canopy, or the horizon. However, even when hidden from view, these celestial bodies provide directional information through the polarized light patterns in the sky. While the sun's polarization pattern is famously used by many animals for compass orientation, until now it has never been shown that the extremely dim polarization pattern of the moon can be used for navigation. To test this, Freas et al. studied nocturnal bull ants, by placing a linear polarizer in the homing path on a freely navigating ant 45 degrees shifted to the moon's natural polarization pattern. They recorded the homing direction of an ant before entering the polarizer, under the polarizer, and again after leaving the area covered by the polarizer. The results very clearly show, that ants walking under the linear polarizer change their homing direction by about 45 degrees in comparison to the homing direction under the natural polarization pattern and change it back after leaving the area covered by the polarizer again. These results can be repeated throughout the lunar month, showing that bull ants can use the moon's polarization pattern even under crescent moon conditions. Finally, the authors show, that the degree in which the ants change their homing direction is dependent on the length of their home vector, just as it is for the solar polarization pattern.

      The behavioral experiments are very well designed, and the statistical analyses are appropriate for the data presented. The authors' conclusions are nicely supported by the data and clearly show nocturnal bull ants use the dim polarization pattern of the moon for homing, in the same way many animals use the sun's polarization pattern during the day. This is the first proof of the use of the lunar polarization pattern in any animal.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed all of my previous comments and suggestions. I am happy with the way the manuscript has improved and have no further comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fiber photometry has become a very popular tool in recording neuronal activity in freely behaving animals. Despite the number of papers published with the method, as the authors rightly note, there are currently no standardized ways to analyze the data produced. Moreover, most of the data analyses confine to simple measurements of averaged activity and by doing so, erase valuable information encoded in the data. The authors offer an approach based on functional linear mixed modeling, where beyond changes in overall activity various functions of the data can also be analyzed. More in depth analysis, more variables taken into account, better statistical power all lead to higher quality science.

      Strengths:

      The framework the authors present is solid and well explained. By reanalyzing formerly published data, the authors also further increase the significance of the proposed tool opening new avenues for reinterpreting already collected data. They also made a convincing case showing that the proposed algorithm works on data with different preprocessing backgrounds.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study investigates Cancer Driving Nucleotides (CDNs) using the TCGA database, finding that these recurring point mutations could greatly enhance our understanding of cancer genomics and improve personalized treatment strategies. Despite identifying 50-150 CDNs per cancer type, the research reveals that a significant number remain undiscovered, limiting current therapeutic applications, underscoring the need for further larger-scale research.

      Strengths:

      The study provides a detailed examination of cancer-driving mutations at the nucleotide level, offering a more precise understanding than traditional gene-level analyses. The authors found a significant number of CDNs remain undiscovered, with only 0-2 identified per patient out of an expected 5-8, indicating that many important mutations are still missing. The study indicated that identifying more CDNs could potentially significantly impact the development of personalized cancer therapies, improving patient outcomes.

      Weaknesses:

      The challenges in direct functional testing of CDNs due to the complexity of tumor evolution and unknown mutation combinations limit the practical applicability of the findings.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors developed a rigorous methodology for identifying all Cancer Driving Nucleotides (CDNs) by leveraging the concept of massively repeated evolution in cancer. By focusing on mutations that recur frequently in pan-cancer, they aimed to differentiate between true driver mutations and neutral mutations, ultimately enhancing the understanding of the mutational landscape that drives tumorigenesis. Their goal was to call a comprehensive catalogue of CDNs to inform more effective targeted therapies and address issues such as drug resistance.

      Strengths

      (1) The authors introduced a concept of using massively repeated evolution to identify CDNs. This approach recognizes that advantageous mutations recur frequently (at least 3 times) across cancer patients, providing a lens to identify true cancer drivers.

      (2) The theory showed the feasibility of identifying almost all CDNs if the number of sequenced patients increases to 100,000 for each cancer type.

      Weaknesses

      (1) No novel true driver mutations were identified in this study.

      (2) Different cancer types have unique mutational landscapes. The methodology, while robust, might face challenges in uniformly identifying CDNs across various cancers with distinct genetic and epigenetic contexts.

      (3) The statement "In other words, the sequences surrounding the high-recurrence sites appear rather random.". Since it was a pan-cancer analysis, the unique patterns of each cancer type could be strongly diluted in the pan-cancer data.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors proposed a framework to estimate the posterior distribution of parameters in biophysical models. The framework has two modules: the first MLP module is used to reduce data dimensionality and the second NPE module is used to approximate the desired posterior distribution. The results show that the MLP module can capture additional information compared to manually defined summary statistics. By using the NPE module, the repetitive evaluation of the forward model is avoided, thus making the framework computationally efficient. The results show the framework has promise in identifying degeneracy. This is an interesting work.

      Comment on revised version:

      The authors have addressed all the raised concerns and made appropriate modifications to the manuscript. The changes have improved the clarity, methodology, and overall quality of the paper. Given these improvements, I believe the paper now meets the standards for publication in this journal.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Tubert C. et al. investigated the role of dopamine D5 receptors (D5R) and their downstream potassium channel, Kv1, in the striatal cholinergic neuron pause response induced by thalamic excitatory input. Using slice electrophysiological analysis combined with pharmacological approaches, the authors tested which receptors and channels contribute to the cholinergic interneuron pause response in both control and dyskinetic mice (in the L-DOPA off state). They found that activation of Kv1 was necessary for the pause response, while activation of D5R blocked the pause response in control mice. Furthermore, in the L-DOPA off-state of dyskinetic mice, the absence of the pause response was restored by the application of clozapine. The authors claimed that (1) the D5R-Kv1 pathway contributes to the cholinergic interneuron pause response in a phasic dopamine concentration-dependent manner, and (2) clozapine inhibits D5R in the L-DOPA off state, which restores the pause response.

      Strengths:

      The electrophysiological and pharmacological approaches used in this study are powerful tools for testing channel properties and functions. The authors' group has well-established these methodologies and analysis pipelines. Indeed, the data presented were robust and reliable.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the paper has strengths in its methodological approaches, there is a significant gap between the presented data and the authors' claims.

      There was no direct demonstration that the D5R-Kv1 pathway is dominant when dopamine levels are high. The term 'high' is ambiguous, and it raises the question of whether the authors believe that dopamine levels do not reach the threshold required to activate D5R under physiological conditions.

      Furthermore, the data presented in Figure 6 are confusing. If clozapine inhibits active D5R and restores the pause response, the D5R antagonist SCH23390 should have the same effect. The data suggest that clozapine-induced restoration of the pause response might be mediated by other receptors, rather than D5R alone.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper uses rigorous methods to determine phase dynamics from human cortical stereotactic EEGs. It finds that the power of the phase is higher at the lowest spatial phase.

      Strengths:

      Rigorous and advanced analysis methods.

      Weaknesses:

      The novelty and significance of the results are difficult to appreciate from the current version of the paper.

      (1) It is very difficult to understand which experiments were analysed, and from where they were taken, reading the abstract. This is a problem both for clarity with regard to the reader and for attribution of merit to the people who collected the data.

      (2) The finding that the power is higher at the lowest spatial phase seems in tune with a lot of previous studies. The novelty here is unclear and it should be elaborated better. I could not understand reading the paper the advantage I would have if I used such a technique on my data. I think that this should be clear to every reader.

      (3) It seems problematic to trust in a strong conclusion that they show low spatial frequency dynamics of up to 15-20 cm given the sparsity of the arrays. The authors seem to agree with this concern in the last paragraph of page 12. They also say that it would be informative to repeat the analyses presented here after the selection of more participants from all available datasets. It begs the question of why this was not done. It should be done if possible.

      (4) Some of the analyses seem not to exploit in full the power of the dataset. Usually, a figure starts with an example participant but then the analysis of the entire dataset is not as exhaustive. For example, in Figure 6 we have a first row with the single participants and then an average over participants. One would expect quantifications of results from each participant (i.e. from the top rows of GFg 6) extracting some relevant features of results from each participant and then showing the distribution of these features across participants. This would complement the subject average analysis.

      (5) The function of brain phase dynamics at different frequencies and scales has been examined in previous papers at frequencies and scales relevant to what the authors treat. The authors may want to be more extensive with citing relevant studies and elaborating on the implications for them. Some examples below:<br /> Womelsdorf T, et alScience. 2007<br /> Besserve M et al. PloS Biology 2015<br /> Nauhaus I et al Nat Neurosci 2009

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper examines changes in relaxation time (T1 and T2) and magnetization transfer parameters that occur in a model system and in vivo when cells or tissue are depolarized using an equimolar extracellular solution with different concentrations of the depolarizing ion K+. The motivation is to explain T2 changes that have previously been observed by the authors in an in vivo model with neural stimulation (DIANA) and to try provide a mechanism to explain those changes.

      Strengths:

      The authors argue that the use of various concentrations of KCL in the extracellular fluid depolarize or hyperpolarize the cell pellets used and that this change in membrane potential is the driving force for the T2 (and T1-supplementary material) changes observed. In particular, they report an increase in T2 with increasing KCL concentration in the extracellular fluid (ECF) of pellets of SH-SY5Y cells. To offset the increasing osmolarity of the ECF due to the increase in KCL, the NaCL molarity of the ECF is proportionally reduced. The authors measure the intracellular voltage using patch clamp recordings, which is a gold standard. With 80 mM of KCL in the ECF, a change in T2 of the cell pellets of ~10 ms is observed with the intracellular potential recorded as about -6 mv. A very large T1 increase of ~90 ms is reported under the same conditions. The PSR (ratio of hydrogen protons on macromolecules to free water) decreases by about 10% at this 80 mM KCL concentration. Similar results are seen in a Jurkat cell line and similar, but far smaller changes are observed in vivo, for a variety of reasons discussed. As a final control, T1 and T2 values are measured in the various equimolar KCL solutions. As expected, no significant changes in T1 and T2 of the ECF were observed for these concentrations.

      Weaknesses:

      While the concepts presented are interesting, and the actual experimental methods seem to be nicely executed, the conclusions are not supported by the data for a number of reasons. This is not to say that the data isn't consistent with the conclusions, but there are other controls not included that would be necessary to draw the conclusion that it is membrane potential that is driving these T1 and T2 changes. Unfortunately for these authors, similar experiments conducted in 2008 (Stroman et al. Magn. Reson. in Med. 59:700-706) found similar results (increased T2 with KCL) but with a different mechanism, that they provide definite proof for. This study was not referenced in the current work.

      It is well established that cells swell/shrink upon depolarization/hyperpolarization. Cell swelling is accompanied by increased light transmittance in vivo, and this should be true in the pellet system as well. In a beautiful series of experiments, Stroman et al. (2008) showed in perfused brain slices that the cells swell upon equimolar KCL depolarization and the light transmittance increases. The time course of these changes is quite slow, of the order of many minutes, both for the T2-weighted MRI signal and for the light transmittance. Stroman et al. also show that hypoosmotic changes produce the exact same timecourse as the KCL depolarization changes (and vice versa for the hyperosmotic changes - which cause cell shrinkage). Their conclusion, therefore, was that cell swelling (not membrane potential) was the cause of the T2-weighted changes observed, and that these were relatively slow (on the scale of many minutes).

      What are the implications for the current study? Well, for one, the authors cannot exclude cell swelling as the mechanism for T2 changes, as they have not measured that. It is however well established that cell swelling occurs during depolarization, so this is not in question. Water in the pelletized cells is in slow/intermediate exchange with the ECF, and the solutions for the two compartment relaxation model for this are well established (see Menon and Allen, Magn. Reson. in Med. 20:214-227 (1991). The T2 relaxation times should be multiexponential (see point (3) further below). The current work cannot exclude cell swelling as the mechanism for T2 changes (it is mentioned in the paper, but not dealt with). Water entering cells dilutes the protein structures, changes rotational correlation times of the proteins in the cell and is known to increase T2. The PSR confirms that this is indeed happening, so the data in this work is completely consistent with the Stroman work and completely consistent with cell swelling associated with depolarization. The authors should have performed light scattering studies to demonstrate the presence or absence of cell swelling. Measuring intracellular potential is not enough to clarify the mechanism.

      So why does it matter whether the mechanism is cell swelling or membrane potential? The reason is response time. Cell swelling due to depolarization is a slow process, slower than hemodynamic responses that characterize BOLD. In fact, cell swelling under normal homeostatic conditions in vivo is virtually non-existent. Only sustained depolarization events typically associated with non-naturalistic stimuli or brain dysfunction produce cell swelling. Membrane potential changes associated with neural activity, on the other hand, are very fast. In this manuscript, the authors have convincingly shown a signal change that is virtually the same as what was seen in the Stroman publication, but they have not shown that there is a response that can be detected with anything approaching the timescale of an action potential. So one cannot definitely say that the changes observed are due to membrane potential. One can only say they are consistent with cell swelling, regardless of what causes the cell swelling.

      For this mechanism to be relevant to explaining DIANA, one needs to show that the cell swelling changes occur within a millisecond, which has never been reported. If one knows the populations of ECF and pellet, the T2s of the ECF and pellet and the volume change of the cells in the pellet, one can model any expected T2 changes due to neuronal activity. I think one would find that these are minuscule within the context of an action potential, or even bulk action potential.

      There are a few smaller issues that should be addressed.<br /> (1) Why were complicated imaging sequences used to measure T1 and T2? On a Bruker system it should be possible to do very simple acquisitions with hard pulses (which will not need dictionaries and such to get quantitative numbers). Of course, this can only be done sample by sample and would take longer, but it avoids a lot of complication to correct the RF pulses used for imaging, which leads me to the 2nd point.<br /> (2) Figure S1 (H) is unlike any exponential T2 decay I have seen in almost 40 years of making T2 measurements. The strange plateau at the beginning and the bump around TE = 25 ms are odd. These could just be noise, but the fitted curve exactly reproduces these features. A monoexponential T2 decay cannot, by definition, produce a fit shaped like this.<br /> (3) As noted earlier, layered samples produce biexponential T2 decays and monoexponential T1 decays. I don't quite see how this was accounted for in the fitting of the data from the pellet preparations. I realize that these are spatially resolved measurements, but the imaging slice shown seems to be at the boundary of the pellet and the extracellular media and there definitely should be a biexponential water proton decay curve. Only 5 echo times were used, so this is part of the problem, but it does mean that the T2 reported is a population fraction weighted average of the T2 in the two compartments.<br /> (4) Delta T1 and T2 values are presented for the pellets in wells, but no absolute values are presented for either the pellets or the KCL solutions that I could find.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors explore a large-scale electrophysiological dataset collected in 10 labs while mice performed the same behavioral task, and aim to establish guidelines to aid reproducibility of results collected across labs. They introduce a series of metrics for quality control of electrophysiological data and show that histological verification of recording sites is important for interpreting findings across labs and should be reported in addition to planned coordinates. Furthermore, the authors suggest that although basic electrophysiology features were comparable across labs, task modulation of single neurons can be variable, particularly for some brain regions. The authors then use a multi-task neural network model to examine how neural dynamics relate to multiple interacting task- and experimenter-related variables, and find that lab-specific differences contribute little to the variance observed. Therefore, analysis approaches that account for correlated behavioral variables are important for establishing reproducible results when working with electrophysiological data from animals performing decision-making tasks. This paper is very well-motivated and needed. However, what is missing is a direct comparison of task modulation of neurons across labs using standard analysis practice in the fields, such as generalized linear model (GLM). This can potentially clarify how much behavioral variance contributes to the neural variance across labs; and more accurately estimate the scale of the issues of reproducibility in behavioral systems neuroscience, where conclusions often depend on these standard analysis methods.

      Strength:

      (1) This is a well-motivated paper that addresses the critical question of reproducibility in behavioural systems neuroscience. The authors should be commended for their efforts.

      (2) A key strength of this study comes from the large dataset collected in collaboration across ten labs. This allows the authors to assess lab-to-lab reproducibility of electrophysiological data in mice performing the same decision-making task.

      (3) The authors' attempt to streamline preprocessing pipelines and quality metrics is highly relevant in a field that is collecting increasingly large-scale datasets where automation of these steps is increasingly needed.

      (4) Another major strength is the release of code repositories to streamline preprocessing pipelines across labs collecting electrophysiological data.

      (5) Finally, the application of MTNN for characterizing functional modulation of neurons, although not yet widely used in systems neuroscience, seems to have several advantages over traditional methods.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In several places the assumptions about standard practices in the field, including preprocessing and analyses of electrophysiology data, seem to be inaccurately presented:

      a) The estimation of how much the histologically verified recording location differs from the intended recording location is valuable information. Importantly, this paper provides citable evidence for why that is important. However, histological verification of recording sites is standard practice in the field, even if not all studies report them. Although we appreciate the authors' effort to further motivate this practice, the current description in the paper may give readers outside the field a false impression of the level of rigor in the field.

      b) When identifying which and how neurons encode particular aspects of stimuli or behaviour in behaving animals (when variables are correlated by the nature of the animals behaviour), it has become the standard in behavioral systems neuroscience to use GLMs - indeed many labs participating in the IBL also has a long history of doing this (e.g., Steinmetz et al., 2019; Musall et al., 2023; Orsolic et al., 2021; Park et al., 2014). The reproducibility of results when using GLMs is never explicitly shown, but the supplementary figures to Figure 7 indicate that results may be reproducible across labs when using GLMs (as it has similar prediction performance to the MTNN). This should be introduced as the first analysis method used in a new dedicated figure (i.e., following Figure 3 and showing results of analyses similar to what was shown for the MTNN in Figure 7). This will help put into perspective the degree of reproducibility issues the field is facing when analyzing with appropriate and common methods. The authors can then go on to show how simpler approaches (currently in Figures 4 and 5) - not accounting for a lot of uncontrolled variabilities when working with behaving animals - may cause reproducibility issues.

      When the authors introduce a neural network approach (i.e. MTNN) as an alternative to the analyses in Figures 4 and 5, they suggest: 'generalized linear models (GLMs) are likely too inflexible to capture the nonlinear contributions that many of these variables, including lab identity and spatial positions of neurons, might make to neural activity'). This is despite the comparison between MTNN and GLM prediction performance (Supplement 1 to Figure 7) showing that the MTNN is only slightly better at predicting neural activity compared to standard GLMs. The introduction of new models to capture neural variability is always welcome, but the conclusion that standard analyses in the field are not reproducible can be unfair unless directly compared to GLMs.

      In essence, it is really useful to demonstrate how different analysis methods and preprocessing approaches affect reproducibility. But the authors should highlight what is actually standard in the field, and then provide suggestions to improve from there.

      (2) The authors attempt to establish a series of new quality control metrics for the inclusion of recordings and single units. This is much needed, with the goal to standardize unit inclusion across labs that bypasses the manual process while keeping the nuances from manual curation. However, the authors should benchmark these metrics to other automated metrics and to manual curation, which is still a gold standard in the field. The authors did this for whole-session assessment but not for individual clusters. If the authors can find metrics that capture agreed-upon manual cluster labels, without the need for manual intervention, that would be extremely helpful for the field.

      (3) With the goal of improving reproducibility and providing new guidelines for standard practice for data analysis, the authors should report of n of cells, sessions, and animals used in plots and analyses throughout the paper to aid both understanding of the variability in the plots - but also to set a good example.

      Other general comments:

      (1) In the discussion (line 383) the authors conclude: 'This is reassuring, but points to the need for large sample sizes of neurons to overcome the inherent variability of single neuron recording'. - Based on what is presented in this paper we would rather say that their results suggest that appropriate analytical choices are needed to ensure reproducibility, rather than large datasets - and they need to show whether using standard GLMs actually allows for reproducible results.

      (2) A general assumption in the across-lab reproducibility questions in the paper relies on intralab variability vs across-lab variability. An alternative measure that may better reflect experimental noise is across-researcher variability, as well as the amount of experimenter experience (if the latter is a factor, it could suggest researchers may need more training before collecting data for publication). The authors state in the discussion that this is not possible. But maybe certain measures can be used to assess this (e.g. years of conducting surgeries/ephys recordings etc)?

      (3) Figure 3b and c: Are these plots before or after the probe depth has been adjusted based on physiological features such as the LFP power? In other words, is the IBL electrophysiological alignment toolbox used here and is the reliability of location before using physiological criteria or after? Beyond clarification, showing both before and after would help the readers to understand how much the additional alignment based on electrophysiological features adjusts probe location. It would also be informative if they sorted these penetrations by which penetrations were closest to the planned trajectory after histological verification.

      (4) In Figures 4 and 6: If the authors use a 0.05 threshold (alpha) and a cell simply has to be significant on 1/6 tests to be considered task modulated, that means that they have a false positive rate of ~30% (0.05*6=0.3). We ran a simple simulation looking for significant units (from random null distribution) from these criteria which shows that out of 100.000 units, 26500 units would come out significant (false error rate: 26.5%). That is very high (and unlikely to be accepted in most papers), and therefore not surprising that the fraction of task-modulated units across labs is highly variable. This high false error rate may also have implications for the investigation of the spatial position of task-modulated units (as effects of the spatial position may drown in falsely labelled 'task-modulated' cells).

      (5) The authors state from Figure 5b that the majority of cells could be well described by 2 PCs. The distribution of R2 across neurons is almost uniform, so depending on what R2 value one considers a 'good' description, that is the fraction of 'good' cells. Furthermore, movement onset has now been well-established to be affecting cells widely and in large fractions, so while this analysis may work for something with global influence - like movement - more sparsely encoded variables (as many are in the brain) may not be well approximated with this suggestion. The authors could expand this analysis into other epochs like activity around stimulus presentation, to better understand how this type of analysis reproduces across labs for features that have a less global influence.

      (6) Additionally, in Figure 5i: could the finding that one can only distinguish labs when taking cells from all regions, simply be a result of a different number of cells recorded in each region for each lab? It makes more sense to focus on the lab/area pairing as the authors also do, but not to make their main conclusion from it. If the authors wish to do the comparison across regions, they will need to correct for the number of cells recorded in each region for each lab. In general, it was a struggle to fully understand the purpose of Figure 5. While population analysis and dimensionality reduction are commonplace, this seems to be a very unusual use of it.

      (7) In the discussion the authors state: "This approach, which exceeds what is done in many experimental labs". Indeed this approach is a more effective and streamlined way of doing it, but it is questionable whether it 'exceeds' what is done in many labs. Classically, scientists trace each probe manually with light microscopy and designate each area based on anatomical landmarks identified with nissl or dapi stains together with gross landmarks. When not automated with 2-PI serial tomography and anatomically aligned to a standard atlas, this is a less effective process, but it is not clear that it is less precise, especially in studies before neuropixels where active electrodes were located in a much smaller area. While more effective, transforming into a common atlas does make additional assumptions about warping the brain into the standard atlas - especially in cases where the brain has been damaged/lesioned. Readers can appreciate the effectiveness and streamlining provided by these new tools without the need to invalidate previous approaches.

      (8) What about across-lab population-level representation of task variables, such as in the coding direction for stimulus or choice? Is the general decodability of task variables from the population comparable across labs?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Seon and Chung's study investigates the hypothesis that individuals take more risks when observed by others because they perceive others to be riskier than themselves. To test this, the authors designed an innovative experimental paradigm where participants were informed that their decisions would be observed by a "risky" player and a "safe" player. Participants underwent fMRI scanning during the task.

      Strengths:

      The research question is sound, and the experimental paradigm is well-suited to address the hypothesis.

      Weaknesses:

      I have several concerns. Most notably, the manuscript is difficult to read in parts, and I suggest a thorough revision of the writing for clarity, as some sections are nearly incomprehensible. Additionally, key statistical details are missing, and I have reservations about the choice of ROIs.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Molnar, Suranyi and colleagues have generated a useful dataset characterizing the rate of mutations in Mycobacterium smegmatis - a non-pathogenic model mycobacterial strain, to several antibiotics at sub-lethal dose. The whole genome sequencing approach used is a strength of this study. Overall, the results are consistent with a low rate of mutations, consistent with other reports in Mycobacterium smegmatis and in vitro and clinical studies with Mycobacterium tuberculosis. The data supports phenotypic tolerance rather than genetic mutations as a driver.

      The revised manuscript is improved and addresses several concerns raised by the reviewers from the previous rounds. These relate primarily to the presentation of data in the figures, but there is also new data in Figure 2 to show an increased MIC for M. smegmatis under antibiotic pressure. An additional dataset of sequences from ciprofloxacin-treated bacteria has also been generated and made publicly accessible, which will be of interest to the community.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Human and simian immunodeficiency viruses (HIV and SIV, respectively) evolved numerous mechanisms to compromise effective immune responses but the underlying mechanisms remain incompletely understood. Here, Yamamoto and Matano examined the humoral immune response in a large number of rhesus macaques infected with the difficult-to-neutralize SIVmac239 strain and identified a subgroup of animals showing significant neutralizing Ab responses. Sequence analyses revealed that in most of these animals (7/9) but only a minority in the control group (2/19) SIVmac variants containing a CD8+ T-cell escape mutation of G63E/R in the viral Nef gene emerged. Functional analyses revealed that this change attenuates the ability of Nef to stimulate PI3K/Akt/mTORC2 signalling. The authors propose that this improved induction of SIVmac239 nAb is reciprocal to antibody dysregulation caused by a previously identified human PI3K gain-of-function mutation associated with impaired anti-viral B-cell responses. Altogether, the results suggest that PI3K signalling plays a role in B-cell maturation and generation of effective nAb responses. Preliminary data indicate that Nef might be transferred from infected T cells to B cells by direct contact. However, the exact mechanism and the relevance for vaccine development requires further studies

      Strengths of the study are that the authors analyzed a large number of SIVmac-infected macaques to unravel the biological significance of the known effect of the interaction of Nef with PI3K/Akt/mTORC2 signaling. This is interesting and may provide a novel means to improve humoral immune responses to HIV. In the revised version the authors made an effort to address previous concerns. Especially, they provide data supporting that Nef might be transferred to B cells by direct cell-cell contact. In addition, the provide some evidence that G63R that also emerged in most animals does not share the disruptive effect of G63G although experimental examination and discussion why G63R might emerge remains poor. Another weakness that remains is that some effects of the G63E mutation are modest and effects were not compared to SIVmac constructs lacking Nef entirely. The evidence for a role of Nef G63E mutation on PI3K and the association with improved nAb responses was largely convincing and it is appreciated that the authors provide additional evidence for a potential impact of "soluble" Nef on neighboring B cells. However, the experimental set-up and the results are difficult to comprehend. It seems that direct cell-cell contact is required and membranes are exchanged. Since Nef is associated with cellular membranes this might lead to some transfer of Nef to B cells. However, the immunological and functional consequences of this remain largely elusive. Alternatively, Nef-mediated manipulation of helper CD4 T cells might also impact B cell function and effective humoral immune responses. As previously noted, the presentation of the results and conclusions was in part very convoluted and difficult to comprehend. While the authors made attempts to improve the writing parts of the manuscript are still challenging to follow. This applies even more to the rebuttal (complex words combined with poor grammar), which made it difficult to assess which concerns have been satisfactory addressed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      NFKB mutations are thought to be one of the causes of pituitary dysfunction, but until now they could not be reproduced in mice and their pathomechanism was unknown. The authors used the differentiation of hypothalamic-pituitary organoids from human pluripotent stem cells to recapitulate the disease in human iPS cells carrying the NFKB mutation.

      Strengths:

      The authors achieved their primary goal of recapitulating the disease in human cells. In particular, the differentiation of the pituitary gland is closely linked to the adjacent hypothalamus in embryology, and the authors have again shown that this method is useful when the hypothalamus is suspected to be involved in pituitary abnormalities caused by genetic mutations.

      Weaknesses:

      On the other hand, the pathomechanism is still not fully understood. This study provides some clues to the pathomechanism, but further analysis of NFKB expression and experiments investigating the relevant factors in more detail may help to clarify it further.<br /> As for the revised manuscript, it is still insufficient for understanding the role of NFKB2 in pituitary development although their additional experiments have improved the manuscript. The strength of the hypothalamus-pituitary organoid lies in its ability to recapitulate the differentiation process including not only the pituitary cells but also neighbouring non-pituitary cells, such as hypothalamic cells in vitro. It is necessary to determine "at which stages" and "in which localizations" NFKB2 expression is critical for pituitary development.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current manuscript provides solid evidence that the molecular function of SLC35G1, an orphan human SLC transporter, is citrate export at the basolateral membrane of intestinal epithelial cells. Multiple lines of evidence, including radioactive transport experiments, immunohistochemical staining, gene expression analysis, and siRNA knockdown are combined to deduce a model of the physiological role of this transporter.

      Strengths:

      The experimental approaches are comprehensive, and together establish a strong model for the role of SLC35G1 in citrate uptake. The observation that chloride inhibits uptake suggests an interesting mechanism that exploits the difference in chloride concentration across the basolateral membrane.

      Weaknesses:

      A gap in this study is that the mechanism of the transporter has not been established. The authors propose that the mechanism is facilitated diffusion, while also leaving open the possibility that citrate transport is coupled to another ion, such as chloride. However, another result from this study seems to be in conflict with the proposed facilitative diffusion mechanism. Specifically, the study finds that uptake is not impacted by membrane depolarization. This would imply that transport is not electrogenic, whereas facilitated diffusion of citrate anion should be an electrogenic process.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Galanti et al. present an innovative new method to determine the susceptibility of large collections of plant accessions towards infestations by herbivores and pathogens. This work resulted from an unplanned infestation of plants in a greenhouse that was later harvested for sequencing. When these plants were extracted for DNA, associated pest DNA was extracted and sequenced as well. In a standard analysis, all sequencing reads would be mapped to the plant reference genome and unmapped reads, most likely originating from 'exogenous' pest DNA, would be discarded. Here, the authors argue that these unmapped reads contain valuable information and can be used to quantify plant infestation loads.

      For the present manuscript, the authors re-analysed a published dataset of 207 sequenced accessions of Thlaspi arvense. In this data, 0.5% of all reads had been classified as exogenous reads, while 99.5% mapped to the T. arvense reference genome. In a first step, however, the authors repeated read mapping against other reference genomes of potential pest species and found that a substantial fraction of 'ambiguous' reads mapped to at least one such species. Removing these reads improved the results of downstream GWAs, and is in itself an interesting tool that should be adopted more widely.

      The exogenous reads were primarily mapped to the genomes of the aphid Myzus persicae and the powdery mildew Erysiphe cruciferarum, from which the authors concluded that these were the likely pests present in their greenhouse. The authors then used these mapped pest read counts as an approximate measure of infestation load and performed GWA studies to identify plant gene regions across the T. arvense accessions that were associated with higher or lower pest read counts. In principle, this is an exciting approach that extracts useful information from 'junk' reads that are usually discarded. The results seem to support the authors' arguments, with relatively high heritabilities of pest read counts among T. arvense accessions, and GWA peaks close to known defence genes. Nonetheless, I do feel that more validation would be needed to support these conclusions, and given the radical novelty of this approach, additional experiments should be performed.

      A weakness of this study is that no actual aphid or mildew infestations of plants were recorded by the authors. They only mention that they anecdotally observed differences in infestations among accessions. As systematic quantification is no longer possible in retrospect, a smaller experiment could be performed in which a few accessions are infested with different quantities of aphids and/or mildew, followed by sequencing and pest read mapping. Such an approach would have the added benefit of allowing causally linking pest read count and pest load, thereby going beyond correlational associations.

      On a technical note, it seems feasible that mildew-infested leaves would have been selected for extraction, but it is harder to explain how aphid DNA would have been extracted alongside plant DNA. Presumably, all leaves would have been cleaned of live aphids before they were placed in extraction tubes. What then is the origin of aphid DNA in these samples? Are these trace amounts from aphid saliva and faeces/honeydew that were left on the leaves? If this is the case, I would expect there to be substantially more mildew DNA than aphid DNA, yet the absolute read counts for aphids are actually higher. Presumably read counts should only be used as a relative metric within a pest organism, but this unexpected result nonetheless raises questions about what these read counts reflect. Again, having experimental data from different aphid densities would make these results more convincing.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed many technical details in their revision, but they did not address my more fundamental concerns about validation of their results. I still believe that validation would be needed, but I also acknowledge that an additional experiment that reliably tests a causal relationship between read counts and pest abundance would go beyond the scope of a revision. Nonetheless, the authors currently only show variation in pest read counts among plant accessions, not in pest abundance. While the two measures are likely correlated, I hope that future studies will address more directly how pest abundance and read counts are causally linked, and whether pest read counts truly are a robust measure of pest abundance across a range of conditions and systems

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Christensen, et al. presents an application of restricted Boltzmann machines to analyze the MprF family of enzymes, which catalyze the addition of amino acids to lipid substrates in bacteria. Overall the manuscript is an interesting and very compelling combination of advanced statistical analysis of sequences and experimental determination of MprF function. One notable outcome is (as stated in the title) the identification of a novel substrate/product. I expect that other researchers interested in using advanced methods to connect sequence to lipid synthesis functions will find the work of significant value and that others interested in microbial resistance will find inspiration in the results. This is an excellent contribution that will be of great value to the field, and which is improved following revisions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Bose et al. investigated the role of Foxg1 transcription factor in the progenitors at late stages of cerebral cortex development.<br /> They discover that Foxg1 is a repressor of gliogenesis and has a dual function, first as a repressor of Fgfr3 receptor in progenitors, and second as a suppressor of the Fgf ligands in young neurons.

      They found that the inactivation of Foxg1 in cortical progenitors causes premature astrogliogenesis at the expense of neurogenesis. They identify Fgfr3 as a novel FOXG1 target. They show that suppression of Fgfr3 by FOXG1 in progenitors is required to maintain neurogenesis. On the other hand, they also show that FOXG1 negatively regulates the expression of Fgf gliogenic secreted factors in young neurons suppressing gliogenesis cells extrinsically.

      Strengths:

      The authors used time-consuming in vivo experiments utilizing several mouse strains including Foxg1-MADM in combination with RNA-Seq and ChIP to convincingly show that Foxg1 acts upstream of FGF signalling in the control of gliogenesis onset. The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by data.

      Weaknesses:

      The role of Fgf signaling in gliogenesis and Foxg1 in neurogenesis is well known. It is not clear if Fgf18 is a direct target of Foxg1.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sun et al. are interested in how experience can shape the brain and specifically investigate the plasticity of the Toll-6 receptor-expressing dopaminergic neurons (DANs). To learn more about the role of Toll-6 in the DANs, the authors examine the expression of the Toll-6 receptor ligand, DNT-2. They show that DNT-2 expressing cells connect with DANs and that loss of function of DNT-2 in these cells reduces the number of PAM DANs, while overexpression causes alterations in dendrite complexity. Finally, the authors show that alterations in the levels of DNT-2 and Toll-6 can impact DAN-driven behaviors such as climbing, arena locomotion, and learning and long-term memory.

      Strengths:

      The authors methodically test which neurotransmitters are expressed by the 4 prominent DNT-2 expressing neurons and show that they are glutamatergic. They also use Trans-Tango and Bac-TRACE to examine the connectivity of the DNT-2 neurons to the dopaminergic circuit and show that DNT-2 neurons receive dopaminergic inputs and output to a variety of neurons including MB Kenyon cells, DAL neurons, and possibly DANS.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) To identify the DNT-2 neurons, the authors use CRISPR to generate a new DN2-GAL4. They note that they identified at least 12 DNT-2 plus neurons. In Supplementary Figure 1A, the DNT-2-GAL4 driver was used to express a UAS-histoneYFP nuclear marker. From these figures, it looks like DNT-2-GAL4 is labeling more than 12 neurons. Is there glial expression?

      (2) In Figure 2C the authors show that DNT-2 upregulation leads to an increase in TH levels using q-RT-PCR from whole heads. However, in Figure 3H they also show that DNT-2 overexpression also causes an increase in the number of TH neurons. It is unclear whether TH RNA increases due to expression/cell or the number of TH neurons in the head.

      (3) DNT-2 is also known as Spz5 and has been shown to activate Toll-6 receptors in glia (McLaughlin et al., 2019), resulting in the phagocytosis of apoptotic neurons. In addition, the knockdown of DNT-2/Spz5 throughout development causes an increase in apoptotic debris in the brain, which can lead to neurodegeneration. Indeed Figure 3H shows that an adult-specific knockdown of DNT-2 using DNT2-GAL4 causes an increase in Dcp1 signal in many neurons and not just TH neurons.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here the authors present their evidence linking the mitochondrial uniporter (MCU-1) and olfactory adaptation in C. elegans. They clearly demonstrate a behavioral defect of mcu-1 mutants in adaptation over 60 minutes and present evidence that this gene functions in the AWC primary sensory neurons at, or close to, the time of adaptation.

      Strengths:

      The paper is very well organized and their approach to unpacking the role of mcu-1 mutants in olfactory adaptation is very reasonable. The authors lean into diverse techniques including behavior, genetics, and pharmacological manipulation in order to flesh out their model for how MCU-1 functions in AWC neurons with respect to olfaction.

      Weaknesses:

      I would like to see the authors strengthen the link between mitochondrial calcium and olfactory adaptation. The authors present some gCaMP data in Figure 5 but it is unclear to me why this tool is not better utilized to explore the mechanism of MCU-1 activity. I think this is very important as the title of the paper states that "mitochondrial calcium modulates.." behavior in AWC and so it would be nice to see more evidence to support this direct connection. I would also like to see the authors place their findings into a model based on previous findings and perhaps examine whether mcu-1 is required for EGL-4 nuclear translocation, which would be straightforward to examine.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Nicoletti et al. presents a minimal model of habituation, a basic form of non-associative learning, addressing both from dynamical and information theory aspects of how habituation can be realized. The authors identify that negative feedback provided with a slow storage mechanism is sufficient to explain habituation.

      Strengths:

      The authors combine the identification of the dynamical mechanism with information-theoretic measures to determine the onset of habituation and provide a description of how the system can gain maximum information about the environment.

      Weaknesses:

      I have several main concerns/questions about the proposed model for habituation and its plausibility. In general, habituation does not only refer to a decrease in the responsiveness upon repeated stimulation but as Thompson and Spencer discussed in Psych. Rev. 73, 16-43 (1966), there are 10 main characteristics of habituation, including (i) spontaneous recovery when the stimulus is withheld after response decrement; dependence on the frequency of stimulation such that (ii) more frequent stimulation results in more rapid and/or more pronounced response decrement and more rapid spontaneous recovery; (iii) within a stimulus modality, the less intense the stimulus, the more rapid and/or more pronounced the behavioral response decrement; (iv) the effects of repeated stimulation may continue to accumulate even after the response has reached an asymptotic level (which may or may not be zero, or no response). This effect of stimulation beyond asymptotic levels can alter subsequent behavior, for example, by delaying the onset of spontaneous recovery.

      These are only a subset of the conditions that have been experimentally observed and therefore a mechanistic model of habituation, in my understanding, should capture the majority of these features and/or discuss the absence of such features from the proposed model.

      Furthermore, the habituated response in steady-state is approximately 20% less than the initial response, which seems to be achieved already after 3-4 pulses, the subsequent change in response amplitude seems to be negligible, although the authors however state "after a large number of inputs, the system reaches a time-periodic steady-state". How do the authors justify these minimal decreases in the response amplitude? Does this come from the model parametrization and is there a parameter range where more pronounced habituation responses can be observed?

      The same is true for the information content (Figure 2f) - already at the first pulse, IU, H ~ 0.7 and only negligibly increases afterwards. In my understanding, during learning, the mutual information between the input and the internal state increases over time and the system extracts from these predictions about its responses. In the model presented by the authors, it seems the system already carries information about the environment which hardly changes with repeated stimulus presentation. The complexity of the signal is also limited, and it is very hard to clarify from the presented results, whether the proposed model can actually explain basic features of habituation, as mentioned above.<br /> Additionally, there have been two recent models on habituation and I strongly suggest that the authors discuss their work in relation to recent works (bioRxiv 2024.08.04.606534; arXiv:2407.18204).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper develops a phase method to obtain the excitatory and inhibitory afferents to certain neuron populations in the brainstem. The inferred contributions are then compared to the results of voltage clamp and current clamp experiments measuring the synaptic contributions to post-I, aug-E, and ramp-I neurons.

      Strengths:

      The electrophysiology part of the paper is sound and reports novel features with respect to earlier work by JC Smith et al 2012, Paton et al 2022 (and others) who have mapped circuits of the respiratory central pattern generator. Measurements on ramp-I neurons, late-I neurons, and two types of post-I neurons in Figure 2 besides measurements of synaptic inputs to these neurons in Figure 5 are to my knowledge new.

      Weaknesses:

      The phase method for inferring synaptic conductances fails to convince. The method rests on many layers of assumptions and the inferred connections in Figure 4 remain speculative. To be convincing, such a method ought to be tested first on a model CPG with known connectivity to assess how good it is at inferring known connections back from the analysis of spatio-temporal oscillations. For biological data, once the network connectivity has been inferred as claimed, the straightforward validation is to reconstruct the experimental oscillations (Figure 2) noting that Rybak et al (Rybak, Paton Schwaber J. Neurophysiol. 77, 1994 (1997)) have already derived models for the respiratory neurons.

      The transformation from time to phase space, unlike in the Kuramoto model, is not justified here (Line 94) and is wrong. The underpinning idea that "the synaptic conductances depend on the cycle phase and not on time explicitly" is flawed because synapses have characteristic decay times and delays to response which remain fixed when the period of network oscillations increases. Synaptic properties depend on time and not on phase in the network. One major consequence relevant to the present identification of excitatory or inhibitory behaviour, is that it cannot account for change in the behaviour of inhibitory synapses - from inhibitory to excitatory action - when the inhibitory decay time becomes commensurable to the period of network oscillations (Wang & Buzsaki Journal of Neuroscience 16, 6402 (1996), van Vreeswijk et al. J. Comp. Neuroscience 1,313 (1994), Borgers and Kopell Neural Comput. 15, 2003). In addition, even small delays in the inhibitory synapse response relative to the pre-synaptic action potential also produce in-phase synchronization (Chauhan et al., Sci. Rep. 8, 11431 (2018); Borgers and Kopell, Neural Comput. 15, 509 (2003)). The present assumptions are way too simplistic because you cannot account for these commensurability effects with a single parameter like the network phase. There is therefore little confidence that this model can reliably distinguish excitatory from inhibitory synapses when their dynamic properties are not properly taken into account.

      Line 82, Equation 1 makes extremely crude assumptions that the displacement current (CdV/dt) is negligible and that the ion channel currents are all negligible. Vm(t) is also not defined. The assumption that the activation/inactivation times of all ion channels are small compared to the 10-20ms decay time of synaptic currents is not true in general. Same for the displacement current. The leak conductance is typically g~0.05-0.09ms/cm^2 while C~1uF/cm^2. Therefore the ratio C/g leak is in the 10-20ms range - the same as the typical docking neurotransmitter time in synapses.

      Models of brainstem CPG circuits have been known to exist for decades: JC Smith et al 2012, Paton et al 2022, Bellingham Clin. Exp. Pharm. And Physiol. 25, 847 (1998); Rubin et al., J. Neurophysiol. 101, 2146 (2009) among others. The present paper does not discuss existing knowledge on respiratory networks and gives the impression of reinventing the wheel from scratch. How will this paper add to existing knowledge?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to investigate the interaction between tissue-resident immune cells (microglia) and circulating systemic neutrophils in response to acute, focal retinal injury. They induced retinal lesions using 488 nm light to ablate photoreceptor (PR) outer segments, then utilized various imaging techniques (AOSLO, SLO, and OCT) to study the dynamics of fluorescent microglia and neutrophils in mice over time. Their findings revealed that while microglia showed a dynamic response and migrated to the injury site within a day, neutrophils were not recruited to the area despite being nearby. Post-mortem confocal microscopy confirmed these in vivo results. The study concluded that microglial activation does not recruit neutrophils in response to acute, focal photoreceptor loss, a scenario common in many retinal diseases.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of this manuscript lies in the techniques employed.

      In this study, the authors utilized advanced Adaptive Optics Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscopy (AOSLO) to document immune cell interactions in the retina accurately. AOSLO's micron-level resolution and enhanced contrast, achieved through near-infrared (NIR) light and phase-contrast techniques, allowed visualization of individual immune cells without extrinsic dyes. This method combined confocal reflectance, phase-contrast, and fluorescence modalities to reveal various cell types simultaneously. Confocal AOSLO tracked cellular changes with less than 6 μm axial resolution, while phase-contrast AOSLO provided detailed views of vascular walls, blood cells, and immune cells. Fluorescence imaging enabled the study of labeled cells and dyes throughout the retina. These techniques, integrated with conventional histology and Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT), offered a comprehensive platform to visualize immune cell dynamics during retinal inflammation and injury.

      Weaknesses:

      One significant weakness of the manuscript is the use of Cx3cr1GFP mice to specifically track GFP-expressing microglia. While this model is valuable for identifying resident phagocytic cells when the blood-retinal barrier (BRB) is intact, it is important to note that recruited macrophages also express the same marker following BRB breakdown. This overlap complicates the interpretation of results and makes it difficult to distinguish between the contributions of microglia and infiltrating macrophages, a point that is not addressed in the manuscript.

      Another major concern is the time point chosen for analyzing the neutrophil response. The authors assess neutrophil activity 24 hours after injury, which may be too late to capture the initial inflammatory response. This delayed assessment could overlook crucial early dynamics that occur shortly after injury, potentially impacting the overall findings and conclusions of the study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Characterizing the molecular and spatial organization of dendritically localized RNAs is an important endeavor as the authors nicely articulate in their abstract and introduction. In particular, identifying patterns of mRNA distribution and colocalization between groups of RNAs could characterize new mechanisms of transport and/or reveal new functional relationships between RNAs. However, it's not clear to me how much the current study addresses those gaps in knowledge. The manuscript by Kim et al uses 8 overlapping combinations of 3-color fluorescence in situ hybridization to characterize the spatial distributions and pairwise colocalizations of six previously uncharacterized dendritically localized RNAs in cultured neurons (15 DIV). The strength of the work is in the graph-based analyses of individual RNA distances from the soma, but the conclusions reached, that spatial distributions vary per dendritic RNA, has been well known since early 2000s (as reviewed in Schuman and Steward, 2001 & 2003), but paradoxically the authors show that dendritic length can account for these differences. It's not clear to me the significance of the spatial distribution relationship with dendritic morphology as distinct spatial distribution patterns (i.e. proximal expression then drop off) have been clearly shown in intact circuits with homogeneity in dendrite length governed by neuropil laminae. The colocalization results are intriguing but as currently presented they lack sufficient control analyses and contextualization to be compelling. In general, the results of the manuscript are potentially interesting but unnecessarily difficult to follow both in text and figure presentation.

      Major comments:

      The authors state that their data expand upon our understanding of dendritic RNA spatial distributions by adding high-resolution data for six newly characterized dendritic RNAs. While this is true, without including data for a well-known/previously characterized RNA, it makes it difficult for the reader to contextualize how these new data on six dendritic RNAs fit in with our understanding of the dendritic RNAs with well-described spatial distributions and colocalization analyses (Camk2a, Actb, Map1b, etc). For example, how do we interpret the 7-fold higher colocalization values between RNAs in this manuscript compared to the results of Batish et al (as referred to in the paper)-is it because these RNAs are fundamentally different, or is it because of other experimental factors/conditions? The spatial distribution patterns described in this manuscript differ from those of Fonkeu et al, but an alternative explanation is that Fonkeu et al modeled based on Camk2a, not the six genes studied here. Is it possible that these six RNAs have similar distribution patterns (as shown) whereby dendritic morphology impacts distribution more than individual differences but inclusion of dendritic RNAs with demonstrably different distributions (Camk2a/distal localization vs Map2/proximal localization) would alter the results?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work of Zhou's team is to perform bioinformatics analysis of single-cell transcriptomes (scRNA), spatial transcriptomic (ST) data, and bulk RNA-seq data from Gene Expression Omnibus (GEO) datasets, published or not in different journals from other teams, about spinal cord injury and/or microglia cells derived human iPSC. Based on their analysis, the authors claim that innate microglial cells are inhibited. They postulate that TGF beta signaling pathways play a role in the regulation of migration to enhance SCI recovery and that Trem2 expression contributes to neuroinflammation response by modulating cell death in spinal cord injury. Finally, they suggest a therapeutic strategy to inhibit Trem2 responses and transplant iPSC-derived microglia with long-term TGF beta stimulation.

      Although the idea of using already available data and reanalyzing them is remarkable, I have major concerns about the paper. The authors have used data from different models of injury, regions, as well as IPSC. It is not possible to mix and draw conclusions when the models used are different. This raises doubts about the authors' expertise in the field of spinal cord injury. Furthermore, the innovativeness of the results is of little significance, especially as no hypothesis is confirmed by experimental data.

      Strengths:

      Analysis of already large-scale existing data.

      Weaknesses:

      Mixing data from different models, unfounded conclusions, and over-interpretations, little expertise in the field of spinal cord injury.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript co-authored by Pál Barzó et al is very clear and very well written, demonstrating the electrophysiological and morphological properties of human cortical layer 2/3 pyramidal cells across a wide age range, from age 1 month to 85 years using whole-cell patch clamp. To my knowledge, this is the first study that looks at the cross-age differences in biophysical and morphological properties of human cortical pyramidal cells. The community will also appreciate the significant effort involved in recording data from 485 cells, given the challenges associated with collecting data from human tissue. Understanding the electrophysiological properties of individual cells, which are essential for brain function, is crucial for comprehending human cortical circuits. I think this research enhances our knowledge of how biophysical properties change over time in the human cortex. I also think that by building models of human single cells at different ages using these data, we can develop more accurate representations of brain function. This, in turn, provides valuable insights into human cortical circuits and function and helps in predicting changes in biophysical properties in both health and disease.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this work lies in demonstrating how the electrophysiological and morphological features of human cortical layer 2/3 pyramidal cells change with age, offering crucial insights into brain function throughout life.

      Weaknesses:

      One potential weakness of the paper is that the methodology could be clearer, especially in how different cells were used for various electrophysiological measurements and the conditions under which the recordings were made. Clarifying these points would improve the study's rigor and make the results easier to interpret.